Bts Eighth Member - Tumblr Posts

✧˖°. 사랑 𝜗𝜚 ‧₊˚ ⊹ I wanna big house, big cars, big rings

Please read before you continue ⊹₊⟡⋆

Meet Lia ⊹₊⟡⋆

Kprofile ⊹₊⟡⋆

Lia's Kprofile ⊹₊⟡⋆

Family ⊹₊⟡⋆

Staff ⊹₊⟡⋆

Pets ⊹₊⟡⋆

Devices ⊹₊⟡⋆

Lia's Socials ⊹₊⟡⋆

Idol Friends ⊹₊⟡⋆

Western Friends ⊹₊⟡⋆

Relationships through the years ⊹₊⟡⋆

Iconic things Lia has done ⊹₊⟡⋆

Lia's tattoos ⊹₊⟡⋆

Scenarios ⊹₊⟡⋆

CREDIT TO anitalenia for the dividers <3

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 33- MAMA Awards 2014

Chapter Summary: While collabing with Block B, Jen becomes fast friends with Taeil. Namjoon and Jin's protective parenting begins to irritate Jen. The guys tease Jen over her love for Ailee. BTS get protective when a guy starts to make moves on Jennie, demanding that if anyone wants to date her, they'll have to get approval from all seven of them.

Genre: JenKook fluff, Jealous Kook,

Words: 7,000+

----

MAMA Awards was fast approaching as BTS and Block B prepared for their collaboration. There would be a rap battle, a dance battle and a singing battle. For Jennie, she received the opportunity to sing with Taeil, for the singing battle. His strong vocals and her harmony skills would be a treat for the fans. Although it was a battle, both groups thought of it as a mutual stage. She couldn't believe that she would be singing at the MAMA Awards. That was THE show to be on. So many iconic performances were performed on the show. She hoped to exceed expectations.

All she saw on Twitter were comments about her, wondering how she would do on stage at a big event like this. With everyone on the stage, working on their activities, Zico approached Jen, with Taeil.

"This is Jennie. She's the one you'll be singing with." He explained with a friendly smile.

Looking up, she returned his smile and turned to Taeil, who had a shy smile on his face.

"Hey, it's nice to meet you. Taeil, right?"

"Yes. It's very nice to meet you. I'm looking forward to working with you." He looked down at the ground.

Noticing his shyness, she shook her head in disapproval. "Oh no, you are not going to be shy around me. We are not doing this." She playfully teased, crossing her arms as he looked up, speechless. He wasn't expecting that kind of reaction from her.

Jen took a good look at him. A pair of black glasses framed his face and he was a few inches shorter than Zico. He was cute.

"I told you she's easygoing. You'll enjoy being around her. You two will be laughing and chatting it up in no time. Good luck, you two." Zico patted the two of them on the back and headed back to Namjoon to work on their raps.

"Come on, let's get to work and see how fast I can bring you out of your shy state with me." She gestured as they headed backstage. They soon find a vacant area with less commotion and sit down together at a table.

"So, what's your position in Block B?" She asked suddenly as she placed a notebook and pen on the table.

"I'm a vocalist. And you?"

"Same. I like your glasses, by the way."

"Ah, thanks. I just don't really like my eyes."

Raising a brow, she asked, "Why not?"

"They're small, so I usually just wear the glasses." He rubbed the back of his neck.

"Take them off, please. Let me see."

He glanced at her warily. 

"I'm not going to laugh." She reassured as a soft chuckle escaped his lips. 

He took the glasses off, setting them down on the table. Turning his head, he met her gaze while she tilted her head to the side, observing his eyes.

"Well? Aren't they weird looking?"

"Boy!" She playfully punched him on the arm, surprising him, but he suddenly started to laugh at her reaction. "Embrace them eyes! They look just fine!"

Her sudden compliment had his eyes light up as he felt content with her statement. "Thanks. That makes me very happy."

"You're welcome. And don't you forget that. So, any nicknames you go by? I'll keep them in mind for future reference."

"Future reference?"

"I'm sure we'll see each other again after the MAMA Awards. I'd like to become friends with you."

Taeil's mouth twitched briefly as he shook his head. "But we're already friends."

"Glad to hear!"

"For my nicknames, I usually get called sharkie, or fishie."

"I assume it has to do with fish?"

"Yeah, I take care of fish."

His hobby took her by surprise. Usually, she would hear people's hobbies like dancing, reading, singing, or working out. "That's very interesting. I never knew someone who enjoyed having pet fish. Well, for me, I usually get called Ennie and JW."

"Can I call you Ennie?"

"By all means. I'll call you sharkie."

"How do you like being here in this industry? Is it hard for you? Your Korean is clear and good."

"I'm always asked that and I feel like my answer changes sometimes. Right now, I just want to prove critics wrong. It's a bit hard being away from home and all, and I'm still trying to get used to getting more popular these days. I used to be able to go to places without any recognition but now, I feel the need to wear a hoodie or something, thanks to BTS' growing popularity. But I'm easy to notice because I'm chocolate, so...what difference does it make?" She let out a chuckle. "It's humbling though. It's an honor to collaborate with Block B, too. I'll work hard to make this singing battle successful. I admire your singing ability."

"You're very sweet, thank you. I admire your singing ability too. The feeling is mutual. Let's get started. They gave me an update on our singing battle."

"What did they change?"

"At first, they wanted us to sing more than one song, but since the segment is on a time limit, we'll only have time to do one."

Jen nodded. It was first supposed to be a BTS song and a Block B song. Each of them would sing each other's songs with each other, creating a custom verse for each song.

"So, they said we can either do Look Here by BTS or Nice Day by Block B."

"Hm. Okay. Which one do you want to do?"

"Ladies choice." He gestured.

"A-ight, then. I wouldn't mind performing Nice Day. I feel like the song is very funky and can get the crowd moving. Hm, then it looks like I'll have to do more work, with creating a custom verse." She pondered.

"Are you fine with that? We can always just do the BTS song."

Waving his concern away, she replied, "It's cool. I'm going to enjoy it. So how are we doing this?"

"Here's what I was thinking." He took her notebook and opened it to a blank sheet. He wrote down the first line of the song, which was his, and then went straight to writing the chorus. "You'll come in with the Ehs, singing it with me. We'll harmonize together."

"Sing it for me. The ehs."

Warming up his voice briefly, he began to sing, "Eh, eh, eh, eh, eh. Eh, eh, eh, eh, eh."

Listening closely to his range, she began to sing with him, in a higher pitch, bringing out a smooth harmonious sound. "Eh, eh, eh, eh, eh. Eh,eh,eh,eh,eh."

"That was pretty good." He praised. "We sound great."

"I like it. Okay, what's next?"

"After the ehs, you'll come in for your verse. Then back to the chorus. You'll sing the chorus this time, and I'll occasionally sing with you. Then we'll go to the whoas, and end it on a high note by singing whoa."

"Simple enough. Sounds like that'll be a blast."

Taeil was an easy person to work with and straightforward. He was patient as she learned how to sing the song and helped her write some lyrics.

"Put a little bit more power into it. It'll hype the crowd even more." He instructed, singing a strong 'Volume up.'

"I'll think of Christina Aguilera, then." She cleared her throat. "Volume up!" Her voice came out strong and raspy.

"Good!" He nodded happily as she kept singing

"All ma party people say. Shake it up yo head, agijagihan geon narang an majeunikka."

"Kkeutkkajiga." Their voices clash smoothly.

"That sounded so damn good!" She beamed.

As they continued working, they were at the last part for the high note. 

"Can you increase your pitch just a bit?" She asked before they sang again.

"WHOAAAAAAAAA~" After they sing the high note, they notice all the members of BTS and Block B are watching them in awe. 

How long were they standing there for? Some had their jaws dropped, while others widened their eyes.

"That was you guys!?" U-Kwon asked in astonishment, while the two of them grinned sheepishly, feeling embarrassed.

Before they knew it, it was time for the dress rehearsal. As usual, BTS are filled with high energy, dancing and jumping around, while Block B seemed to be tired.

"So, you mean to tell me...I can't do cartwheels on stage!?" Jen exclaimed to Namjoon and Zico. They both cross their arms, playfully responding with an unamused expression. "No? Okay, maybe next year." She turned to the camera, which was filming a documentary on their preparation for the MAMA Awards. "One of these MAMA Awards, I will do cartwheels on stage. I think that'll be fun."

----

It was late in China, and the staff scattered around, making sure everything was top notch for the show. From working on the lights, the music, and the cameras, the atmosphere was hectic with a hint of playfulness as everyone worked long and hard to make sure the show was a success.

Jen stood with Taeil, as the camera filmed them for the BTS and Block B hidden story of the MAMA Awards.

"Jennie and I have prepared a singing stage." Taeil happily mentioned while Jen nodded happily.

'How do you like working with Jennie?'

He was asked as he glanced at her with a smile. "She's ridiculously sweet and fun to work with." He acknowledged.

"Me? Really? This guy is so nice. He's fun to work with too. He's chill and very patient with me." she answered. Turning her head to him, she suggested, "You know, we should wear glasses while we collab together."

"I have an extra pair. You can wear that when we perform."

"Awe, really!? Yes, let me borrow them!" She clapped her hands together in excitement.

As the rehearsal went on, Jen stood off to the side to watch Zico and Namjoon practice. It must be fun to be able to perform with someone you've known for a long time. Their performance suddenly made her think of Angelina.

"Excuse me! You dropped this."

Her thoughts were interrupted as one of the sound engineers approached her. She looked up to see him handing her the choker that popped off her neck when she was practicing. When she met his eyes, she noticed that he looked around her age. Probably a few years older, with short black hair. Nonetheless, her mood was boosted when she noticed her choker was safe.

"Oh wow, thank you! Good looking out!" She bowed and examined it. "I guess it popped off while I was dancing. I must've had this on too tight. Thank you!"

Nearby, Jungkook stood with Jimin, ignoring him as he watched the guy that Jennie was talking to.

Who was he? And why is he smiling like that?

Annoyance started to overcome Jungkook as he watched the guy's lingering gaze at Jennie while getting distracted from his work.

Why did he have to stare at her like that? Why did he have that stupid smile on his face? Shouldn't he be getting back to work? Now he's distracted by her?

The way the guy smiled brightly when he watched her practice, suddenly made Jungkook frown.

"Hehehe, someone's annoyed~" He heard a familiar teasing voice. 

Jungkook turned his head to see Jimin smirking at him, knowingly. He had forgotten that Jimin was next to him this entire time.

"Shut up, hyung..." Jungkook grumbled in response. Now was not the time for his teasing. He was not in the mood.

"Is someone mad~?"

"No." He firmly responded.

"Are you sure~?"

"Yes."

"That guy seems to be fond of Jennie, don't you think?"

"Hmph."

"It's cute, look at how he's staring at her. Oh, and he just started fumbling with the wires. Someone's distracted. Is that a little blush on his face?"

"Jimin," Jungkook called out in a stern voice. Ignoring his threatening tone, Jimin let out a goofy giggle.

"I wonder if he's going to ask her out. How long do you think it'll take?" Jimin pressed, oblivious to Jungkook clenching onto his mic, causing his knuckles to go white. "He looks like he really likes her. Look at how he's staring. That boy is in love~! Jennie and the cute boy sitting in a tree, k.i.s.s-"

Before he could go on, Jungkook stormed off, ignoring Jimin's loud laughter.

"Come on, Jungkookie! I was joking! I wanted to see your reaction! Jungkookie! Come back! Wait!" He walked after him, in a fit of giggles.

After rehearsing, both groups took a short break. Yawning, Jennie looked ahead to the same guy who gave her back the choker. 

"Good job, that was a great high note." He praised with a smile.

"Really? Thank you. I think my mic is a little lower than Taeil's." She handed him her mic.

"Got it handled. I've noticed it too. So, what's your name?"

Letting out a soft chuckle at the question, she shook her head. "I think you know."

"Well, it's always polite to still ask someone what their name is." He replied with a smile.

She looked at him, registering his statement. That was nice of him to consider that.

"Jennie."

"My name is Shin."

"Well, it's very nice to meet you, Shin. And thanks so much for finding my choker. I legit just brought that thing. I'm gonna need to figure out if I should just buy a new one or see if I can fix it. It's broken since it popped."

"I could fix it for you."

"Oh, you don't have to do that, it's just a choker."

"By all means, I don't mind."

"Well, if you want. Thank you." She handed him back her choker.

"It'll be good as new by the day of the show."

"I dunno why but you look like you should be an idol or something."

"I get that a lot but I'm more of a behind the scenes kind of guy. You play an instrument?"

"The guitar. I'm so passionate about it. And I like to DJ for fun."

"Oh really? Maybe you should show me your DJ skills sometime."

"Nah, I want to DJ for Yoongi first. I did before but not live from scratch. I just showed him what I already played around with. So I hope you understand that Yoongi will be the one."

"Ah, it's cool. I respect that."

Meanwhile, Jungkook unintentionally let out a growl of aggravation as he watched their interaction from afar. His microphone in his hand was shown no mercy as he continued to tightly hold onto it.

"You all right?" Tae patted him on the back.

"I'm fine." He grumbled.

"Someone's moody. What's wrong with you?"

Jimin put an arm around Tae, laughing. "He's just-"

"Hyung!" Jungkook snapped.

-----

"BOOBS! NO! NO! AND NO! No boobies are showing on my watch!" Jin's frantic yelling in the hotel room was heard. Jennie let out an exasperated sigh.

"They're just balls of fat!" She exclaimed, throwing her arms up in the air.

"And those balls of fat will have the guys staring!"

"I don't even have anything!" She placed her hands on her chest, raising them up and down.

"You're still growing! Don't lie to me, they're getting bigger!"

"How do you know!?"

"Because Mama Jin knows best!"

It was finally December 3rd. The day of the MAMA Awards. BTS were getting ready, preparing for their red carpet appearance. A stylist had dressed Jen in a tight red strapless dress, that hugged her curves. As soon as Jin saw the dress, he nearly had a heart attack. It was too sexy. She was still young in his eyes to wear something like that. But Jennie thought there was nothing wrong, and she trusted the stylist's judgment on the dress.

"Jin, it's just a dress!"

"No, Jennie."

"This is bullshit. Like, really." She snapped in irritation. "You drawlin' right now."

"What was that? Say that in Korean! Don't go English on me, when I'm talking to you!" He scolded.

"I said you're drawlin' right now! The dress is fine! You are overreacting! My God, it's a damn dress. There's nothing wrong with it! You are freaking out over nothing! Shit!" She retorted. 

She was so angry, she liked the dress, but his bickering began to piss her off.

"The answer is no." He firmly ordered.

"You can't just-"

"And that's FINAL!" He turned to the stylist, who looked frightened at their heated disagreement.

"Please change her dress." He pleaded, smiling apologetically.

Turning back to Jennie, he screamed in horror when he sees how her butt looked with the dress, while Namjoon stood next to him.

"Uh, excuse me, missy but where do you think you're going, with that dress on?" Namjoon crossed his arms. 

There was no way she was going out there with that type of dress on. Not on his watch.

"Oh, my god! There's no problem with this, jawn." Jen shouted.

"That's too much ass, Jen. I don't want guys getting fresh with you."

"I think I can notice the fuckboys when I see one."

"Can you really? Guys will say anything to try to get in your pants."

"I know..."

"Do you really? Because your butt is getting bigger. And as you like to call them, your balls of fat, they're getting bigger as well and I don't want anyone getting any bright ideas. And they bet not stare or try to touch you."

"Namjoon, I appreciate the concern but my butt is a butt, I can't do anything about it."

"Why must it be so big!?" Jin complained. "This is too much!"

"Wait until you're 18 to wear this," Namjoon warned.

"I don't want her to wear that at all!" Jin whined.

Annoyed, Jen rolled her eyes. "Thanks mom and dad." She muttered.

After much debate with Jin and Namjoon, the stylist helped Jen finally settle for a short red two piece dress.

"Make sure it's not short in the back." Jin made Jen turn around as he examined the back of the bottom piece of the dress. "Are you wearing safety shorts? Hopefully, it won't show anything."

"Are you kidding me? I have the shorts on. It's fine," She sighed loudly

"Hm...okay, you're off the hook for now."

"It's nice and classy." Namjoon nodded in approval. "I like it."

"Yeah, yeah, yeah..." Jen huffed.

After getting her hair and makeup done, she left the room while Jin, Namjoon and Yoongi continued getting ready. Adjusting her black heels, she made her way down the hallway. Meanwhile, Jungkook just left his room which he shared with the rest of the members. He walked down the hallway and adjusted his red coat. When he looked up, he stopped in his tracks.

"Wow." He let out a breath as he stared at the breathtaking sight. He watched as she got closer, adjusting her skirt. He noticed that she was even wearing the friendship ring, just like he was. Looking at the ring on her finger made his stomach leap with joy.

Meeting his gaze, Jen's eyes light up, pleased to see him as she waved enthusiastically. 

"Hey, Kookie!" She beamed.

And there was the smile he would never get tired of. He loved to see her so happy. Little did he know, she was annoyed by her previous disagreement with Namjoon and Jin. But once she laid eyes on him, her annoyance went away and she felt nothing but elation. He had that positive effect on her, but she was unaware that the feeling was mutual.

"What do you think? Do I look OK?" She gestured.

"You look..." He trailed off, taking in her appearance.

"Too much red?"

"Nah. You look gorgeous."

"Aw, you really think so? That makes me happy, to hear you say that. Thank you. You're not too bad yourself. Hold on, this has been bothering me, I'm tired of looking at this uneven collar." She adjusted his red coat while he looked down at her. "Have you grown overnight?"

"I don't think so."

"You're getting tall, Kookie."

"Oh really? Am I getting manlier?" He teased with a bunny smile.

Taking a step backward, she examined his outfit, head to toe. 

"Hm...nope." She smirked with amusement and strolled past him, heading for the elevator.

Taken aback by her answer, he turned around with his eyes widened. "Y-YAH!"

Meeting up with her, he pressed the down button, ignoring her fit of giggles. "That was mean." He huffed

"Hehehe, I'm just joking. You're manly. And you look handsome. Just try not to kill the ladies with your charm." She nudged him.

"I could say the same to you." He nudged her back.

When BTS arrives on the red carpet, they get out of the van and immediately have pictures taken of them.

"Can you please talk with me during the welcome meeting?" Namjoon asked Jennie. "I'm feeling a bit pressured."

"Your English is just fine. Don't feel pressured. And yeah, I got you." she reassured him.

Each member stood on the red carpet, smiling and waving. Lights flashed quickly from all directions, making Jen squint her eyes briefly. One thing she disliked was the constant clicking noises when pictures were taken and the flashing lights. It was difficult to see at times. For this year's MAMA Awards, BTS were nominated for Song of the Year and Best Dance performance.

"Hello, we are..." Namjoon started off.

"BTS!"

"It's our very first time in Hong Kong, and we've heard so many fans in Kong Kong are really got those energies and passions for K-Pop." He continued.

Jen nodded and spoke up. "Yes, we're so honored to be here. We're excited, we can't wait to perform, and we are looking forward to our first MAMA in Hong Kong. This is such a big deal to us, and we cannot wait for our stage."

Jungkook was unable to hold back his smile as he looked down at his feet, listening to her speak in English. When she spoke in Korean, she would sound unintentionally cute. But her English voice would sound chill, yet gentle, with some sort of accent from where she used to live.

"We can't wait for the stage and just like Jennie said, we're so honored to be here," Namjoon added. "We've prepared an unpredictable and special stage, for this 2014 MAMA."

"Yes, whatever you do, don't take your eyes off the stage, you could miss something special." She teased with a smile.

"Yeah, it's going to be really surprising, I think it's going to be special and surprising. Thank you."

"Thank you very much!" Jennie bowed with the rest of the members.

After their red carpet performance, Jennie was approached by Choi Yeo-jin, who was one of the red carpet hosts. "Miss Bangtan! Do you have a moment?" She asked with a bright smile.

"Hi! Yes, of course." She bowed and returned her smile.

"Before I start, let's take a look at this two piece dress. Wow, very pretty."

Jen decided to turn around, for the camera, showing off the dress. "Thank you, I love this dress."

"How do you feel right now, at the MAMA Awards?"

"I feel awesome! This was always a dream of mine, to be here at the MAMA Awards, and now it finally has come true. I'm excited!"

"I can tell, you're so happy! Fans want to know; how does it feel to be the first African American in a K-Pop group?"

"Y'know, I'm thrilled that fans asked for more diversity in K-Pop and I hope I live up to the expectations. I do feel a little bit pressured because of the high expectations. Like, oh, 'will she be singing in English the whole time or in Korean? Does she know the culture well? Is this a publicity stunt or something?' but I'm proud that I have been proving to my critics that I am very serious about this position in this industry and I'm taking it one day at a time. I'm happy that my Korean is good, and becoming easier to understand for everyone." She answered genuinely.

She continued her answer in a passionate voice, "I'm happy that I'm still here, and I'm always thankful for my boys because if it wasn't for them, I wouldn't be where I am today. Being here, it's very humbling. I get Instagram comments and tweets from fans saying that I'm inspiring them, it's so crazy. I always get excited when I perform with the guys. I don't think it matters what color you are, who you are, or anything like that, just follow your dream. Go for it. I've had my fair share of low times, failures and rejection and I know there's more to come, but you can overcome the obstacles."

"Her confidence is strong! I can tell you are very passionate and I do enjoy watching you perform. I like your charisma."

"Oh, stop." Jen let out a chuckle, flattered at her praise. "Thank you."

"Any advice you can give to foreigners?"

"Never be afraid to branch out."

"Which performance are you most excited to see?"

"Oh, you know I'm looking forward to Baekhyun! EXO~" She let out a giggle.

"Why him?"

"He's amazing in EXO. I'm a huge K-Pop fan, I'm a fan like everyone else. I'm a huge stan of EXO. I drive the guys crazy whenever I listen to other groups, dancing and singing obnoxiously to annoy them, hahaha."

"How nervous are you for tonight?"

"Right now, I'm at a 5 for nervousness. But just before I get on the stage, it'll be a 10. I always get nervous before a performance."

After the interview, she headed backstage to meet up with the rest of the members. Before she could go any further, she felt a soft tap on her shoulder. Turning around, her eyes widened when she saw G-Dragon and bowed at him.

"Long time, no see!" He greeted cheerfully.

"H-hey! Oh, my gosh, it's been a while!" She laughed while he pulled her in for a hug.

"It has. I wanted to say hey and check up on you. It seems like just yesterday when I attended my first MAMA Awards. You'll never forget your first MAMA Awards. How are you feeling?"

"I'm calm now but I know the butterflies will be coming, soon."

"Yeah, they'll always come. But I know you're going to be fine. I'm looking forward to your performance."

"And I'm looking forward to yours! You're gonna kill it!" She grinned while one of the staff members approached the two of them, telling them to go to their seats.

As the show started, fancams were filming BTS and their reactions towards the performances. As they watched the Last Fantasy stage with Girl's Day and Ailee, Jen let out a squeal when Ailee took her black hat off, revealing herself to be dancing with Girl's Day.

"Hehehe, she's so happy!" Jimin teased.

"Ailee~! Jennie can't get enough of her." Tae giggled.

"Quiet!" She hushed them, feeling her face heat up.

As Ailee performed 'Don't Touch Me', the guys kept glancing at Jen's reactions and lipsyncing. As the fancams caught everything, it was safe to say that Jennie is the ultimate Ailee fangirl and anticipated the day when the two of them finally cross paths.

Jen continued to watch with happiness. Ailee's strong stage presence and vocals were amazing, as she jammed in her seat. Meanwhile, Jimin, Hobi and Tae giggled at her eagerness, while Namjoon let out a chuckle.

There was a time when a camera was right in front of Jennie, so she lipsynced the lyrics, looking at the camera with a smile.

After her performance was over, Jen happily applauded.

"*Cough* fangirl."

Jen turned to Jimin and punched him on the arm. "Shut up!"

"Hehehe, Munchkin was so cute, all happy for Ailee." Hobi giggled.

As the show went on, with John Legend performing, Jennie couldn't help but feel like she was being stared at and started to feel curious. Meanwhile, it was from afar, where GOT7 sat, where the culprit was. It was revealed to be BamBam, who watched her with a smile on his face.

'She's really cute.' He thought as he continued to watch her. He thought her reactions towards Ailee were infectious and enjoyed her enthusiasm. Just as he continued to observe her, Jennie turned her head around as he quickly looked away.

'I hope she didn't catch me.' He thought, as his stomach dropped. 

He'd have to be more careful. He snuck in another glance before looking away, afraid he'd get caught.

Jackson laughed at his shyness. "Smooth."

"Shh! Don't make it so obvious!"

"Shouldn't I be saying that to you?"

Later that night, backstage, Block B and BTS prepared for their stage. They were right after Sistar. For the performance, Jennie wore a white crop top with her leather jacket over it. Her jeans were white and high waisted, along with a white bandana tied on top of her head. As she had finishing touches done on her hair by one of the stylists, the sound engineer, Shin, who approached her during the dress rehearsal, strolls over to adjust her earpiece. But she noticed him fumbling with the earpiece.

"Are you okay?" she giggled at his nervousness.

After finally adjusting the earpiece, he let out a short chuckle and tried to flirt, "Sorry, I don't really see a lot of foreigners here. And I wasn't aware how pretty they are."

Taking his flirting attempt as a sweet compliment, her face warmed up as she giggled. "I'm flattered. Thank you."

Meanwhile, Jungkook let out a sigh of annoyance, sneaking glances at the two of them while they talked.

"All right...it was funny at first but now I'm getting annoyed with this guy. He doesn't seem to quit, huh?" Jimin looked on, shaking his head. "I wonder if he knows that she's not interested."

"I hope so..." Jungkook mumbled. 

As he watched them, Jungkook clenched his jaw when he saw Shin adjusting her bandana. Jimin was staring at Shin with the scariest glare, feeling the urge to protect her. He was too close to her.

Shin is a sound engineer, not a stylist. 

Why was he trying to get close and touch her? 

Why was he trying to flirt with her?

Having enough, the two members made their way to them. Noticing their presence, Jennie turned and smiled. "Hey, guys!"

Jungkook's anger dissipated as he replied with a smile. Meanwhile, Jimin spoke in a not so friendly tone, "I think some members of Block B need help with their mics. Now."

"All right, thank you. Good luck out there, Jennie." Shin smiled and left.

"Um, are you two okay? You look like you just lost in one of your favorite video games."

"Nothing!" The two boys replied.

No matter what, the Maknae line will always have each other's back.

Mission: Protect Jennie Successful

------

'Fight of The Century'

As soon as Boy in Luv came on, BTS walked out to the stage, hyped up. Jen shot the camera a rock on sign before walking up the steps to stand on the stage, with her mic in hand.

The roar of the crowd took her by surprise as she looked at the sea of humanity all around the venue. This was it. This was BTS' time to shine at the MAMA Awards. Butterflies in her stomach got worse as she smiled through the nervousness, acting hyped up with the rest of the members.

"Let's go!" She shouted, jumping around on stage.

Next up was Block B, walking out to NalinA. When they got on stage, both groups faced off before they heard a horn.

With the members leaving the stage except for Jimin, J-Hope, U-Kwon and B-Bomb, the dance battle commenced.

While the guys danced on stage, Jen stood at the back of the stage with Taeil, in the dark. He had on his pair of glasses and a large brown hat on his head. She put on her pair of black glasses to match him.

"Nervous?" He asked, placing a hand on her shoulder.

"I'm shaking." She let out a shaky breath. "I dunno know about this."

"It's going to be OK. You're going to do great. We got this." He smiled in reassurance, removing his hand from her shoulder. 

There were so many people, and so many idols watching. The heat was on.

As soon as Jimin ripped his shirt off, the crowd went into pandemonium, even making the idols freak out, especially the ladies. The sudden sound of the crowd, soothed Jen's nerves as she started to laugh.

"They're going crazy!" Taeil listened in awe.

"Oh, Jimin...what do we expect? He's always full of surprises." She responded, proud of Hobi and Jimin for their dancing.

As the lights faded out, Taeil walked on stage to stand before the ramp that connected to the stage where the Dance off was.

All ma party people ready~!

He sang out as the song transitioned to the chorus while the lights revealed him. He's met with loud screams and cheers as he performed, walking down the ramp as the crowd jammed out.

Where ma party people at

sikkeureopge hae

ttabunhan geu gamogeseo araseodeul

gieonawa oh tonight volume up

all ma party people say

Shake it up yo head

agijagihan geon narang

an majeunikka kkeutkkajiga

Let's go let's go let's go~!

The lights appeared down on Jennie as she walked down the ramp, singing with him,

EH eh EH EH EH

EH eh EH EH EH eh (have a nice day)

EH eh EH EH EH

EH eh EH EH EH eh (have a nice day)

"Show em what you got Jen-nay~!" He sang in a high voice and jammed to himself while she started to sing,

Aye,

Everybody party it up

Everybody knows what's up

Let me give you a heads up and tell you how it's going down, right now

Let's raise the volume to the max and get loose.

You know this music makes you want to

Tell me why you're staying calm, it's time to leave the worries out the window

As she sang, Taeil met up with her in the middle of the ramp. He grabbed her hand and spun her around, as she grinned in response. He followed her, dancing around.

Dance for me and keep it grooving

Don't stop now, keep it moving

This beat is so funky, I can't control my body

Time to break a sweat on this dance floor

Let's get a little naughty

BTS, Block B, you know how we go

Hong Kong, at MAMA, you know how we roll

All ma party people put your hands up

Wrapping an arm over her shoulder, Taeil and Jennie rock from side to side in front of a camera, happily.

Me and Taeil goin' party all night, they can't stop our flow

Tonight is the night, we goin' show em how it's done,

Tonight is the night, now shake your body and lose your mind

Getting released, she sang the chorus, walking with Taeil as she pointed to the camera when it moved with them.

Where ma party people at

sikkeureopge hae

ttabunhan geu gamogeseo araseodeul

gieonawa oh tonight volume up

Taeil took over, singing, "All ma party people say, Shake it up yo head, agijagihan geon narang an majeunikka."

"kkeutkkajiga" They harmonize together, earning louder cheers. "Let's go, let's go, let's go~!"

EH eh EH EH EH

EH eh EH EH EH eh (have a nice day)

EH eh EH EH EH

EH eh EH EH EH eh (have a nice day)

As the piano played, Taeil did a scat, before singing out, "Whoa!"

Jen responded with her own, "Whoa!"

"Whoa!"

"Oh!"

"Whoa!"

"Whoa~" They sang their high note to louder cheers and then the lights went out, ending their battle.

Seconds later, Rap Monster and Zico were revealed on stage for their rap battle. 

As Taeil and Jennie left the stage, she wrapped her arms around him for a big hug. "We did it, Sharkie!"

"We make a great team Ennie! We did great!"

She let out a breath. "That was so fun. And I'm not even nervous anymore, I'm ready for the next performance!"

After the rap battle, BTS gathered to perform Danger. When it was Jen's part, a camera showed BamBam jamming out to her verse with a big grin on his face. Afterward, Block B performed Her. After they finished, both groups gathered on stage.

"Ah, yeah!" Rap Monster rasped out.

"Let's~ get it started...in here~" Jen sang as the opening beats for Black Eyed Peas' Let's Get It Started came on.

And the base keep runnin' runnin' and runnin' runnin', and runnin' runnin', and runnin' runnin',

and Runnin' runnin', and runnin' runnin', and runnin' runnin', and runnin' runnin', and

Dancing to the beat, she stuck her tongue, dancing around. This sound was such a throwback as she performed with the boys.

-----

Headed backstage, Jen was approached by Shin, yet again, while Tae watched, unamused. There was something about him that Tae wasn't feeling.

"Let me know if I'm overstepping my boundaries with this question but, uh, are you seeing anyone by any chance?" Shin asked out of the blue, staring right into her eyes.

His question took her by surprise. Honestly, she wasn't expecting anyone to pay her any mind. Sure, she wanted to date in the future but she just met him and would like to get to know how before making a drastic decision. 

She answered politely, "O-oh, uh, well. Sorry that caught me by surprise."

"Really? Shame that no one's noticed just how special you are." He got closer.

"I'm not liking this..." Taehyung watched on, alerted and decided to approach them, bringing Jimin along.

"I wonder how Jungkookie would've reacted if he saw what we saw." Jimin huffed, watching Shin in disapproval.

"I don't want to know or find out, man."

"U-uh, I'm really flattered." Jennie took a step back, bowing politely at Shin. He was a bit too close. "But time is a virtue. Let's get to know each other first. Let's be friends."

"HEY, ENNIE~!" Taehyung loudly greeted cheerfully, putting an arm around her, and pulling her close to him.

"Oh, Tae, Jimin, what's up, guys?" She smiled and glanced at them.

"I couldn't help but notice you and this guy talking." Tae narrowed his eyes at Shin. Shin raised a brow at his dirty look, hiding his annoyance at getting interrupted. "Sorry, but she's not interested."

Before Jen could comprehend what he just said, Jimin added insult to injury, speaking in a serious tone, "Yes, Jennie...our Jennie...our precious...precious Miss Bangtan, who is protected by SEVEN Bangtan Boys...is a very...very busy young lady." He stared at Shin with another one of his scary looks.

"Yes, and she has no time to be getting distracted. I hope you understand."

"Guys!" Jennie exclaimed.

"Well, can I at least get your number?" Shin suggested.

"Ah, ah, ah. No boys." Namjoon came out of nowhere, grabbing Shin's phone out of Jennie's hands. He handed the phone back to Shin. "She won't be needing your number. Carry on, man."

Jen exhaled sharply and stormed off, getting annoyed. Why did they have to do that? That was so rude. She at least wanted to be friends with the guy. What was wrong with that?

Back in their seats, Jen was pissed. 

Jimin giggled. "She's mad~."

"Jimin, shut up." She retorted.

"I'm not feelin' that guy, Smartie." Yoongi put his two cents in.

"Yeah, you can do better," Tae replied.

"You'll thank us later," Hobi reassured her.

Jen's mood went back to happiness, acting hyped and fangirling over EXO's performance, as they start with Black Pearl. Baekhyun looked amazing as usual, as she was in awe.

"Really?" Yoongi shook his head. "You are such a girl."

"Don't talk during Baekhyun's parts, hush!"

As the performance progressed, she squealed, "Ahhhh, look at him!" She pointed at, watching Baekhyun sing his verse for Overdose.

"OH, SHE WANTS ME!" She grabbed onto Yoongi, shaking him.

"Cut it out!" He tried to push her off. Hobi, Tae and Jimin laughed at Yoongi's struggle.

Despite the annoyance in some parts, and the nervousness, the MAMA Awards was a success for BTS, and a night they will never forget.

------

Back at the hotel room, Jen shared with Jin, Namjoon and Yoongi, Jen wanted all the members to be in one room, to talk about the restrictions she had against talking to Shin.

"Okay, so are you guys gonna act like you didn't do anything while I was talking to him?" She asked. "What the heck? That was not cool. I'm trying to make more friends in this industry."

"And you will. Just not that guy. Look, you don't need to be around any boys. You should wait." Namjoon spoke up.

"Oh, mah God, I just want to be friends, that's all!"

"I honestly don't see what the damn problem is with her speaking to more boys." Yoongi retorted. "Leave the poor girl alone. She's smart enough to know which guys to watch out for. I just don't approve of that sound engineer. He seems corny. You can do better."

"Does she? This is a different country!" Jin exclaimed.

"So, what?" Yoongi bluntly replied.

"There's guys that want to experiment on foreigners. Especially a girl like her. I'm not letting anyone take advantage of her." Namjoon crossed his arms. "I am not allowing any guys to take advantage of her. Done deal. End of story."

"They won't, I won't let them." Jennie tried to explain.

"Well, you shouldn't just give your number out to just anyone! You never know what will happen, Jennie. You need to get that through your head. Do you know who we are?" Namjoon asked sternly.

Frowning at his lecture, she crossed her arms, stubbornly staying silent for a moment, before mumbling an answer.

"I'm sorry, what was that?"

"I said we're idols..." She grumbled.

"People sharing idols' numbers is common. You must be careful." Hobi advised while the Maknae line watched on, back and forth. 

Jen turned to the Maknae line. "Are you guys gonna help me, here?" She gestured, but they shook their heads.

"We're all worried about your safety, too. We agree with the hyungs." Jungkook answered, seriously.

"Are you for real?" Jen shook her head. "I thought you would take my side!"

"Stop trying to argue with it." Namjoon scolded. "That guy seems fishy."

"Stop treating me like a kid!" She snapped

"Well stop acting like one."

Shaking from anger, she growled. "You are just so...UGH! I can't stand you! You don't tell the rest of the Maknae line who they can and cannot talk to, so why me? Un-believable! Are you gonna do this to everyone I talk to now? Because I find it hard to believe that this will be a onetime thing. You're freaking out over nothing! Stop babying me!"

Namjoon sighed out of annoyance, watching her storm out of the room. "Don't slam the-"

BAM

"...She slammed the door." He rubbed his temples.

Jin rushed to the door, opened it, and watched Jennie walk off. "The guys want the chocolate! But they won't get the chocolate! If they want the chocolate, they'll have to go through me!" He shouted as Jennie turned around, confused at his sudden outburst. "And I, Jin, do not approve of any of this! They will not get the chocolate! YOU WILL THANK ME LATER!"

"What is wrong with you!?" She rolled her eyes and got on the elevator.

"Huh? What chocolate? There's no chocolate around here. Is there?" Taehyung looked around the room.

"He...never mind. Forget it Tae." Namjoon shook his head.

Jin, grabbing the Bangtan Bomb camera, began to film. "We the Bangtan Boys have an announcement to make on our Bangtan Girl. To all the men out there. Older and younger." he spoke up.

"If you want to date Miss Bangtan," Namjoon added.

"Date our precious Jennie." Jimin beamed.

"Then you must get the approval of ALL seven of us! Every single one of us." Jin guaranteed.

"We will do background checks." Hobi pointed out.

"Ask about your education and work." Yoongi spoke up.

"And make sure you are good for our Jennie." Tae smiled.

"Ah, but she won't be dating until she's in her 30s. She has plenty of time." Jin smiled innocently.

"Should we start setting curfews for her?"

"Nah, let's not go that far. She'll kill us in our sleep." Namjoon laughed as Jin ended the video. 

He knew Jennie would come around. He'll find her and have a long one on one chat. Things got blown out of proportion. But he hoped that when he talks to her, she'll understand where he's coming from. All he wants is to protect her.

After pondering, he exhaled and left the hotel room to go find her. She couldn't have gone far. 

Back in the room, Jimin suggested, "What about Jungkookie? Should we set him a curfew?"

"Ah, he's a shy bean, we have nothing to worry about with him." Hobi patted Jungkook on the back.

"I dunno...Jungkookie isn't as innocent as you think." Jimin teased.

"IS THERE SOMETHING I SHOULD KNOW!?" Jin screamed.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 38- I'm Lacking

Chapter Summary: BTS film Season's Greetings. Jen supports GFriend's debut. The Anti hate begins to get to Jennie harder than before as she begins to push herself. She learns the hard way what happens when she wants to work 24/7.

Words: 6,000+

Genre: Fluff and also angst with more hate comments and racism.

-----

When Jennie woke up, it was past 9 am, and she somewhat felt disappointed at the loss of heat from Jungkook when she got out of bed to stretch. She had a great night’s sleep thanks to him and she planned to spoon more often if he was okay with it. He was comfortable to sleep with and not to mention, warm.

Glancing at the bed, she smiled at the cute sight of the puppy curled up in a ball, next to him. Gently picking up the sleeping puppy in her arms, she placed the covers on Jungkook and set the puppy back to sleep next to him.

When she went out of her room, she was met by Jin, Yoongi, and Jimin eating breakfast. 

“Morning!” She took a seat next to Jimin as she was greeted back.

“Where’s Kookie?” Jimin asked.

“He’s in my room.”

Her statement caused Jin to stop eating and immediately turn to her. “And what is he doing in your room?” He asked with his voice filled with panic.

“Here we fuckin’ go...” Yoongi put his headphones in, blasting music so he wouldn’t hear another freak out of his.

“What is he doing in your room, Jennie?” He repeated.

Confused at his sudden questioning, she replied in a calm tone, “Jin, relax-“

“JEON JUNGKOOK!” He screamed, standing up from his seat.

“H-hey! He’s sleeping!” She jumped on her feet, trying to stop him, but ended up getting picked up over his shoulder and placed on the couch. “Jin!”

“You might as well just leave him, Ennie.” Jimin laughed as they heard Jin’s shouts and Jungkook’s yells of confusion. 

The puppy ended up running out of the room until it found Jennie. She picked it up and held it in her arms. She felt the puppy shaking in fear as she began to soothe it by gently petting its head. 

“Jin! You scared him!” She scolded as he dragged Jungkook out of the room by the ear.

“How heartless,” Yoongi commented after taking off his headphones.

Jungkook sat on the couch with her, rubbing his ear, lowkey annoyed at how his sleep was interrupted. 

“Hyung, was that really necessary?” He complained. “And you scared Tony.” He frowned and turned his head to the shaking puppy in Jen’s arms.

“It’s okay.” She cooed as the puppy whined. “Hey, hey. Shh.” She hugged it close as it started to calm down.

“Let me see the little guy.” He requested as she placed the puppy in his hands. Jungkook picked him up and turned the puppy to face him. “Jin is mean, isn’t he, Tony?”

“A big meanie for scaring you.” She added as she smiled at the puppy.

“Don’t be scared, you’re safe with Kookie and Jennie. We’ll protect you.” He whispered gently.

“We won’t let anyone hurt you.”

“Yeah, so have no fear, little guy.”

Jimin watched them both with the puppy. It was like they were taking care of a baby. It was cute to watch them together like this as a smile came across his face.

“Was that your Christmas gift, smartie?” Yoongi asked.

“Yes. We’re taking care of him together.” She answered.

“We’re just in a disagreement about if it should be a Captain America based name or Iron Man based.” Jungkook playfully narrowed his eyes at her as she rolled her eyes.

“I didn’t mean to scare the puppy.” Jin tried to explain.

“Too late, you already scared the poor puppy! How dare you?” Jimin called him out. “At least his parents are there to calm him down.”

After the puppy calmed down, it began to act hyper and happy again, putting smiles on its owners’ faces.

“I don’t feel comfortable with you two in the same bed together, all right? No more going in each other’s rooms.” Jin ordered.

“Oh, you have got to be kidding me!” Jennie complained. “We’re just sleeping!”

Jimin giggled at her statement. “Yes, friends sleep with each other, I don’t see anything wrong with that.”

“Thank you! We sleep with each other a lot.”

“What-what-WHAT!?” Jin shouted.

Jimin couldn’t hold in his laughter as he began to giggle out loud, banging his fist on the table. Yoongi smirked in amusement and shook his head.

“What is so funny!?” She exclaimed, turning to Jimin.

“Nothing, nothing. You can carry on.” He gestured.

“I think you two need to write a report of the things you do together. Should I get hidden cameras?” Jin suggested.

Jennie glanced at Jungkook and they both turned to look at Jin, unamused. 

“All right now you’re outta pocket.” She declared.

“What does that mean!?” Jin looked confused.

“It means you’re getting old...” Yoongi bluntly replied.

“I am not old!” Jin shouted, as his ears began to get red.

“Jin, you really need to calm down. Let the kids live.”

----

Their season’s greetings took place in a studio in Gangnam as the members began to walk in, greeting everyone while they were filmed. Jen’s hair was straightened with curls at the end while wearing a hoodie, jeans with gingerbread earrings and black Nikes.

She waited patiently for her turn to take individual photos as she sat with V who played around with the dogs.

‘Are you wearing Nikes today?’

She was asked as a huge grin came across her features. “Oh well, you know I have to represent Nike. Like, Nike is life. Look at these sneaks!” She pointed to her black and white Nikes for the camera as it panned down. “Look at em! Dayum~! Some nice sneaks, right here.”

‘Miss Bangtan seems to be in her own little world with Nike.’

When it was finally her turn, she walked into a bedroom filled with teddy bears and other stuffed animals.

“I’m on the November page since my birthday is in November. Let’s go!” She shot the camera a thumbs up. 

Making her way to the middle of the room, she sat on the floor with the stuffed animals all around. She was told to act cute, so she grabbed a bottle of bubbles on the table, blowing bubbles around as the photographer snapped away. Afterward, she sat next to the huge brown teddy bear on the floor, hugging it from the side. She then sat in front of it, holding onto its big fluffy arms, wrapping around her.

“Whoa!” She laughed as it fell on top of her. 

The photographer caught her mid-laugh, it looked candid, deciding to keep it. She then posed in a chair drinking hot chocolate and cozied up.  

As the rest of the members took their photos, Jennie sat with Jimin, who decided to interview her. 

“Jennie, welcome to Jimin TV. Let’s do a 30 second fun fact session. Ready? Go!”

“Oh okay, well, I have you know that Miss Bangtan speaks four languages.” She revealed to the camera recording them.

“Whoa. What are they?”

“English. Korean. Sarcasm and Profanity. I’m not sorry, mom.” She grinned sheepishly over Jimin's giggles.

“What are your goals for 2015?”

“This is a long-term goal but I want K-Pop to be recognized more in America. I hope we’re able to achieve that goal, soon. And I want to improve my singing and dancing skills.”

“I believe we can achieve these goals together. 2015 will be a good year.” He reassured.

“Fighting!”

“Fighting!”

Standing up to stretch, she turned to see Jungkook with big Mickey Mouse gloves on his hands, fooling around. 

“Hey, Jungkook, give me a combination. Let’s test your skills.” She put her palms in front of him, pretending to train him in boxing.

“You got it.” He hit her palms with a fast combination. The speed of his hands caused her to turn to the camera, impressed.

“Ladies and gentlemen, I believe he’s ready for the championship.”

After the series of photoshoots with all the members, acting bright and cheerful, they head off to the next studio. Once arriving, the members begin to play around with the rocking horse prop.

Sounds of laughter came from J-Hope, Jin and Jennie as J-Hope began to ride around on the horse after Jin.

“Even the tail is moving.” Jin pointed out.

“Let me try.” She gets on the horse after him. “WEEEEEEEEEE!” She yelled, rocking back and forth. “I’m getting Rookie King vibes.” She let out another laugh with the members.

After she got off, she tried to stop V from sitting on the small toy hippo. 

“V! That’s a hippo!” She grabbed the stuffed toy away from him before he could sit on it. “Do you see how tiny this thing is? Hippo, I am so sorry, you’re safe now.” She held it against her chest protectively. 

The only response she got from him was a fit of giggles as she shook her head in amusement. After changing into a red sweater dress and black thigh-high boots, Jen watches Jungkook take his individual photos. 

“Hehehe, he has cute rabbit ears.” She giggled at the sight. “He’s cute and awkward. I think that’s what makes him so adorable.”

After his photo shoot with the rabbit ears, the stylist placed Mickey Mouse ears on him.

“Cuteness overload! This is too much cuteness in the morning.” She beamed.

After a few more photos, Jungkook gestures for her to come over and take photos with him. 

“Come on, Jennie! I’m not Mickey Mouse without my Minnie.” His cute bunny smile made it hard to resist his request.

Chuckling at his cheesiness, she obliged his request. One of the stylists placed a Minnie Mouse headband on Jen’s head and retouched her hair and makeup. After she was done, Jungkook and Jennie began to shoot.

“97 Line all day!” She cheered

The two of them take various poses such as putting up the peace sign, showing off their cheesy/bunny smiles, and Jen putting her arms around his neck from behind while they grin happily. They even both posed by simultaneously making a punch to the camera.

’97 Liners make the cute concept look easy’

As they stood back to back, Jungkook leaned forward with his hands in his pockets while Jen leaned back, keeping her back against his as the photographer snapped away. Once Jennie was left alone for her individual shots, she took photos with a blown up candy cane. She jumped up in the air, posing with it like she was playing the guitar. Going to the camera to go see how her shots came out, she was pleased to see how great the air guitar pose looked.

“Keep it! Put it in! I love it.”

Once she finished her shots, she worked on her New Year greeting for the fans by drawing ARMY in bubble letters with hearts around. Under it, she writes the caption, ‘#ARMYXBTS2K15! Let’s slay 2015 together! ❤ ❤’

All the members regroup to take group photos with a mischief concept. From Jimin throwing cheeseballs at Jennie as she aimed to catch them by her mouth, to her putting on Jungkook’s Mickey Mouse gloves to add to her Minnie Mouse concept, the concept went well as everyone was in high spirits. Jimin and Jungkook picked up V while Suga and J-Hope picked up Jin as Jennie and Rapmon were the refs, watching the chaos unfold.

It wasn’t even a photo shoot anymore because it was all filled with laughter as V and Jin tried to grab onto each other. It was nothing but chaos as Jen and Rapmon looked around for help. After their last shoot with red noses on their noses, they all applaud and cheer that the season’s greeting photoshoot was successful.

“Thank you for your hard work~” Jennie grinned at the camera.

“Please support our next year’s season’s greeting and look at our beautiful faces,” Jin added with a smile.

“Today’s photo shoot was really fun.” Jimin grinned.

“Leave no, leave.” Suga shoved him away.

Jimin continued to talk despite Suga continuously shoving him. “Thank you for supporting us until the end. Please keep loving BTS in the future.” He giggled as Jin placed a hand on the camera.

Pulling Jin’s hand away from it, Jimin placed a kiss on the camera.

“I hope you look forward to next year’s Season’s Greetings!” Jennie went on as Suga turned the camera to him, getting all up close.

“I’m back~!”

“Aye! I wasn’t done!” She pushed him away with J-Hope. “Look forward to next year!” She happily shouted before getting put into a headlock by Suga.

“Please look forward to season’s greeting!” J-Hope grinned.

“Why do we always interrupt each other? We should help each other.” Jimin pondered. 

It seems like he had the most sense around here.

-------

At the KBS Song Festival, Jen was already dressed for the It’s Tricky stage with the rest of the members.

Leaving the dressing room, she found herself in the mix of all the business of the show and various groups preparing for their stages. She didn’t want to be stuck with the members, she was always with them. She wanted to find some familiar faces and if not, make a few new friends.

“Hey, hey.” She heard a familiar voice and turned to see Taeil from Block B.

“Taeil! It’s been a while.” She pulled him in for a hug. 

The last time she saw him was at the MAMA Awards. She was pleased to see him doing well.

“It has. Good job performing Danger earlier.”

“Thanks, I’m looking forward to your stage, tonight.”

“It’s gonna be a fun one. I’m surprised you’re not with the members, right now.”

“I’m trying to make some friends here.” She sighed.

“I think I see Bora, from Sistar is over there.” He pointed out to her at the refreshment table.

“I see her. All righty. I’ll see you before the show is over, all right? Tell the guys I said hey.”

“You got it.”

Turning her attention to Bora, Jen made her way to her. “Excuse me.”

“Yes?” Bora turned around with a smile.

“Bora, right? From Sistar?”

“That’s me. You’re from America, right? BTS’ Bangtan girl?”

“Yeah, it’s nice to meet you. I was wondering if we could hang out or something. I’m trying to meet new people.”

“And get away from the boys?” She teased.

“That too!” She shared a laugh with her.

“Well, of course, we can hang out. Dasom, she can speak English too.”

“Oh really? Nice.”

“Yeah, I’m sure she’ll love to talk to you. I was on my way back to the girls. Follow me, I’ll introduce you to them.”

Meeting Bora and the rest of the Sistar members went smoothly for Jennie. They were extremely sweet and Dasom was eager to speak with her. After hanging with them, she bumped into AOA’s Jimin, Mina and Choa. Jen thought that Jimin’s voice was unique and complimented her and even found out that some of the members played the guitar, eagerly suggesting that they should play together something. Maybe she could learn a few things from them. Networking was always a great thing.

Walking around backstage, she went back to the refreshment table, to grab a small plate of cookies.

“Hey, Jennie!” A deep voice filled her ears.

She turned to see a guy smiling brightly at her. 

“Hi!" she greeted happily. "You look familiar...you wouldn’t happen to be a part of GOT7, would you?”

“You’re correct. I’m Jackson Wang. It’s nice to meet Miss Bangtan.”

“It’s nice to meet you too! I have been trying to get to know some new people. Get away from the guys.”

“Hahah, I wonder how they’ll feel about that. You know, I have a friend who’s really infatuated with you. He talks about you all the time. Now I see what he means about you having a cute smile.” He blurted out before getting smacked in the head by Mark who stood behind him. “Ow!”

“You are so gonna get killed now. You blab too much.” He scolded and turned to her. “Sorry about that. Ignore him. I’m Mark.”

“Jennie. Nice to meet you. Well, Jackson, whoever your friend is that’s infatuated with me, I’m flattered.”

“Friend? What friend? I said too much, ignore what I just said.” Jackson laughed nervously. ‘Oh, he is gonna kill me.’ He thought to himself.

Back to the boys in the BTS dressing room, Namjoon was on his phone, as usual, scrolling through Twitter until he found photos posted by Jennie, with the caption, ‘Friends!! Having a great time tonight! #Jen’

The photos consisted of her posing with Sistar, the AOA members she met, and Block B. ARMY was already tweeting how awesome it was that she was with them and how happy they were that she met them.

“Unbelievable...” He let out a chuckle. “This little girl is friggin’ everywhere. She’s gonna end up knowing everyone if she keeps this up.”

“She’s trying to get away from us.” Jimin pouted as he checked out the photos on his phone.

“Well we’re all guys, I’m sure she wants to be around women.” Jin reassured.

“She was just with Block B, hyung,” Jungkook informed.

“Oh.” Jin paused. “Never mind then. She’s trying to get away from us.”

As the night continued, the boys were on standby, getting ready to perform. Jungkook adjusted his USA hoodie and turned his head, only to frown at who Jennie was talking to.

The sound engineer guy? Again? Now, what did he want?

Jimin and Tae were joking around, while Jungkook continued to scowl, watching his every move.

“Hyung.” Jungkook spoke, catching their attention.

“What’s up, Kookie?” Jimin asked.

“Isn’t it that guy?” The Maknae pointed out bitterly. Tae and Jimin looked his way to find the guy getting a little too cozy with her.

“Unfortunately...” Jimin let out an annoyed sigh. “Now what does he want?”

Jennie stood with Shin as they caught up on how they were doing in their lives.

“I’d like to take you out on a date.” Shin’s sudden statement almost made her choke on her spit as she stared at him in disbelief. 

“Date? Me? Uh, I dunno.” She nervously laughed it off.

“I’m serious. I really want to get to know you better. You’re really cute.”

“Ah, um, well, I think it’s best if we remain friends.”

“For now?” he smiled, hopeful.

“Jennie. We gotta go.” Jungkook suddenly popped up and grabbed her by the hand, staring right at Shin, unable to hide his irritation. Shin glanced at their hands and back at Jungkook as his smile went away.

Regrouping with BTS, Jen and Jungkook stood by each other. All that was on his mind was Shin and he couldn’t stop the urge from asking Jennie, “Are you...interested in him?”

“I mean, he’s cute. But I only think of him as a friend.” She shrugged. “You think I should give him a chance?”

Jungkook looked down at his feet, pausing before answering. “If the guy you’re with makes you happy, then I’m happy.” 

Chuckling to herself, she shook her head. “You don’t want me to date him, do you.” She declared.

“I-I just...I...”

“Hey.” She placed a hand on his shoulder as he met her eyes. “I trust your judgment. If you think there’s someone better out there for me, well I’ll go with your judgment and wait for the guy. I’ll turn Shin down gently.” She turned to watch Ailee performing on the screen as he stared at her.

She watched Ailee perform with admiration and love in her eyes. “Oh mah God, this woman is a goddess. I would love to perform with her one day.”

Her statement made Jungkook smile. 

“You are such a fangirl.” He teased.

“Do you hear how beautiful she sings? How amazing she is?! Do you know what an honor it would be, to be on the same stage as her? Singing with her? Think of IU. You’ll understand.” She said as he nodded.

“Why don’t you introduce yourself?”

“Oh no, I’m nowhere near ready for that big step. I’m not worthy.”

“Oh stop.” He laughed

“That’s like me meeting Beyoncé. I’m not prepared to be slayed. One day. For now, I want to try to cover one of her songs. But my vocals need extreme improvement to be able to be on her level. I bet it’ll take me a few years.”

“Hey, don’t be discouraged. Whatever song you choose to sing of hers, just make the song your own. Don’t try to sound just like her.”

“Yeah, you’re right Kook.”

-----

2015 started pleasantly as Jen stood backstage at KBS Music Bank, walking around to find GFriend’s dressing room. It was January 16th, the day of their debut. 

When she finally got to the room, she opened it, while saying, “Hey, hey!”

“Jennie! You’re here!” Hayoon rushed over to her.

“You bet I am!” 

“Jennie! Glad, you could make it!” Eunha happily greeted and she went to hug her with SinB. 

Jen was well acquainted with the two of them because they were former Big Hit trainees. She was elated to finally see them debuting.

“How are the guys?” SinB asked.

“They always wonder how you two are doing. They’ll be thrilled to see you.”

The other members stared at Jennie, smiling politely. “Oh, I’m sorry. I’m Jennie from BTS. I wanted to support Hayoon, Eunha and SinB in GFriend’s debut. They're friends of mine. It’s nice to meet you. I came here with some goodies. You can eat them after the show.” She handed them small goodie bags.

“Aw, you didn’t have to do this.”

“I was bored so I decided to go shopping and make small goodie bags. No big deal.” She shrugged with a smile. 

GFriend was already dressed up and ready to go. They were nervous, but with Jen there for encouraging words, it made them happier.

As Jen was backstage, she watched GFriend’s interview as they were in the waiting room. Hayoon stood in the back, looking adorable as ever with her hair in a high ponytail. 

Jennie had high hopes for GFriend and hoped the members’ careers in the group would be nothing but successful. When they finally performed Glass Bead, she was blown away at how in unison they were with the dance moves. 

“Oh, I sure as hell am not gonna be able to dance like that. Hayoon, what the hell?” She chuckled to herself.

“Yas, girl, get your lines!” She soon said as Hayoon began to sing.

After they headed backstage, Jen met up with them, gleefully celebrating with them on their successful debut. 

“Now that is what I’m talking about! Amazing job. You ladies did well.” she cheered.

“Thank you so much for being here. You have no idea how much this means to me, to have your support.” Hayoon hugged her tightly.

“Of course, Yoon. How do you feel?”

She pulled away. “The butterflies are gone. I’m so happy. I feel good.”

“I was nervous during my debut as a member of BTS. You’ll get used to performing. Now, about this dance though...okay, Hayoon, there is no way I can dance that dance.”

“Hahah, Yes you can. I’ll teach you soon.”

“Eh heh heh, no, I’m gonna look like an awkward person. Like how the heck did you do those kicks? And act all cute like that? Ya’ll did that. That was a great debut.”

------

Next Wednesday, at SOPA, Jen sat in her seat, waiting to see what her score was on the English test she took last week. As the teacher handed the papers out to the students in her row, she looked up, surprised at the frown on the teacher’s features.

“I’m surprised at your test score, Ms.Walker. You’re usually our A student in this class. Is everything all right?”

Confused, Jennie took the paper but automatically groaned in disappointment at the failing grade she received. 

“I’m fine, I guess I didn’t study enough. I’ll do well next time. It’s not the end of the world. It’s just one bad grade.”

The teacher nodded at her response and continued to give out the rest of the tests. Jen looked back at her score. 

A 33%? What went wrong? She studied.

For lunch, sitting with her group of friends, Jen sat across from Hayoon while the rest of the students, including Eunha and SinB, were engaged in their individual conversations, studying for a test during the next period and getting their homework out the way.

Hayoon watched Jennie with concern as she played on her phone. “You are not okay. You’re getting faint dark circles. Are you all right?”

Looking up, Jen shrugged, bluntly replying, “Nothing but a little bit of insomnia.”

Hayoon frowned at her response. “Why aren’t you sleeping? And aren’t you going to eat?”

“Eh, I’m not that hungry.” She replied nonchalantly.

“Jennie, you haven’t eaten all day. You should eat something. Don’t do this to your body like that. Especially as an idol with constant scheduling.”

“Yoon, I’m fine.”

“How many hours of sleep did you get?”

“I guess two hours? I don’t remember.”

Hayoon gaped at her in disbelief. “You’re overworking yourself for your next comeback?” She declared. It sounded more like a statement than a question.

“I don’t call it overworking. I call it pushing myself.”

“And where exactly did you get this pushing from?”

“I...people’s expectations.” She admitted with a sigh.

“Jennie, you’re good at what you do, don’t overwork yourself because of some ‘fans’ expectations.”

“It’s not just that, the hate is getting a little worse, unfortunately.”

“Didn’t Rapmon tell you to ignore it?”

“Easier said than done.” She snapped, taking Hayoon by surprise before she understood what was going on.

“Insomnia? Irritation? Lack of appetite? You’re stressed and you’re exhausted but you don’t want to admit it. Your body can’t run 24/7, Jen.”

“I’m not stressed... I just have a lot on my mind...”

“The hate is on your mind.” She declared.

“I just...I’m really getting targeted these days, ever since that Instagram dispute.”

“I hope you know that none of what they say is true.” She handed Jennie the rest of her lunch. “I had a big breakfast, so I’m not that hungry. Please eat.”

“Hayoon, I’m not-“

“EAT.” She demanded in a stern tone.

Letting out a sigh, Jen took her chopsticks and popped a dumpling in her mouth. 

“Happy?” She asked with her mouth full.

“Manners.” She reminded her. “I’m glad to see you finally eating. Let’s talk about something more positive. How was the Wake Up Tour?”

Recently BTS has a small Japan tour. Although she had no idea how to speak in Japanese, there was a translator for her and she spoke in English apologizing for the language barrier. She promised the fans that she would try her best to learn more Japanese so she could be prepared the next time BTS went to Japan. The Japanese fans were respectful and supportive of them, and she had a blast.

-----

As soon as the opening beats came on for Wake Up, Jen swayed side to side to the beat, in her groove. Looking at the crowd, who waved their light sticks side to side, she smiled. Their Japanese tracks were fun to perform.

“Aye!” Rapmon shouted.

“Wake up!” She sang with Jungkook as they all waved their hands side to side with the audience.

“Wake up. Wake up. Wake up.”

“Let’s go!” She heard Rapmon say as he began his rap. She danced along to the groovy beat, having the time of her life with the rest of the members as she stood in between V and Jimin

Bankan ga tsutsumu asa o

Subete owareba yoi to sura omoi

Mata michi hazushisou ni natta sono toki

Kikoeru oya no koe “okinasai, mou!”

Singing under his rap, Jen harmonized, “AIGHT MOM saa, ima tatsuze MA FAM, MA FRIENDS sore ni MA FANS.”

As Rapmon continued his rap, Jen looked around. All those fans that came to see them perform. She’ll never get used to it. Their energy was infectious.

Karawanai asa JUSS KEEP ON & ON & ON &

Juss keep ON & ON & ON &

Juss keep ON & ON & ON &

Juss keep ON & ON & ON & ON & ON & ON & ON, let’s go!

“Wake up.” She sang, waving her hand side to side with the rest of the members.

Me o samashite, hora

“WAKE UP”

Minna ga matteru no sa

“WAKE UP.”

Jikan wa naikara.

“WAKE UP.”

Hitasura hashiru no sa

GOTTA LIVE MY LIFE

GOTTA TAKE MY PRIDE

GOTTA SHINE MY LIGHT

“WAKE UP! WAKE UP!” She sang with the rest of the members.

GOTTA LIVE MY LIFE

WOAH OH

GOTTA TAKE MY PRIDE

WOAH OH

GOTTA SHINE MY LIGHT

WOAH OH

“WAKE UP! WAKE UP!”

As Suga rapped, Jen continued to nod her head to the beat of the song. She was sweating just like the rest of them from the previous performances. Some of her hair stuck to her face, but the smile never left.

WAKE UP

Me o samashite, hora

WAKE UP

Minna ga matteru no sa

WAKE UP

Jikan wa naikara

WAKE UP

Hitasura hashiru no sa

She waved her hand side to side again with the members, singing in a low, smooth voice, “Gotta live my life.”

“Life~” She heard Rapmon in the background

“Gotta take my pride.”

“Pride~”

“Gotta shine my light.”

“Light~”

WAKE UP

WAKE UP

“Gotta live my life.”

WOAH OH

“Gotta take my pride.”

WOAH OH

“Gotta shine my light.”

WOAH OH

WAKE UP

WAKE UP

WAKE UP hi, nobotte

Odoroku ryou kyou no yotei

Shinshin tomoni mou kakousen

BUT, itsu no ma ni ka ishou matotte

GO MAKE UP, NO BREAK UP

Getting into J-Hope’s rap, Jen continued to dance around. As the chorus came on again, Jen sang with Jungkook for the rest of the song as their voices clashed for a harmonizing sound, “WAKE UP.”

Me o samashite, hora

“WAKE UP”

Minna ga matteru no sa

“WAKE UP”

Jikan wa naikara

“WAKE UP”

Hitasura hashiru no sa

“Gotta live my life. Gotta take my pride. Gotta shine my light.”

WAKE UP

WAKE UP

“Gotta live my life.”

WOAH OH

“Gotta take my pride.”

WOAH OH

“Gotta shine my light.”

WOAH OH

WAKE UP

WAKE UP

As the song began to end, Jen and Jungkook spent the last of the song harmonizing again together, “ Ooooooohhhhhhhhh.”

Juss keep on and on and on and

“Ooooohhhhhhhhhhhh~”

Juss keep on and on and on

“Oooohhhhh~”

Juss keep on and on and on

“Oooohhhhhh~”

Juss keep on and on and on and

-------

Smiling at the memories, she put another dumpling in her mouth. “The concert was everything.” She answered.

After school, Jen found herself in an unoccupied practice room, alone at the Big Hit building. She was panting, sweaty, and exhausted from overworking herself once again with the I Need U choreography. Her whole body ached, begging for her to stop and rest. Punching the dance floor with the side of her fist, she let out a sigh of frustration. 

“Why am I not getting this right?” She sat up pretzel style, running her hands through her hair that was tied in a bun.

She was frustrated at herself because she couldn’t get the emotion of the dance, while the rest of the guys seemed just fine. Hobi helped her and she even stayed with Mr.Son for more help but she felt like she was a lost cause. Maybe she should sit out of this comeback while the boys take over.

She had a lot on her mind for the past few weeks. Maybe she wasn’t getting it because her mind wasn’t on the dance, it was on other things.

‘She’s so slutty for dancing like that. Like really? That’s not cute, she can’t even dance. Why is she in the group? So tacky. She’s nothing without Amity’

She shook the negative thought out of her head. That fan comment made her want to change her War of Hormone lyrics to say her and she instead of I and my. And why she didn’t want to dance with Jungkook anymore. She’ll never get over the disappointment on his face. She felt so bad. 

She couldn’t help but notice the sadness in his voice when he murmured, “You don’t want to dance with me, anymore?”

Mr. Son was genuinely surprised that she didn’t want to go through with the dance with Jungkook as well. He enjoyed watching them dance together because their chemistry was something he hadn’t seen from anyone in a long time and they both had a blast together. Ever since the Instagram fight, it looked like the Hailey and other bitter Amity fans were coming after her, calling both Angelina and her angry black women who are jealous that they aren’t a part of the group anymore and of Amity’s success without them. They even went on a full rant on how unprofessional they acted and what example they were showing for younger girls.

To see people say she’s nothing without her old group pushed her to work harder because she felt like she wasn’t at the level she should be. That she was more than just the cute baby of Amity. She had a lot of talent up her sleeves, and Big Hit was the company for her to showcase them in the future when she was good and ready.

‘All those pretty female K-Pop stars and then there’s Jennie...’

‘I swear this girl tries too hard. She’s really forgettable in the group’

‘Every time I hear her sing, I lose brain cells. And she wants to rap? Please just no. Stop while you can.‘

‘Where does she get her confidence from if she’s the ugliest member of BTS?’

‘Oh wow, so Jennie can apparently, DJ now? So boring. Next thing you know, she can fly.’

‘Can she be kicked out of BTS? No gorillas allowed ugh’

‘Why does her hair look so nappy? Does she have a comb? Like ew, unattractive’

‘She’s so annoying. Her laugh is annoying. Her smile isn’t cute at all. Why are we supporting this troll?’

‘She’s the least pretty of the group. Maybe she should get plastic surgery and fix her face’

‘I guess they’re just putting anybody in K-Pop groups these days...’

‘She’s a wannabe K-pop idol. Why is she even here?’

‘When are BTS going to disband? They’re a flop. Having that stupid girl in the group isn’t going to help them either. Did they make her a member for publicity since she’s black?’

“Why am I even here...?” She murmured as she looked at herself in the mirrors in front of her. 

It was overwhelming. She never dealt with any of this stuff before until recently and it was starting to become hard to handle. It was getting hard to ignore because everywhere she went, she would see it on social media.

There will always be haters. But why did these anti-fans have to be so harsh and waste their time writing hateful things? Didn’t they have anything better to do?

Jen knew she wasn’t the only member dealing with hate. It broke her heart to hear that people called Hobi and Namjoon ugly. And even wanted Hobi to be kicked out of the group.

“And I guess I’m the next victim...”

It was harder than she thought to be an idol. But something told her to keep going. 

She snapped a photo of herself, in the mirror and tweeted, 'I feel like I should push myself harder...I’m lacking. Please bear with me. #JEN’

Not even five minutes later, she looked back at the Twitter account to see that the members had replied, along with the spam of ARMY giving her encouraging tweets and I love yous.

‘Fighting Jennie! #JIN’

‘I have smarties waiting for you back at the dorm. I’m always proud of you. #SUGA’

‘Have strength, Ennie! ChimChim loves you! You’re important and valued. #Jimin’

‘I love her more! I met her first! Go Jennie! I’ll always support you my Nike loving friend! #V’

‘Don’t be discouraged, just keep swimming. #JK’

‘Munchkin! Don’t give up! Keep going. #JHOPE’

‘Even during our darkest moments, we must find the light. Stay strong, JW. #RM’

Jen smiled at their sudden responses and exhaled. 

“I’ll be okay...I hope..."

Back at the dorm, Jen was greeted by the members who were watching TV in the living room.

“Munchkin! You want your smarties?” Hobi beamed.

“Ah, no thanks.” She smiled apologetically as the members sat there dumbfounded at her response.

“Something is up. She never dismisses smarties.” Yoongi murmured as she headed into her room.

After taking a shower, Jen laid on her bed and heard a hard combination of knocks on her door.

“Come in!”

There stood Jimin with a bright grin on his face as he shut the door and took a seat on her bed.

“Now you know we’re gonna have a conversation after you rejected smarties. You’re stressed.”

“No, I’m not.” She let out a sigh.

He suddenly placed a hand on her cheek, examining her face. “Developing dark circles.” He observed. “Are you sleeping?”

“Kind of. I nap.” She shrugged. 

“You’re not sleeping.” He declared. “What’s going on, Ennie?”

“Okay, I’m a little stressed.” She admitted.

“When’s the last time you ate a full meal?”

“I don’t recall-“

“That’s not good.”

“I’m okay. I’m not hungry. I can’t force myself to eat.”

“Come on, Ennie. Please, you gotta eat. I don’t like seeing you like this. It makes me sad. I want you to be happy.” He pouted

Suddenly, she felt her eyes start to sting as she attempted to wipe the developing tears. “I just...”

“Please tell me. Vent to me. I don’t want you to be sad.”

“Everything is starting to get overwhelming. I have too much stuff on my mind. I want to make sure I’m at my best for this comeback, but all this hate coming at me left and right recently is starting to distract me. I don’t understand why I’m getting all this heat from these antis. People said they want me beaten, hanged, even worse. Why? What have I done? Cause I know damn well if I was lighter, they wouldn’t say half the things. And maybe if I didn’t leave Amity on bad terms, some of the fans wouldn’t be so resentful towards me. I understand racism is gonna be everywhere, unfortunately. But my gosh, hanged? Next thing you know I’m gonna get even more death threats. What have I done? What have I done wrong to deserve that?”

“We are definitely gonna talk to Bang PD about this. Threats are not okay. None of this is okay.” He responded in a serious tone as he held her hand, giving it a tight squeeze.

“I just wish I was mentally stronger. I don’t like to surround myself with negativity like that. That’s why I took a break from social media. I haven’t updated since my Instagram of getting followed by EXO.” She went on. “It’s like every time I go online, it’s oh how much I hate you, people creating photos of me getting hanged, like that is truly disgusting. It is 2015, why are we still at this level of hatred? I just have so much to prove, I’m working as hard as I can but it’s always underappreciated. It makes me think that I’m lacking.”

“Do you feel like you’re lacking? Or do you feel like you’re lacking because of some haters saying you’re lacking?” He suddenly asked, which got her to ponder.

"Was this all worth it?”

“Jennie, don’t say things like that. Everything you went through, got you here. To be a member of BTS. You wanted to do this. Don’t give up now just because of a handful of bad seeds trying to discourage you. You didn’t join BTS as a publicity stunt. You’re just as important as the rest of us. Just like when Hobi went through with the hate, you will get through this just like he did. Me, the members, Big Hit and ARMY will be there to protect you from anything. Trust in ARMY and believe in their love for you.”

She nodded and took his words in. Jimin was always such a sweetheart. His selflessness was always appreciated.

“Thank you, Chim.”

“Always. Now, enjoy these smarties with me.” He let her go and took them out of his pocket, handing her a few rolls.

“It’s been a while.” She grinned and popped three pieces in her mouth.

“There’s that smile. Now come on, you have to eat something.” He grabbed her hand and took her out of her room.

-------

Next Monday, waking up earlier than the others, Jen headed to practice early for a head start on cleaning up the I Need U choreography. Her insomnia seemed to get worse because she hardly slept last night as she kept thinking about what she needed to work on for the next comeback.

She just wanted to be on the go 24/7, but failed the realize how much of a toll it was taking on her body.

Today she would learn her lesson.

Two hours later, the rest of the members came in as they began their long practice for their upcoming comeback. Throughout the whole morning, Jennie began to have a headache. It was irritating but she chose to endure it and dance through it.

“Jennie, you’re getting sloppy with your movement. You all right?” Mr. Son called her out, looking concerned.

“Sorry. I’m good.” She reassured, trying to shake off the sudden dizziness.

As they all get back in position, they begin the dance once again, starting from the chorus.

I need you girl

Wae honja saranghago honjaseoman ibyeolhae

I need you girl

Wae dachil geol almyeonseo jakku niga piryohae

Neon areumdawo

I need you girl Neomu chagawo

Holding her head, the dizziness and pain began to be too much for Jen’s body to handle, and started to shut down.

'Oh no...not again...' she thought as she ended up collapsing on the dance floor and began to feel herself losing consciousness. 

Meanwhile, the boys heard a loud thump over the music and turned around to see Jen knocked out on the floor as they scrambled around to her in panic.

“Jennie!”

“Is she okay!?”

“Let her breathe!”

“What happened!?”

“Give her space!”

“Call 119!”

“Shit! Jennie! Hey! Stay with me!” She faintly heard Namjoon shout as everything faded to black.

Next Bangtan Gal Chapters!

I'm having a blast rereading and editing. And damn I wrote a lot for this story over the years jeez. Over 250,000+ words so far from what was posted and edited.

-------

BTS in Kota Kinabalu (BTS head to Kota Kinabalu for vacation)

BTS Festa ( BTS celebrate their 2nd anniversary as a group)

Two Different Pages (Jen reveals she accidentally caught Rap Monster watching naughty videos in the studio and reveals another bombshell that shakes ARMY on Tumblr. Jen makes it known that it isn't wise to disrespect her)

-------

Don't Steal The Beef! (For episodes 7 and 8 of King of Masked Singer, Jen goes on the show as a guest judge, shocked to see Taeil revealed and fangirls over Ailee. BTS are back on Weekly Idol. Jennie watches a video message that an idol made on the show as she looks forward to making another friend.)

Distressed (Jen briefly goes home to see her family but things go downhill when sasaengs decide to follow her and crash her sister’s big performance) Some angst but ends with Jungkook major fluff!

-----

Payback (BTS film For You. Hobi and the Maknae Line prank Jen to piss her off by acting loud on purpose while she slept. Jennie gives them a taste of their own medicine by using pots and pans to wake them up. Jungkook is on edge as he anticipates Jen's move to prank him.) Remember Bad Girls Club? With Tanisha? I got inspiration from that for Jen's prank! Jungkook fluff!

----

Dope (BTS film and promote Dope. Jen supports Black Lives Matter and talks to Namjoon about his comment about Tae and J-Hope's "too black" skin color. Jen reveals a hidden talent and celeb crush during SBS PopAsia TV.) some angst but ends fluffy!

One Person Won't Ruin This (Jen figures out a way to meet with the NY VIP fans despite the Hi-touch being canceled due to threats to Rapmon. When hanging with Kevin, Jen forgets about her outing with Jungkook.) fluff but also angst in this one :(

I Think I Love Her (The members notice tension with Jennie and Jungkook. Jennie shuts down dating rumors from AllKpop. Jungkook vents to Jimin about his feelings for Jennie)

-------

Rekindle (Jungkook finds the perfect way to ask Jennie for forgiveness as each member of BTS help out. Jen starts getting jealous for a change. JenKook finally get the members back for taking photos of them while sleeping on the plane.) One of my FAVS! Absolute CHEESE AND FLUFF with all members with MAJOR Jungkook fluff! :) I love this one soooo much! I always thought of this one as one of my best chapters. It's so cute. I love rereading it.

-----

BTS Run Episodes 1,2 & 3 ( BTS compete to be the best man/woman and hang out at an amusement park.)

BTS GAYO Track 1 & 2 (The members go through a Girl Group dance quiz and attempt to answer the correct song by listening to lyrics)

Tension Escalator (BTS have an Undercover Mission in Japan. For the tension escalator, Jen watches with nervousness and assumes Jungkook won't do anything drastic but is instantly proved wrong.)

Fan Signs (BTS attend a fansign and Jennie deals with more discrimination as OT7 supporters skip and ignore her during the fan sign. Jennie meets and hangs with Sam Okyere) some angst but ends in fluff!

ISAC 2015 Chuseok Special (Jen shows off her studio and gets noticed by her celeb crush. Volleyball becomes a new competition for the ladies at ISAC as Jen finds it to be her calling while the guys dominate in running.) One of my favs!!

-----

Running Man: The Golden Duo (Due to popular demand, Jennie is asked to guest star in a Couples themed Episode of Running Man, bringing Jungkook with her to go up against other groups of two.) MAJOR Jungkook fluff and things get suggestive at the end with some suggestive Jungkook content! One of my favs!

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 47- Two Different Pages

Chapter Summary: Jen reveals she accidentally caught Rap Monster watching naughty videos in the studio and reveals another bombshell that shakes ARMY on Tumblr. Jen makes it known that it isn't wise to disrespect her.

Words: 11,000+

Genre: RM Fluff! And Jungkook fluff!

------- On a warm Saturday morning, Jennie invited Namjoon out to hang with her. He offered to go to a local café for breakfast and she agreed, wanting to spend more time with him. Namjoon would always be stuck in his studio or with his headphones in, on his phone, so she was glad she was able to go out with him for the time being.

The two found themselves sitting outside, on the balcony. With their plates of food in front of them, Namjoon watched her in amusement as she put syrup on her chocolate pancakes.

"All that sugar." He let out a low chuckle.

"I'm still a kid at heart, let me live." She replied and took a big bite.

"I intend to. Make sure you drink water so you won't get a sugar headache. You remember last time?"

"It was all for a good cause."

"The amount of complaining you did the last time said otherwise." He quipped, causing her to roll her eyes.

"Oh, hush."

"I made sure not to get the pineapple, so you won't have another allergic reaction, by the way." He informed, gesturing to the bowl of fruit for them to share.

Jen smiled gratefully and nodded. "Thanks, I appreciate it. Nice bare face, by the way. You look great without the makeup we wear on stage."

"Ah, I'm ugly, don't lie." He shook his head.

There he goes again. She wished he could see what she saw whenever she saw him. 

Jen shook her head and pointed at him. "You, my friend, need to stop calling yourself ugly. I want you to cut that out. Like right now. You're handsome. And I get to see your dimples, so hurray!"

Her enthusiasm for his dimples prompted him to smile, which showed them off. "I love those dimples. They're so cute." She went on.

"Ah, you're gonna make me flustered." He covered his face shyly for a moment.

She laughed softly. "I just want to see you smile."

She was aware that he got criticized often as of late. And she wished that he got credit where it was due.

"It sucks you get criticized but I love how you accept your mistakes and learn from them. We all mess up at times. But we learn from them. So, don't beat yourself up, 'ight? If you say anything out of line to me, I'll let you know, believe that. And I see that you're working harder. And I hope you know that you are appreciated and that I see how much you are improving. Your dancing gets better as we go through each comeback. I don't say this often but I always think about it and you deserve a lot of credit for what you do for us. When I get there, I want to be able to make meaningful lyrics like you. You enhance me, Namjoon." She praised. "You have some deep, meaningful lyrics. The music you make is fire. It's crazy that you're underappreciated. Having you as a leader is great."

Her statement made him smile brightly and he felt good about himself. Being a leader is tough. A lot of expectations. But her words influenced him greatly.

"And I'm not one of the most popular members of the group. Some don't even want to include me as being a part of the Maknae line, and just want to support 3 out of 4." She added. "But you know? I don't even care anymore about what these negative people say. Because they aren't real fans if they can't support each member. That's not a real fan. That's not a fan in general. A fan of a group should support everyone. Not exclude one, two, or three or more. Don't let anyone take away your happiness. Bangtan wouldn't be how it is today if it wasn't for you. We all bring something unique to the group and if one of us wasn't around, it just wouldn't be the same." 

She went on to ramble as she grabbed his hand. "You have no idea how precious you are to me, Namjoon. Thank you for being a great leader. No matter how tired you are, you are always there for us. And thank you for taking such good care of me since I came here. It was such a huge transition to move to Korea but speaking English with you and learning the ropes here, I know that I'm going to be all right. Although I'm the youngest and the girl of the group I want to be there for all of you guys. And I want to take care of you all. You guys take care of me, I want to do the same."

Namjoon squeezed her hand gently as he thanked her once more. "Wow, that certainly boosted my mood. What you said just made me feel good about myself. I'll continue to work hard for Bangtan. All of you guys are doing your best. I'm very proud of all of you. And don't forget that you are also precious to us, Jennie."

As Namjoon went to use his fork, somehow, some way, his fork bent, causing both members to gawk at it. 

A brief silence occurred before Jen exclaimed, "How?!" as she pointed at the bent fork.

Namjoon grinned sheepishly. "Uh, I can explain."

After the two shared a laugh, Jen asked, "Oh, by the way, where are my headphones I lend you?"

"Headphones?"

"The ones you needed to use in the studio."

"Oh! Those..."

"Yeah, those. You have them there? I wanted them back. You do have them, don't you?"

The rapper cleared his throat and let out a nervous chuckle. "Uh, I can explain."

"You lost them?" She asked with a hint of irritation.

"I'll buy you another pair!"

"They were Beats by Dre!" She shouted.

"Ah...don't yell at me." He covered his face with his hands

"I can't believe you." She groaned. "I need to write a list of things you lose, so you can repay me."

"I'll get you another pair, don't worry. By the way, how's your rapping lessons going with Yoongi?"

The topic of rapping made Jennie smile brightly as she confidently responded, "It's great! He says I'm learning faster than ever. I'm so proud of my progress. I've been researching some underground female rappers to learn more. He gives me a bunch of homework, which has been particularly helpful."

"I heard your progress to my verse of Tomorrow. I enjoyed listening to it because you put your own style into it. You're going to be just fine with the rapping." He grinned ear to ear. "Yoongi is teaching you well. And you're keeping up with the speed."

"Thank you! It's lit!" She high fived him.

"He's not giving you a hard time, is he?"

"I like his bluntness and how strict he can be to make sure I get everything down correctly. I don't want him to sugarcoat it. When I first started, he told me, 'What the hell was that shit? That was horrible. Do it again, you didn't even listen to a word I said for this verse. Do you even want to do this?' and that made me a bit upset but I got used to it. I want him to keep it real with me, and he has. But lately, he's been smiling a lot as I progress."

"Yoongi always had a soft spot for you."

"You think so?"

"Yeah, who else would he want to nap with?"

"Haha, he told me it's because I'm comfortable to nap with and I don't move around a lot or snore. But you, on the other hand, Namjoon..."

"L-look I can't help it okay?"

"I actually was close to strangling you with my pillow when I roomed with you in the hotel room."

"That's foul, Nie Nie. Really cold."

"I love you, too, Joon. So, still talking to Angelina?"

"Yeah, I am." He smiled at the thought of her.

"You're blushing." She pointed out.

"I'm not!"

"You like her?"

"I do. I found out she likes me too."

That made Jennie smile widely. "Aw! Are you dating now!? Wait a minute, why am I now finding this out? Y'all fake. My best friend and my leader, huh?"

He let out a short laugh. "We're not. We're both busy with our careers right now. But one day."

"I ship it. She kept telling me that she physically couldn't date since she was in the prime of her career. But she really likes you, though. She wanted me to teach her some basic Korean so she can communicate with you even though you're good with English."

"Glad to hear that. Looking forward to her progress. Hey, later, can you take a picture of me for my Kim Daily photo?"

"Yeah, sure. Question, are you guys considering having V in Cypher 4?"

"Aish, not this again!" He groaned, rubbing his temples.

"Please?"

"Nie Nie, that is not happening."

"But he's-"

"No."

"But Taehyung has been pra-"

"No."

"Listen-"

"No."

"I-'

"No."

"You didn't even let me finish!"

"What?"

"I believe Taeh-"

"No."

"Namjoon!"

"Yes?"

"He will be such a lit addiction for it!"

"I understand your support for him but no, Nie Nie."

"Weak!"

After their breakfast, they walked around and he found a spot to pose for his Kim Daily. Taking his phone, she watched him get into his pose and she let out a laugh.

"What kind of pose is this? And show off that Nike wristband. Nike is bae." She added as she got ready to take the picture.

"Would you shush?" He laughed and tried to get back into position. 

Once she took a couple of photos, he tweeted one of the pictures. Jen didn't see her photo credit and decided to call him out playfully on their shared account.

'UM, Where are my photo creds?! I took this bomb ass photo! #JEN'

Namjoon looked at the tweet and laughed. "Really?"

"Yes, really! I have great photography skills, I want them to know." She replied as they walked past a couple of stores.

Namjoon decided to tweet, 'Credit to our adorable Miss Bangtan, kekeke #RM'

"Really, adorable?"

"Well, you are our baby girl." He teased. 

The two of them go shopping together and they notice Ryan, Namjoon's favorite character, merchandise. Namjoon kept eyeballing one of the big plushes and contemplated if he should get it.

"You not going to buy it?" She asked as she stood near him.

"Nah...I shouldn't." He shook his head and made his way to another section of the store. 

"Well, I think you should." She said to herself and grabbed the plushie with a smile on her face.

Later that day, in the dorm, Jen changed into her basketball attire to join Yoongi on their planned basketball date. 

Meanwhile, the Maknae line was in the living room playing video games and was about to snack on some newly brought Oreos. But as soon as they take a bite, they spit it out because instead of a sweet taste, it was mint flavored.

"What the hell?" Jimin exclaimed in English and he separated his cookie to see toothpaste inside.

"Who put toothpaste in the Oreos!?" Taehyung demanded.

"Aw, are you serious!?" Jungkook yelled with annoyance.

Jennie smirked as she heard them complain. "Score." She mentally patted herself on the back at her successful prank in their prank war. 

She wasn't going to reveal she did it to anyone because the last time she did, Jungkook made her pay severely and she didn't want to go down that road again.

Walking out of her room, she saw Yoongi waiting for her in the living room.

"Hyung, did you do this!?" Jungkook accused him.

Yoongi looked up, bored, and ignored him and the rest of the Maknae line who were whining about their ruined Oreos. His eyes turned to Miss Bangtan who was geared up in all Nike with the headband, sneakers, basketball shorts and a tank top. 

"You ready, Smartie?"

"Are you ready to lose?" She tossed him the basketball that was in her hands and he caught it with ease as a smirk appeared on his face.

"You wish."

"Did you eat today?"

"I did a few hours ago."

"No, no, eat something now. I don't want your stomach to growl while we ball."

"Aish, so stubborn. Fine." He grabbed an apple from the fridge. "Happy?"

"When you eat it." She remarked.

The two of them head to one of their local basketball courts. They stretched before preparing for a one on one match.

"First one to 10 points, wins. Each basket is one point."

"Gotcha." She checked the ball. Once she received it back, she began to dribble, walking around the court with Yoongi watching her every move, following her. 

Quickly moving her feet, she started running up to the basket, jumping high to shoot before Yoongi could block it. The ball went right in the basket and she fist pumped.

"Beginner's luck," Yoongi grumbled.

"Beginner? That's an insult Yoongi." She taunted.

Focused, Yoongi had the ball this time, with Jennie right up on him as he swiftly escaped her arms trying to block his way. 

"Shit!" He let out a curse when she stole the ball from him and made another successful shot.

"Aw, yeah! Two to zero!" She celebrated.

"Like I said...beginner's luck."

"I'm no beginner though." She stuck her tongue out. Having the ball again, she attempted to shoot an airball but Yoongi caught it just in time and shot it instead. "Really?"

"What's the matter, smartie?" He smirked as she shot him an annoyed glance.

"That was luck right there."

"Beginner's luck? I'm no beginner though." He imitated.

"Shut up." She rolled her eyes as he laughed.

Meanwhile, back at the dorm, Namjoon went to his room and saw the Ryan plushie on his bed.

"You got to be kidding." He smiled instantly and checked out the small note in front of it.

'Ta-da! You know you wanted it. I love you, Namjoon! Please continue to stay healthy and I hope to hang out together with you again very soon. &lt;3 Jennie.'

Back to Jennie and Yoongi, as their game goes back and forth, with Jen's defense and Yoongi's offense on point, they were tied at 7 points. Dribbling the ball, Jen let out a squeal when he grabbed her from behind, picking her up to spin her around a few times as she dropped the ball.

"Hey! You can't do that! That's a foul!" She yelled after getting set down. She watched in disbelief when he took the ball and shot it in the basket. "FOUL!"

"Not in this game." He shrugged with an amused expression.

"So, you making your own rules now?" She grabbed the ball and started to dribble. "Boi if you don't-hey! Cheater!" She yelled when he effortlessly stole the ball and shot for another point.

"I have no idea what you're talking about. Not my fault you're slow." He shrugged.

"You know what...I'm gonna hurt you." She pointed to him. 

Jennie had managed to catch up to Yoongi, evading his defense both times. Tied at 9, focused on getting that winning point, Jen watched closely as he dribbled the ball. He had lost his footing and tripped, dropping the ball as he cursed loudly in surprise.

"Yes!" Her adrenaline pumped as she managed to grab the ball, dribbling it as she ran down the court. 

She jumped high to shoot but it hit the rim instead, causing her to yell out of surprise. Before she knew it, Yoongi had caught the ball and jumped up to try to shoot it. She tried to jump and use her arms to block his shot but to no avail as he won the game. 

Jen let out a sigh and took a seat on the ground. Both players were drenched in sweat and breathing heavily from their intense game. 

"Good game, smartie."

"I almost had you." She groaned.

He let out a deep chuckle and helped her up as they walked over to their bags and water bottles. Sitting on the bench, Jen took a big gulp of her water. Once she set it down, Yoongi put an arm over her shoulder as she let out a laugh. 

"You almost beat me today. You're pretty damn good for your defense. I'll teach you some more offensive skills, the next time we play B-Ball." He said with a small smile.

"That'll be great." She beamed as he placed his snapback on her head.

When they both went back to the dorm, Jen went to her room to see a small bag of Smarties on her bed and a note. 

"Ooh, who gave me these?" She eagerly approached her bed.

'I love you too, Nie Nie. Thank you for caring. And I know just where to put the plushie. In my studio. I'll think of you every time I see it. ;) '

She laughed at the winky face that he drew and went on to shower. 

After showering, she helped herself to the Smarties and decided to Facetime Bam Bam. She had a feeling he would probably be busy with dance practice but surprisingly he answered immediately and greeted her with a big smile.

"Jennie! Hey!"

"Hey!" She waved. "I'm surprised you answered, aren't you in dance practice? Sorry if I interrupted."

"Don't worry about it, we're taking a break, right now. I can always make time for you." He smiled softly.

Ever since they met, they've been face timing each other and gotten closer. Jen noticed that he was shy and nervous when they first started talking but as they continued to chat with each other, Bam Bam felt at ease thanks to her down to earth personality. Seeing her smile gave him further confidence and whenever he made her laugh, he felt prouder.

"Who is that?" She heard Jackson in the background

"Shush, I'm trying to have a conversation here!" Bam Bam tried to get away from him. Jennie laughed at the disturbance. "So, how you been? Getting enough rest? Eating well? Are you fully supplied with smarties?"

She let out another laugh and nodded. "Yep, I'm stocked up. We'll see how long they last. I just got back from playing basketball with Yoongi, so that was fun. How's everything with you and the guys?"

"Nothing's changed, we're all still goofing around, working hard. I actually wanted to ask you something."

"What's up?"

"The guys and I are planning to go bowling in a few weeks. Would you like to join us? I would love for you to come see me-us. Us. The group." He cleared his throat.

"JOIN US!" They hear Jackson yell loudly in the background

"JOIN US! The more the merrier!" Youngjae shouted

"Haha, sure, I'll join you guys." She answered.

"What did she say!?" Jackson shouted.

"She said yes!" Bam Bam cheered.

"WOO HOO! Miss you, Jennie!" Jackson appeared on camera with a huge grin.

"Why are you all up in my conversation!?" Bam Bam tried to push him away from the screen.

"Y'all are a piece of work." Jen giggled at their bickering.

-----

On June 22nd, BTS had finally gained one million followers on their Twitter account and J-Hope had tweeted about it, making an edit of himself on their page.

To add to the celebration, Jennie tweets, 'A milli, A milli, A milli, A milli! Thank you!'

'Yaman TV'

'BTS has entered the container box'

"BTS, the ones our crew devoted much effort to!" Janghoon announced while the members applauded enthusiastically with cheers. 

Jennie, wearing an oversized pink hoodie with jean shorts, sat in between Jimin and J-Hope. The hoodie went over her shorts, making it look like a dress instead.

Janghoon had reminded the members about what goes on in the show and that he was the judge for today, giving out eggs whenever he liked and taking away eggs that he didn't like. The hosts began to discuss how Bangtan has unique names, like V, Rap Monster, J-Hope and Suga. 

"Jennie, what about you?" Haha pointed out

"My name isn't anything special. It's just my name but a nickname. I don't prefer people calling me by my full name, Jennifer. It sounds like a mouthful and too much for a stage name for me, so I decided to call myself Jennie and it worked out pretty well. And it's nice to see you again, Haha."

"Likewise!" Haha smiled. "We're still waiting on the next time you'll join Running Man. You are missed. The Monday couple want their revenge." He let out a laugh.

"Oh dear." She giggled

"Her and Jungkookie were so aggressive during the tag game!" Jimin added. "They make a great team though. Don't you agree?"

The studio agreed immediately, causing the 97 Liners to feel good about themselves. 

"Her defense and his offense are a dangerous combination. I can see the both of them back on Running Man." Rapmon replied.

"I definitely want to come back on Running Man," Jen said. "I'm happy that viewers want me back on the show. And I wouldn't mind being on a couple's episode this time. Maybe Jungkook and I can team up and take on the Monday Couple. You down, Kook?"

"Absolutely." The Golden Maknae accepted the challenge, giving her an air five across the room as everyone smiled at their competitiveness.

"Those sound like fighting words. Monday Couple, beware." Janghoon said as everyone laughed. 

Haha had asked the other members about their names. Jimin pointed out that he chose to use his real name and that Baby G was another choice he could choose from. Jungkook stated that he had other choices too, one of them being Seagull.

The members split up into two teams, switching spots. Jen teamed with J-Hope, Rapmon and Jungkook for Haha's team while the rest of the members were on Mino's team.

"You have both of the Maknaes on the team!? No, there must be a mistake!" Jimin exclaimed.

"We're gonna win!" Haha happily celebrated.

After getting situated, Janghoon sat in the middle, between the two teams with the box of eggs. 

"Seemed like they were celebrating." He gestured to the orange team. He turned to the blue team who didn't look enthusiastic. "You four aren't happy?"

"Suga, aren't you being too obvious?" Haha called him out

"I actually wanted to be on Haha Hyung's team." The Dageu rapper explained.

"There's a chance to switch teams. Just raise your hand and I'll slap you." Mino spoke with a straight face as another chorus of laughter occurred. Jen clapped her hands, throwing her head back while laughing. 

When asked why he wanted to be on Haha's team, Suga answered, "Haha hyung is funnier."

Jennie, remaining quiet, sat at her seat, occasionally smiling from amusement or chuckling as she watched the banter. While Janghoon was talking, V had tried to kill a mosquito by clapping his hands. All of the orange team stood up to protest.

"Uh, uh! Take an egg away!" Jen shouted, pointing to the box while V laughed sheepishly.

"Don't interrupt others!" Rapmon shouted

"The mosquito was flying towards the judge's neck to bite him!" Mino tried to defend V

"Oh bullsh-crap!" Jen immediately covered her mouth, before the bad word slipped out, prompting the guys to laugh and the blue team to start shouting.

"Ahhhhh! Let us receive an egg because she almost cursed on TV!" The blue team yelled

"BRUH!" Jen shouted, throwing her arms up in the air. "I said crap!"

"S, word! She said the S, word! Give us an egg!" Jimin demanded.

"I'm giving you both a yellow card. No eggs for now." Janghoon let them off the hook.

"Although I respect Haha's team, I really don't like this attitude."

"What is my attitude like?" Haha exclaimed, letting out a curse, as the members cackled in response.

The blue team got an egg as V jumped and placed it in Team Blue's box. Haha had rolled his eyes and Janghoon gave Team Blue another one.

"You know what..." Jennie grumbled, feeling frustrated with Jungkook. Haha had left the studio and Janghoon gave Team Blue yet another egg. "COME ON! Why!? She exclaimed.

The first segment is the favorability test while the two teams do the body wave. The VCR for the first segment was about which of the members' arms were the most appealing to citizens.

Gathering the results:

V- 8 votes

Jin- 7 votes

Suga- 7 votes

Jimin- 10 votes

J-Hope- 6 votes

Jennie- 5 votes

Rap Monster- 9 votes

"If the orange team can get more than 18 votes, then they will win," Janghoon said as he revealed Jungkook's result, which had a bunch of stickers. Team Orange had a total of 37 stickers and was declared the winner.

"YEAHHHHH!" Team Orange celebrated, getting out of their seats. Jungkook received three eggs and placed them in Team Orange's box.

"Mosquito! Mosquito!" V stomped on the floor, causing everyone to laugh again. Suddenly, Janghoon stuck his hand back in the egg box. "No! No!" V dropped down to his feet in protest while Team Orange got another egg.

Janghoon requested an arm wrestling match between Jimin and Jungkook for one egg, and while everyone was focused on Janghoon giving another egg to Team Orange, V stole an egg from Team Orange's box. He sat back down, smiling hard.

"Let's go best friend!" Jennie shouted, clapping her hands as Jungkook faced off with Jimin, preparing for arm wrestling. "You got this!"

Jungkook smiled back at Jennie. "I'll do my best."

"Come on, you brat!" Jimin said.

The two of them sit across from each other, while their teams hype them up. Jimin and Jungkook held hands and once Janghoon let their hands go, Jungkook quickly put Jimin's arm down.

"Ayeee! Atta boy!" Jen celebrated with her team. 

Team Orange got two eggs in return. Next, Jungkook went up against team blue leader, Mino, and the Golden Maknae won yet again, in two seconds. Jennie stared at Jungkook in disbelief as Team Orange got 4 more eggs.

The next segment was the Bokbulbok test, betting for three eggs. An Aegyo battle commenced as the winner would be able to get the first choice on one of the cards Janghoon held.

"Oh Lord..." Jennie pressed her lips together. 

She was not a cute acting type of person and she got embarrassed easily when doing cute dances and actions.

"Ah, is Miss Bangtan worried?" Jimin teased.

"Shut your face." She tried to ignore him as he laughed.

Team Blue wanted to go last and as a result, had an egg taken from them. Sitting in between Haha and J-Hope, Jen watched Haha take the camera, to perform his Aegyo. He made a weird face, causing everyone to laugh. He ended up getting scolded by the judge, which caused Janghoon to allow Team Blue to take an egg from Team Orange. Haha stood up, letting out another loud curse as Jennie almost fell out of her seat from laughing so hard.

Jennie went first. She exhaled and looked at the camera. She was already cringing, and she might as well act more cringe as she thought of something random and cringeworthy to say. 

Her expression changed into an innocent one as she smiled sweetly, batting her eyes rapidly. "Can you buy me some smarties? Pretty, pretty please with a cherry on top?" She spoke in a higher pitched voice.

Everyone started laughing at her as she quickly passed the camera to J-Hope, covering her face in embarrassment. 

"That was so cute." Haha said.

"Very out of character, but adorable." Jin teased as Jen felt her body warm up from mortification.

"I cannot!" She groaned over their laughter.

"Jennie, what is your next choice? You're not done." J-hope gave her back the camera.

"I gotta do this again?" She exclaimed as everyone cracked up again. She sighed and looked back at the camera. Clearing her throat, she continued to speak in a high pitched voice, smiling cutely.

"Oppa~!" She started, feeling her face heat up even more. She never used that word, and didn't even call any of the members that, but will use it for this occasion. But as soon as she said it, the guys cracked up again, causing her to lose focus and laugh too. "Stop! I'm trying to do this!"

"Oppa~!" Jimin, Suga, V and Jin mocked her Aegyo.

After everyone calmed down, Jennie continued her Aegyo, "Oppa~! Have you eaten today? Don't miss your meals!" She tilted her head to the side, winking at the camera. Then she decided to blow a kiss. "I love you, oppa~!"

"Ahhhhh~!" The members yelled.

"Never again. Never. Again." She asserted and passed the camera to J-Hope.

J-Hope started making adorable facial expressions, murmuring, "Hobie...I'm hungry~! Buy me some meat~!" He cutely stomped his feet as everyone laughed louder when Haha let out another curse. This was just too much fun, and Jennie's stomach started to hurt from laughing so much. J-Hope continued his Aegyo, yelling, "I pooped! I took a dump!"

Rap Monster was next, "Ah hing~! I had a dream~, I dreamed of ghosts!" He said in a weird voice, over everyone's laughter. "I...pooped...I took a dump~ wahhhh~" He started fake crying.

When it was Jungkook's turn, he hesitated. 

"This isn't hard. Just read it." Janghoon pointed out before everyone laughed again while Haha cursed. Jennie started stomping her feet as she laughed. Because he cursed yet again, V took another egg.

"I had a dream. I dreamed of ghosts." Jungkook started off, not as cute as everyone thought. "Ha...I pooped!"

Next was Jin, who blinked at the camera, speaking in a cute voice, "I had a dream. I dreamed about ghosts~." He let out a yell. "I popped~, I took a dump."

"What is this?" Jennie shook her head, watching this aegyo fiasco. 

This was so erratic and weird to her. Meanwhile, Rap Monster had fallen off his seat from laughing. When it was V's turn, he effortlessly said the statement in aegyo, as everyone praised him for being so good. 

"Yo...I cannot..." She cringed.

When it was Suga's turn, he explained he was not great at these things. And once he said the statement, Rap Monster let out a yell. "I pooped, I took a dump," Suga whined while Jennie stared at him like he was crazy.

Lastly, was Jimin as he looked up at the camera. "I...I...I had a dream.." He started, trying not to laugh at everyone's laughter. Jimin had started over but ended up laughing while Jungkook and Rapmon mocked his aegyo.

After the segment, the Orange team chose the front card while the blue team chose the back card. As they catch the VCR they see which was the better choice for toilet paper. If it should be front or back. In the end, the correct way was the front as Team Orange was in another celebratory mood.

But then the VCR shows BTS' bathroom and Jennie's bathroom to see how their toilet paper was hung. J-Hope brought up that BTS has three bathrooms.

When they checked out the VCR, they looked at how their toilet paper was hanging and it's to the front.

"Ahhhhhhhh!" Team Orange jumped up and down.

"YASSSSS! WOO!" Jennie clapped. 

Team Orange gathered in a group hug, jumping up and down happily for another victory. Team Orange wins 3 more eggs.

The next segment is 5 seconds, 5 keywords. Jin went first, revealing 5'10, nipples and pink folder. The oldest member explained that it's hard to wake up Jungkook, so he pinches his nipples to wake him up. 

"Touch his nipples when you want Jungkook to wake up," Jin advised

"Pfff!" Jen let out a chuckle. They had Jungkook lay on the floor for Jin to demonstrate. "I cannot." She covered her mouth. 

When Jin demonstrated, Jungkook instantly started laughing, trying to stop him.

Next up was J-Hope who mentioned 27CM and Freesia. "The 27cm isn't what you're thinking..." J-Hope let out a nervous chuckle

"What were we thinking?" Haha asked, as everyone laughed.

"Since debut, I always hear people saying my face is very long. We measured it on a program. It was 27cm." J-Hope explained. 

Haha brought a ruler to measure his face and ended up getting 20cm.

Following that was Suga who said Seo Janghoon, surgery, and lesson. He explained that his mom's friend liked the team Seo Janghoon hyung-nim was on and brought him to the games since he plays basketball. As Jennie watched the banter, she was in shock that Janghoon allowed V to take another egg, but he decided to take two instead. Jungkook, with his hawk eyes, caught him and called him out but V quickly denied the accusations.

Eventually, Suga explained why he chose the word surgery. BTS had a schedule in Japan and he had stomach pains but it was actually his appendix bursting and he flew back to Korea to get the surgery. 

"Jennie noticed right away there was something wrong." Suga pointed out. "She always has been observant. She kept asking me if I was okay while I was in distress. She wanted to fly with me back to Korea, too. She didn't want me to go alone but she had to stay, for the schedule. Jennie was so worried about me. I appreciated her concern."

"You're very welcome. I'm glad you're okay." She replied

Janghoon was impressed by Suga's patience and allowed V to take another egg. Next up was Jimin who said the words, pervert, which sparked everyone's interest. 

"This is about the members." He revealed

"Who's the pervert?" Janghoon questioned

"Our members are sort of perverts. There are three types of perverts."

"When was it three types!? It was one!" Rap Monster exclaimed, getting defensive

"You're surely sensitive, tonight." Jen pointed out.

Jimin had explained J-Hope's weird sleeping habit when he randomly stroked himself. "Then...Secondly, it's the golden maknae." Jimin peered at Jungkook. "He's still a minor but he's really sensitive to scent. So, he collects a lot of cosmetics."

"I'm very sensitive to scents. I tend to collect a lot of things like perfumes, candles, and cosmetics." Jungkook explained as he also added that he enjoys women's cosmetics.

"So, do you take Miss Bangtan's cosmetics?" Haha asked.

"Of course, he does," Jen replied with a hint of annoyance. "He tends to take a lot of my stuff without asking me. I dunno why or how you keep barging into my room when I'm not around. I still haven't gotten my new grapefruit perfume back. Where's that?" She turned to the Golden Maknae.

"I used it all." He grinned sheepishly as she threw her arms up in the air while everyone laughed.

"The stuff she uses smells really, really good. She has great taste in scents. It's hard not to resist. I can't help myself." He murmured, feeling his face warm up.

"Ah, I'm sure that's not all you can't help yourself to, Golden Pervert, Jungkookie." Jimin teased him, wiggling his eyebrows as he glanced at Jennie and then Jungkook.

Jungkook shot him a warning glance while Jimin smiled innocently, giggling in delight, watching him get annoyed by his words. He was going to kill his hyung for this.

"What scents do you usually get Jennie?" Janghoon asked with interest.

"Depends on what I like at the moment. Vanilla, fruity flavored. Just something pleasing to the nose." She answered. "But I mean, that's not weird what he does. It's good to have a good smell around you."

"The last type of perverts are the older hyungs," Jimin revealed. 

He went on the explain that he knows all the names of the girl groups.

"We have a studio. Because we're rappers. We have a studio but there are so many viruses." J-Hope explained as everyone caught on that Rap Monster watched naughty videos in his spare time.

Janghoon mentioned that Rap Monster is at the peak of his age to be seeing a lot of those types of videos. He even offered Rap Monster an egg because of that, and that there's nothing to be embarrassed about.

"If I download it, the rest of the guys watch it." Rap Monster put all the male members on blast. 

Jangnoon was asked how many videos he watches per week but then someone brought up that he's at the age to film them, causing everybody to laugh. 

"And Jennie, I'm sorry for bringing this up again, but she caught me one time." Rap Monster revealed

Jennie let out a sigh, rubbing her temples. "I saw everything when I caught him. All I wanted was to ask if he wanted me to bring something back when I went out to get lunch. And I got waaaay more than I bargained for..."

------

"Hey, do you want anything to eat, I'm head-OH MY GOD!" Jennie screamed, widening her eyes and covering them

Namjoon immediately jumped up from his seat.

"Shit! I didn't know you were here!" He started tripping around, trying to pull up his pants hastily, and tried to turn off the naughty video that was being shown. He ended up making some of his equipment fall on the floor.

"I was here the whole time!" She shouted

"WHERE!?" He yelled

"I was with Yoongi!" She began making crying sounds, running her hands over her head as she tried to unsee what she saw, turning her back to him. "I just saw his dick, Lord...please let me unsee this! Why you gotta do this to me, man!?" She whined, quickly running out of the studio.

Things were awkward between them for the rest of the day, until Namjoon had spoken to her the next day to clear things up in Jen's room. He had sat on her bed with her, discussing the situation.

"So you mean to tell me you watch that stuff in the studio?"

"I mean, the rest of the members watch it too." He shrugged

"Gross...I don't need to know all that information. For crying out loud, just...just don't-ugh give me a warning or something next time. Like you'll be in the studio for a while or something like that. So, I won't interrupt you or see something I wasn't supposed to. Sorry for barging in on you. You guys gotta do what you gotta do, so I mean..." She trailed off, shrugging her shoulders.

-----

"No sister wants to catch their brother in that situation. It was not a pleasant sight to see..." She tried to shake away the unpleasant memories. "But I mean, it's normal. No big deal. And I did feel bad barging in, interrupting him. 'Cause I know if I was in that position, I wouldn't want to be interrupted. Girls watch it too. And speaking of those viruses, I told him to get some computer virus software for the computers but he didn't want to listen. Now, look what happened."

"I'll start listening to your good judgment." Rapmon chuckled.

Rap Monster was next and his words were Straggler, early death and world peace. He goes on about his nickname, God of Destruction because he keeps breaking things, so he thinks he might die early. With the word straggler, he talks about how the members were bad to him. He went to go to the bathroom and the car left without him and he stood there for 30 minutes. His cell phone was in the car.

Next up was Jennie as she says volleyball, Tumblr and DJ. 

"What's this about Tumblr?" Haha asked.

"Well, I have a Tumblr. A secret Tumblr that I use almost every day." She announced, already mentally preparing for how ARMY was going to freak out on the website. 

She's seen everything, but what caught her eye was how some fans were always disappointed that she hadn't shown much of her body or acted sexy like some of K-Pop idols. She was still a minor and would rather wait until she was of age.

"What's your Tumblr name?"

"I've had my Tumblr before I came to Korea. I made a new one and I don't plan on revealing it at all. My Tumblr name is nothing about me, and I enjoy remaining unnoticed. Some things I enjoy reblogging are gaming, fashion, memes, American sports, positive posts about being black and UFC."

"UFC!?"

"Yep." She smiled.

"The fighting? Brawling, kicking and all that?"

"Yep, yep."

"The blood and punching?"

"Yep, yep, yep."

"Why that?"

"What can I say? I like to watch people beat each other up professionally." She shrugged and everyone laughed. "I'm a big fan. My dad enjoys it. I'd like to attend a show one day."

"So, on Tumblr, you see a lot about BTS?"

"BTS is very loved on Tumblr, I'll tell you that. I blacklist a bunch of things so I'm totally safe for work." She stared directly at the camera. 

She tended to stay away from any fanfics or intense stuff but appreciated the artwork, gifs and appreciation posts about her and the other members.

"But yeah, those on Tumblr, you know who you are, some of y'all need to tone it down on some comments, I'm still a minor FYI." She shot a thumbs up. "But yeah, seriously, I'm deadass. Respect that. You need to tone it down a notch. It's creepy. But I will add that one thing I love is the appreciation I get from the fans and that I inspire them." 

She could see the fan comments now on Tumblr about what she had just said,

'Guys! SHE KNOWS! SHE FRIGGIN KNOWS!'

'ABORT MISSION!

'Time to delete my blog!'

'Oh shiiiiit'

'Spread the word! Time to delete our blogs!'

'SHE'S SMART AF!'

'RED ALERT'

'I'm dying!'

'RIP every smut writer!'

'Time to shut down my blog!'

'We are NOT safe'

'EXPOSED'

'Uhhhhhhhh I can explain'

When it was Jungkook's turn, he mentioned hair, butt and scissors. He revealed that when he gets nervous before going on stage, so he tends to touch the member's butts a lot. 

Everyone laughed when Haha and Jungkook demonstrated how they touch butts. When Jungkook gave his butt a gentle squeeze, Haha mentioned that he was still a beginner.

"When we film an opening, or when we film the opening for Running Man, I grab both cheeks and-" Haha kneeled down and tightly grabbed Jungkook's butt.

"What is this...?" Jennie chuckled, shaking her head.

When it was V's turn, he mentioned elephant and eyelashes. He shows off his trademark elephant on his arm, causing Jennie to giggle. 

"Whoa! It's an elephant!" Haha looked on in disbelief and ended up waving at it while everyone laughed out loud. V also mentioned that he has long eyelashes, longer than anyone else.

The next segment was 'We want to know Bangtan'

'Who is the most influential in BTS?'

"It's Suga. That drunk way of talking, that charisma that overwhelms everyone." Rap Monster answered. "It doesn't go through no matter what people say. Last place is Jimin in the back who called me a pervert."

"Jimin, do you acknowledge this?" Mino asked

"Yes, I do." Jimin giggled

'The member who lost their original intentions? The member who is most different since debut?'

"The member who lost his original intentions is V," Jin answered. "This friend, distinctly, before debuting, he used to follow me well, saying "hyung, hyung." But now when I say, "V, I don't think you should do that.", he says "What are you to say that hyung?"

"I really said that?" V asked

"No, I'm just exaggerating." Jin teased.

Janghoon made Jin and V stand in front to play the of course game, bringing Rookie King flashbacks. They let J-Hope take Jin's place for now, while V began to speak to him informally.

"Yah, Hoseok! You don't take me seriously in dance. You keep criticizing me. You know you make several mistakes, right?" V spoke.

"Of course," J-Hope responded. "I'll talk a little bit about our dorm. You don't air out the bathroom, huh?"

"We agreed not to." V giggled and he lost the game. J-Hope received two eggs for Team Orange.

'Is there a member who has the celebrity disease.'

"Can I answer? It's Jungkook." V pointed them out.

"What's the reason?" Jungkook asked.

"These days when any of the hyungs say something, he says, 'Why? I do it, so why?." He answered, causing Janghoon to make him and Jungkook place the of course game

"Hey, punk!" Jungkook spoke as everyone laughed. "These days, you don't say your greetings often, right?"

"Of course," V answered. "These days, when hoobae singers come to greet us, you ignore them all, right?"

"Of course."

Haha had whispered something in the Golden Maknae's ear and Jungkook asked, "You don't air out the bathroom, right?" 

Everyone erupted into laughter again.

"He can't catch a break! Hahah!" Jennie chuckled, while Jungkook got an egg.

'The truth about Jimin oppa's armpits. Do you remove it?'

"Does Jimin not have any armpit hair?" Janghoon asked

"No, I do." He replied.

"But he didn't when you promoted. Did you remove it?" Haha asked

"I didn't."

"Have you ever removed it?"

"No."

Mino took a quick look and responded, "There's a heap," making everyone laugh 

"At the beginning of our debut, Jimin didn't have any. It didn't grow." Jin answered.

'Did you not have any complaints about the length of the shorts while promoting Hwayangyeonhwa?'

"When I tell you I hated those shorts..." Jennie shook her head. "I almost ripped them because of my thighs."

"Hahaha, I remember that day." Rap Monster let out a laugh

"I think the shorts keep getting shorter," Suga added. "I think I can understand the problems women have. Jennie especially. She kept complaining about it for a while backstage. They keep shrinking."

"But the fans like it?" Haha asked

"The fans like it," Suga confirmed.

'Please mimic Bang Shi Hyuk who created BTS.'

"There's a motion that he always does. When he listens to a song. If the song is perfect, like he feels it's our song then he keeps doing this." V started dancing weirdly making everyone laugh

"He wears handcuffs and keeps dancing like this." Rap Monster demonstrated.

Jin spoke up, "I have a complaint. Last time, when I was in the recording studio, Bang PD came and asked me What do you think about the dance for this song? And I said that this choreo is more easier compared to before. Then he said, tell me your opinion truthfully. And I said, I wish the choreo would get a little easier. Then he told me, Ok, I'll take into account your opinion. And what came out is the Dope choreo. It's the most difficult! This is the fastest dance I've ever seen in my life!" He exclaimed

"Who gets hit on the most by girl group idols? The member who has the most numbers, things like that." Haha asked.

"But when we go to broadcasts, people really feel uncomfortable around us," Suga answered 

"Why?"

"I don't know. We are always locked inside our waiting room."

"Then are you saying that nobody here has the numbers of female idols?"

"Jennie does. And male idols. She tends to speak to most idols, getting to know them." Rap Monster pointed out. "I won't be surprised if a few years go by she'll know almost everyone in the industry."

"Never hurts to approach them and say hi." She replied. "I did that back at K-Con and I still speak with G-Dragon sunbaenim. I was so nervous to approach him but I was like, just go for it. He's extremely nice and helpful when I ask for any advice. I thank him for being so kind to me when I met him."

"And I'm still very jealous," Jungkook grumbled.

"We were so shocked to see a photo with them together. We kept asking her so many questions." Jin exclaimed as everyone laughed.

"Like she left the dressing room and we couldn't find her. And then we all see a notification on our Twitter with them together. I was shocked." Rap Monster added.

"Miss Bangtan, what about you? Getting hit on by any male group idols?" Haha asked

"Not really." She shrugged

"Lies! All lies! That is a lie!" Jimin objected.

"What? How?" She laughed.

"I'm pretty sure there are certain guys that admire you but haven't spoken up about it yet," He teased, earning another warning glance from Jungkook. 

The Golden Maknae briefly narrowed his eyes at his hyung until Jimin met his eyes and smiled innocently in response.

"I'll answer this," Jin said. "As you may know, we are very protective of our Bangtan girl, so we tend to be, in her words, a bit much when it comes to guys, but it is all within reason. There have been shady men going around her a few times."

"What you are doing is not a problem, make sure she is protected at all costs." Haha agreed.

"She's our baby girl, so we want to make sure that no one tries to take advantage of her, here. Moving from another country is hard and we made a promise to guide her and protect her. Make her feel welcomed and safe. She is truly special to us and we love her dearly." Jin genuinely went on.

"Aw...Jin..." Jennie said, touched, as she placed a hand over her heart

"Is there a girl group you want to become closer with?" Haha asked. 

Answers included Red Velvet and Girl's Generation

"IU!" Jungkook shouted loud and proud, raising his hand.

"AILEE!" Jen shouted, raising her hand. "Love her! She is astonishing. I would love to sing with her. She is a queen."

As time moved quickly, they transitioned to the last segment. J-Hope and Jimin collaborated on dancing for the show. Everyone started cracking up when they watched Jimin and J-Hope perform a comic dance. Next up was Jungkook who did imitations of idols. He started imitating AOA's Jimin from Unpretty Rap Star and then Jessi, causing everyone to laugh.

The laughter continued as they watched J-Hope dance to Red Velvet's Ice Cream cake, EXID's Ah Yeah and Sistar's touch my body. Afterward, Jin impressed Mino, Haha and Janghoon with his facial expressions and was requested to imitate Dragoon from Starcraft, which was his spider walk. 

"That's it?" Janghoon asked, which caused Jin to look so done, causing everyone to laugh.

Haha requested Jin to come in the door with water in his mouth. 

"CUE!" He shouted, watching the oldest member walk back inside. "Jin, they said you're going to be removed from BTS!"

Jin's eyes popped out as the water from his mouth fell, causing everyone to laugh. 

"That was so good, hahaha!" Jennie laughed.

Rap Monster was the next person and he decided to do an impression of Marge Simpson. When he began to imitate Spongebob's laugh while Jungkook pretended to be Squidward, Jennie was the one who laughed the most, almost falling out of her seat again.

"That's my childhood, right there. They did that perfectly." Jen complimented.

At the end of the show, they went over the eggs in each of the teams' boxes to see who had won. Team Orange seemed to be in the lead but in the end, once Janghoon revealed the last egg for Team Orange, which was 0.5 points, Team Orange yelled in protest while Jin spat out water once again in surprise.

Team Blue- 70

Team Orange- 60.5

Team Orange hugged each other, for a good time, while congratulating Team Blue. V was chosen as MVP by Mino and received a guitar. V had dramatically kneeled, receiving it proudly.

"I'm jealous!" Jungkook whined.

"Take this and increase your musicality." Mino handed him the guitar

"Thank you!" V shouted and bowed, while Team Blue got a massage coupon.

"Yay! Now Jennie can teach me, the guitar." V beamed

"Just let me know when." She spoke up as she looked at the big coupon Jin received for the massage. "Quality over quantity. Congrats to Team Blue. I'm mad but congrats."

------

Backstage during one of the music shows, BTS had finished performing. Jen decided to walk around backstage with her phone but was stopped when a familiar voice called her name. Turning around to see who the voice belonged to, it was Shin, the sound engineer guy that she met during the MAMA Awards. Ever since Namjoon and Jin tried to warn her about him because they believed he was sketchy, she decided to keep her distance. 

It's been a long time since she had seen him but something in her didn't believe he was a bad guy or sketchy as her members claimed him to be.

"Hey! Long time no see." She greeted him as he approached her. "You fell off the face of the earth for a while."

"Me? I think it was you. Haven't seen you in a while, and didn't even get the chance to get your number the last time we spoke." He responded with a smile

"Ah, well, the busy idol life." She shrugged and took a step back when she regarded him getting up in her personal space.

He seemed moderately irritated as he chose to let out a sigh. "All right, I need to be frank with you. I'm tired of this dragging along." He changed his tone, causing her to raise a brow.

"Honest with what exactly?" Her ears perked up with interest.

"I thought you of all people would catch on but I guess not."

"What was I supposed to catch on to?"

"I kind of just want to hook up with you. Know how it feels to be with a black girl. I heard they're really exotic. Most foreigners are. I mean, you're not the type of girl I would take home to my parents but I wouldn't mind having fun with you."

"Oh. I see we're on two completely different pages here." She shook her head, turned off immediately by his words. 

Irritation was distinct in her voice and it wouldn't be long before she would blow up at him for having the audacity to say that to her face. It also took a blow to her heart that he would assume she wouldn't be taken seriously and believe she was someone who gets around.

"I mean, you're hot and well, I was given the impression that girls like you are easy. I want to know if it's true that once you go black, you can't go back. I mean, you're pretty for a black girl-"

"You ever think before you speak?" She snapped. "Why do I have to be pretty for a black girl? We're all beautiful and I sure as hell don't hook up around here. Did you think I got here because of that? I know I was a trainee for a short amount of time but I would never in my life go the easy route to get things I want. I work hard and shed blood, sweat, and tears. Not sleep around."

"You look like the hooking up type, I just thought-"

"Well, you thought wrong and I am seconds away from slapping the living shit out of you for letting that come out your mouth." She retorted with a scowl. Shaking her head, she murmured, "Namjoon and Jin were right."

"Look, no need to get upset."

"Upset? So, what you just told me, I shouldn't be upset?"

"Hey, don't get so offended. I just think that dating someone...like you would be hard-"

"How so?" She cut him off. "What stereotype do you have on your mind? We're angry? Like to argue? Aggressive? Too independent? Is it because of our hair? We can wear whatever we want on our hair. Braids, weaves, all natural, anything. What is it because of my skin? Would you be ashamed of dating a person of color? Because of any judgment, you'll get? But you just want to have fun, right? Not actually take the time to see what great of a girl you have in front of you, am I right?"

She noticed him looking startled by her attitude, but she didn't care. She was irate and wasn't having any of his crap. She did not want this side of her to come out. But people kept trying her and she had no choice but to retaliate and defend herself.

"Don't you think you're being a bit of a prude?" He exclaimed.

Jennie let out a loud scoff and started laughing. "Woooooowww! Me? A prude? I'm a prude because I don't want to sleep with you? Oh, okay. I see how society works. So, let me get this straight. You decided to be all nice and buddy, buddy, only to try to sleep with me? Then what? Leave? Go on to try to go after another female idol?"

"L-"

"You've talked enough so shut your mouth and listen." She cut him off, earning an annoyed look from him. "How many girls have you been trying to talk to? And all of them rejected you, right? Right. And you just assumed since I'm a Westerner, I would just open my legs for you, right? That's just what we all do, correct? Just because of what you see on the media, or us shaking our asses and grinding up on guys, you just assume that we will do anything, huh? No questions asked, we'll sleep with just anybody, right? Well, let me remind you that we deserve respect and that you're wrong. Enough with the stereotypes. Enough with the fetishes of us. It's getting old and it's disgusting. You are problematic and you are a waste of time. So, why don't you stop bothering us females with your antics, grow a set because you clearly don't have any balls and stop treating us women like some piece of meat."

"Are you friggin' kidding me, right now-"

"I'm deadass. I am deadass. I am 100%, Ailee loving, Baekhyun adoring, Bangtan Girl deadass." She cut him off, talking over his words. Narrowing her eyes, she got closer to his face. "Don't try me because I am not the one. Now stay the hell away from me and I bet not catch you trying to go after any other female idol. And next time you try me, I won't hesitate to smack the shit out of you. Do I make myself clear?"

He was so flustered, that he couldn't even respond since he was humiliated by her sudden words.

"I said...do you understand me?" She repeated in a sterner tone.

"Yeah..." He muttered as she took a step back.

"Now apologize and educate yourself."

"I apologize..."

"For what?"

"For being an asshole..."

"And?"

"Everything I said..."

"And what did you say that made me upset?"

"Calling you a prude..."

"And?"

"Fetishing black women..."

"And? We can go all day. That's not all you've done."

"I apologize for saying that girls like you are easy and disrespecting you..."

"And?"

"Making assumptions that you are the hooking up type..."

"And?"

"Judging you based on stereotypes about black women and what I've seen in the media..."

"And what will do from now on?"

"Educate myself..."

"And?"

"Stop treating women like a piece of meat..."

"Good, now get the hell out of my face." She dismissed him. Shin scurried away in disgrace while she rolled her eyes, placing her hands on her hips. "Trifling ass..."

Little did Jennie know, Jungkook had heard their entire conversation. Jungkook knew right from the start that Shin was up to no good when he approached Jennie back at the MAMA Awards.

Despite his jealousy and occasional glares when he saw them together, Jungkook had suspicions that there was something behind Shin's nice guy persona. It takes a lot to get the Golden Maknae agitated. But once he heard all those repulsive remarks that Shin told the woman most precious to him, his temper got the best of him. And once you get Jeon Jungkook angry, by all means...

Run.

Furious, Jungkook stalked Shin after he quickly walked away from Jennie. She embarrassed the hell out of him and he deserved every second of it. Jungkook had wanted to intervene but she handled the situation well and shut Shin down to expose him for the fool that he is.

"Hey, you." Jungkook's voice called out bitterly.

Shin immediately spun around and bowed. "J-Jungkook. What is it?" His voice was still trembling from getting embarrassed by Jennie.

"Let's talk somewhere private. Right now," he demanded with his voice filled with aggravation. 

Shin noticed his harsh tone. It looked like Jungkook wasn't going to take no for an answer and he reluctantly followed the Golden Maknae.

Once they were in a private area, Shin asked, "What can I help you with?"

Jungkook crossed his arms, presenting an even further intimidating appearance as his muscles were visible under his shirt. He demanded aggressively, "You can help by staying away from Miss Bangtan."

Shin let out a sigh. He guessed that he saw everything. "Look, I said I was sorry-"

"Not good enough. I'm here to give you a warning myself after what I saw back there." He scowled at him, making Shin's stomach drop as he thought the 97 Liner looked scary when mad.

The Golden Maknae walked up to him, staring him down with a lethal stare while Shin averted his eyes.

Jungkook poked the inside of his cheek with his tongue, shaking his head. "Don't you ever disrespect her again. Jennie is not and never will be some girl you can hook up with. She is not an easy girl to sleep with. She is someone precious to BTS. To ARMY. To her family. To her friends. To me." The Golden Maknae responded sharply.

"Do you have any idea how great of a person she is? How caring she is, taking care of Hyungs and me? She works so hard in BTS and for you to disrespect her the way you did was uncalled for and I am not having it. How dare you claim she's an easy target to sleep with? How dare you claim she's a prude because she doesn't want to sleep with you? She isn't like that and will never be like that. She's beautiful, she's understanding, and she always encourages hyungs and me. She's more than what you think of her. Way more. She is someone incredibly special to me. Always has been. Always will be. And I won't let you disrespect her like that ever again. Do you understand me?" He growled as Shin took a step back, shaking with fear.

"Y-yeah man. Yeah."

"Now stay away from her. And like my baby girl said...Educate yourself, yeah? Do I make myself clear?"

"Y-y-eah. I un-derstand."

"Good. Now get out here." He tilted his head to the side as Shin speed walked away.

With Jennie, still irritated about her unfortunate conversation with Shin, she went to BTS' dressing room, letting out a loud sigh of annoyance

"What happened?" Namjoon asked immediately, standing up from his seat as he placed his phone down. Jin was also in the room, and Jen had told them everything that had happened

"He dares to try to mess with my sweetheart? I am truly disappointed in that young man." Jin shook his head. "That is no way to speak to a lady."

"First of all, damn, I wish I was there to see you shut him down like that." Namjoon pointed out. "Second of all, I'm about to kill him."

"You and me both, Namjoon."

"His face was so red when I shut him down," Jen added. "Even some staff members were watching and laughing at him. But damn, I didn't think a guy like him would pull that card on me. He truly is a fuckboy. I'm sorry I didn't listen. I thought he was a nice guy with good intentions. I guess you can tell me that you told me so."

"Nah, it's all right." Namjoon smiled and placed a hand on her shoulder.

"Like he just ruined my whole mood. I can't believe he would say something like that to me." She shook her head, crossing her arms.

"Excuse me for a sec, he and I are gonna have a little talk." Namjoon made his way to the door.

"Oh yes, we are. A long talk. Let's find him." Jin added, his voice appeared lethal as he followed the leader.

"Um, what are you two gonna do?" She watched them.

"Set him straight. I won't have no man disrespect you. Always trust our judgment. I'm always looking out for you. We all are." Namjoon responded.

-----

The next day, in the afternoon, Jen had her small speaker connected to her phone and put her music on shuffle while she washed the dishes. Suit & Tie was playing softly in the background as she danced to the beat. Hobi had walked into the kitchen and started moonwalking with his socks on, making her laugh softly. After he had gestured for her to dance with him, she briefly stopped washing the dishes to slide around the kitchen with him, with their socks on. Afterwards, he had gone to get something the drink from the fridge and went back to his room as she continued to clean.

"Sweetie, I told you I could've washed the dishes," Jin said, walking out of his room.

"Eh, it's all right, I was tired of looking at them anyway." She shrugged.

"I'm going to the store. You want anything?"

"Nah but we're going to need more dishwashing liquid."

"I'll put that on the list." Jin made a mental note and left the dorm.

Almost done washing the dishes, Rocketeer by Far East Movement played softly in the background as Jennie continued to dance while scrubbing a dirty plate.

"Here we go, come with me." She sang along. "There's a world out there that we should see. Take my hand, close your eyes. With you right here, I'm a rocketeer. Let's fly~! Up, up here we go, go. Up, up here we go, go. Let's fly~!"

"Baby girl?"

She heard a familiar voice and turned around, answering immediately with a smile. "Yes?" 

There she saw Jungkook with their puppy, Tony by his feet. "Wanna walk Tony with me?"

"Yeah, sure! Let me finish this and I'll get ready."

"Take your time. I'm about to hop in the shower, first."

"Ditto." She turned around and finished the dishes.

After she was done, she changed into a simple white shirt, black jeans, and of course her black Nikes. Jungkook had already finished showering and was waiting for her in the living room while petting their small puppy. When she walked out of her room, Jungkook gazed at her outfit and then at his, noticing that they unintentionally matched.

Jen let out a soft laugh. "Ha! That's cute, we're matching. Copycat."

"Me?! I always wear white shirts. You're the copycat!" He teased and stood up, holding Tony by the leash as they stepped outside.

As they walked Tony, while casually talking to each other, Tony had stopped by a tree to do his business. 

"You're cleaning it!" Jennie called out.

"What!? Why me!?" Jungkook exclaimed

"It's your turn! I did it last time."

The Golden Maknae grumbled as he took out a small trash bag, picking up the mess. Once he threw out the mess, Jen walked past him and he caught a whiff of her smelling like vanilla.

"You smell good. Did you go to a bakery or eat something?"

"Oh, Angelina sent me some perfume. And it's a vanilla scented one. I love the smell but I also dislike it because I smell like a birthday cake. I mean, you wouldn't want to eat me, right?" She joked. "But the smell is so good, it makes me crave for vanilla flavored foods. I feel that way about cocoa butter, too. I'm kind of struggling. I should wear it when I'm around vanilla flavored pastries."

"It suits you nicely. You should keep wearing it."

"You think so?"

"I like it when girls wear vanilla sentenced things."

"Oh really?" She beamed. "All right then, I'll keep wearing it just for you. Just don't swipe it like you did with my grapefruit perfume."

"L-look."

"Ah-ah! I don't wanna hear it!"

When they made it to a dog park, they sat on the bench, while Jungkook took off the leash from Tony's collar.

"Gosh, you are such a meme." She snickered when she observed Jungkook taking silly selfies with the dog.

He picked Tony up, looking at him face to face. "She's mean, isn't she Tony?" He cooed as the dog barked cutely in response. "You like me better than mean Jennie, right boy? Ain't that right?"

Jen stared at the two of them, unamused before taking a group photo with them. Both idols were bare faced for today. Jen had some faint dark spots over her face and her skin was usually on the oily side.

'Bare faced! Gotta let the skin breathe! Hope you're enjoying your day! #JEN' She tweets.

The two friends remain seated while they watch Tony run around. "He is such a happy dog. How'd you even pick him out at the pet shop?" she asked.

"I am the Golden Maknae after all. I always have good taste." Jungkook announced proudly

"Who lied?" She raised a brow.

Jungkook placed a hand over his heart, pretending to be hurt. "Wow, that hurts, Jennie."

"You walked right into that one, ha!"

"Hahahaha-no." He deadpanned before they shared another laugh.

"I've been meaning to ask you this. Where'd you get that cheek scar?" She pointed out.

"Oh, this?" He pointed to his cheek. "Ah...I was fighting with my brother because we both wanted to play on the computer."

"Haha, once a gamer, always a gamer. I think it's cute. I have a scar from fighting with my sisters over the TV. I wanted to play video games but they wanted to watch one of their favorite TV shows that came on that night. It wasn't pretty. I was a rough child."

"Really? Where is it?"

She lifted her left leg and pointed to the faint long scar on her knee through the ripped jeans. "You can't really see it since it faded but once you get close, it's there. Gosh, they pissed me off that day."

"Did you get to play your video games?"

"Nope. Mom and Dad always took their side. You would think being the youngest would allow you to get your way but nope. Got grounded for starting the fight. Oh gosh, I remember smacking Alani in the face. The side of her face was so red. I grabbed Vienna by the hair and pulled her off the couch. I know, all that over video games. You probably think I'm a violent person, huh?"

"That's...actually pretty funny." He chuckled lightly. "Don't tell them I said that."

"I won't. I thought it was funny too. They were so shocked by my strength at a young age."

Jungkook laughed. "Ah, sibling fights. You're here in Korea with us so you can play all the video games you want without your sisters bothering you."

"True, very true." She responded as she got another whiff of her perfume. "Okay, can we please get some vanilla cake? This perfume is making me crave."

"It'll cost you." He teased.

"How much?"

"I'll think about it." He smirked.

"Ugh, why you so childish?" She complained as she grabbed a tennis ball out of her bag. 

Jungkook giggled as they headed over to play catch with Tony. Jennie tossed the ball first and Tony immediately caught it and ran back up to her. 

"Good boy!" She petted him. She tossed the ball to Jungkook and he threw it far, taking her off guard. "Dude! Really!?"

"What? Good endurance pays off!" He proudly looked at how far he threw the ball

"You are ridiculous!" She exclaimed, playfully shoving him. He playfully shoved her back and they ended up trying to push each other. "H-hey! Hey! Cut it out! Behave! I'm telling Jin-hahah-stop!"

She giggled when he tried to trip her down to the ground. When he did, she brought him down with her by grabbing onto his shirt and arm.

Jungkook rolled off of her, as they shared another laugh. 

"Ah, crap!" He exclaimed when Tony ran up to him with the ball, attacking him with licks all over his face.

Jennie watched him try to push him off and cheered, "Hahaha! Get him, Tony!"

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 53- I Think I Love Her

Chapter Summary: The members notice the tension between Jennie and Jungkook. Jennie shuts down dating rumors from AllKpop. Jungkook vents to Jimin about his feelings for Jennie

Words: 4,000+

Author's Note: FYI, Jungkook will confess to Jennie (OC) when it's January 2016 in the story, hope it's worth the wait. :)

-------- Jennie had kept her responses to Jimin and Tae's questions to a minimum, telling them that she just wasn't up for eating any smarties, once she came out of the shower. But the 95 Liners knew something was up and didn't pressure her. When Jimin left, Taehyung turned off the lights so he and Jennie could sleep.

In the middle of the night, he heard her sniffing in bed. He was fully aware that something was wrong and it pained him to see her so upset. Pushing the covers off him, he decided to join her bed instead, laying down behind her.

"Ennie...please stop crying." His warm body wrapped his arms around her waist from behind.

After a while, her sniffing stopped. Turning around, she rested her head against his chest and started to fall asleep again.

The next morning, Jennie posted a short video on Twitter just before the members headed out to the concert venue. "Hey, hey!" She smiled and waved at the camera. "Chicago, get ready! The concert is tonight! Can't wait to see you!"

Soon as she posted it, some ARMY noticed that the way she was talking, was not as cheerful as it usually was, and began to ask questions.

'Jennie, do you have allergies?? Your eyes look a little pink.'

'Jennie!! You look so tired. Don't stay up too late!"

'Queen, get some rest!'

'Why does she sound so sad?'

'Don't make assumptions, she's probably just tired from all the traveling and touring'

'I don't know...but something seems wrong :/'

'Munchkin, are you okay?'

'Guys, she's probably just tired from the tour.'

Not too long later, Jungkook shared a selfie on Twitter, and ARMY began to notice that he didn't look too happy, either.

'You look sad!'

'Okay, both our Maknaes look upset, wtf happened?'

'Both of their eyes look a little puffy. Did something happen between them?'

'Oh no, please don't tell me the 97 Liners got into a fight'

'That's impossible, JenKook are inseparable!'

'But JenKook never argue!'

'Maybe Jennie is still sad about the fan meet being canceled?'

'But she was happy that she saw the fans, it should be fine'

The car ride to the venue was different this time. The members felt the tension in the car. Everyone was talking but Jennie and Jungkook, which was rare because they always used to say at least something.

"Right, Jungkookie?" Jimin laughed at a joke Taehyung had said.

"Huh?" The Golden Maknae looked up from his phone. He looked somewhat lost and indifferent.

"Jungkook, are you all right?" Sejin asked. 

Jungkook just nodded in response and went back to his phone. Taehyung and Jimin glanced at each other with worry.

What was wrong with him?

Diana had been watching Jennie, who had a resting bitch face, and she looked annoyed about something.

"You all right, boo?" Diana asked.

"Mm hm." Jennie responded vaguely and continued to scroll through her phone.

Something was definitely wrong.

"Hey, what's up with you two? You're quieter than usual." Namjoon watched the Maknaes.

"No reason." Jennie shrugged.

When they arrived at the venue, they did a quick rehearsal of the concert to clean up any choreography. When it came time for War of Hormone, Jennie and Jungkook remembered that they were going to be dancing together.

"Uh...can we not dance this time for War of Hormone?" Jungkook requested.

"I agree," Jennie added.

"What the hell...?" Jimin abruptly exclaimed in English, looking around in confusion.

Did they just request to not dance together for War of Hormone?

"Hey." Hobi approached Yoongi after watching Jenkook talk to Mr. Son. "Something is going on between those two. When I went to get your headphones, something was off. I know you said you didn't want to go get them yourself, but what actually happened before you left?"

Yoongi let out a sigh. "These kids...I thought they would've resolved it..."

Once the concert came along, it was clear that something was off between Jenkook due to the way they acted whenever they were near each other. Despite trying their best to stay professional and not let any behind the scenes drama come on stage, ARMY were watching closely and tweeted about it, hoping that they will make up soon.

'JenKook haven't even glanced at each other at all! Not one look!'

'It's so weird not seeing them together.'

'It's weird not seeing any interaction. I'm sad.'

'They're my biggest ship. I'm freaking tf out!'

'I'm sad they didn't dance for war of hormone, it's my favorite moment of the song!'

At the hotel, Jimin and Taehyung decided to plan for JenKook to talk to each other and talk it out. Jungkook was gaming with Jimin in the room they shared. Taehyung told Jennie that they would be visiting Jimin because he wanted to talk to her about something. But as soon as Tae and Jennie walked in, she noticed Jungkook in the room.

"What is he doing here?"

"What is she doing here?"

The 95 Liners heard the 97 Liners complain.

"Because I am so sick of this! What is going on!?" Jimin yelled, placing the controller down and standing up. "I want you to stop fighting! Yoongi told me what happened! I am very disappointed in the both of you! You two make each other happy, so stop fighting!"

"Tell that to petty bunny boy over there..." Jennie grumbled.

Jungkook shot her a look of annoyance. "Don't start."

"You started it." She shrugged.

"You did first, you ditched me."

"I forgot! I didn't ditch! You ditched me! You purposely didn't show up, you bunny ass!"

Jimin let out a yelp at the name calling as he freaked out, watching them argue.

"Can I punch him?" Jennie asked with irritation.

"No!" Jimin exclaimed.

"You can't punch me," Jungkook remarked.

"And why not?" Jennie raised a brow.

"Because I'm the golden maknae." He teased, grinning cockily.

"Listen you little shit!" she grabbed a pillow from the bed and threw it at him. 

Jungkook ducked with ease but was attacked when she ran up and began to hit him with another pillow. He managed to grab a pillow by a seat to hit her back, as they commenced an aggressive pillow fight.

Taehyung started laughing out loud, while Jimin watched in horror and started yelling, trying to break them up. Taehyung began to cheer Jennie on, watching with amusement.

"Tae! Help me! Stop watching and help me!" Jimin yelled.

The sound of Jimin panicking caused Jennie and Jungkook to share a laugh, ceasing their pillow fight, and dropping their pillows. JenKook glanced at each other and started thinking about how much they missed laughing and having fun together.

Their thoughts were interrupted when they heard Jimin whine because they were fighting, "Ahhhh!! This was not part of the plan!"

"What plan?" JenKook questioned in confusion, causing Jimin's stomach to drop and Taehyung to give him a look of alarm.

"For you to be the best of friends!" he smoothly covered his tracks. "How long have you two been friends? You two have special places in each other's hearts. You two just need to talk it out. Speak like adults. What do you say?"

Jennie and Jungkook glanced at each other. After a moment, they came up with an answer.

"No." They both responded while Jennie left with Taehyung following her.

Jimin sighed loudly. "Why are you two a bunch of stubborn teenagers?"

Later that night, Jennie, in a calmer mood, stayed in her room with Taehyung, watching one of her shows on her laptop. She noticed that Tae kept staring at her sadly which caused her to sigh and take off her headphones.

"What is it?" She asked as he gave her another puppy dog look. "What? Stop that. T-Tae!"

"Please talk to Jungkook."

"I don't want to. He probably doesn't even want to talk to me anyway."

"Ennie, he always wants to talk to you. Look, I know it's annoying but friends fight. And we say things that we don't mean. Remember that bad fight I got into with Jimin? And you know how close we are. Took a few days to apologize and now we're fine. And remember that time you argued with Yoongi? You two wanted nothing to do with each other but then you two made up a few days later? And one day, you and I are going to disagree. But we still love each other and are a family." He grabbed her hand and squeezed it. "Don't you miss his bunny smiles and laughs? You two gaming together? Him hugging you? Holding you? Singing to you?"

Jennie had to admit that she missed all of that and more. "Lowkey...yeah."

"How are you feeling with this?"

"I just wish I handled the situation better. I'm upset with myself for how I acted. I remember seeing the hurt on his face from those things I said. I never want to see that again..." She frowned. "Seeing him hurt, hurt a lot more than those other things he said when he was mad at me. It kind of breaks my heart to see him so sad. I'm just feeling a little stubborn. Like it's his fault. Like he's the wrong one, but it's not just his fault. It's mine too. I just want some space, right now. I'll talk to him...eventually. Right now, let me chill and have time to think. I don't want to talk to him while I'm still in my feelings. Give it another day or two and I should talk to him. Maybe then we can discuss it like adults."

Meanwhile, with Jimin, he stayed with Jungkook, watching him play video games. He patiently waited for him to speak up about Jennie and kept staring at him until he got annoyed.

"What?" Jungkook snapped.

"I think it's time to realize what's going on here," Jimin brought up.

"What are you talking about?"

"You like her. Plain and simple, Jungkookie."

"I don't like her..." He grumbled.

"Yes, you do."

"No, I don't." He raised his voice.

"Yes, you do," Jimin responded sternly.

"No, I don't."

Jimin let out a sigh, watching the Golden Maknae get angrier. "Jungkookie, stop lying. I see it on your face. So just admit it. Don't just give up like this. I have seen the way you look at her...you've never looked at anyone like that before...there must be a reason why you stare at her so passionately. There must be a reason your smile gets bigger when you're happy with her. There must be a reason I see all this jealousy on your face when she is much closer than usual with Kevin, Bam Bam, or any other guy. That's not a coincidence. You make it so painfully obvious, I'm surprised she doesn't know."

"Enough, Jimin!" Jungkook shouted with frustration. "I'm not lying, so stop telling me how I feel! I don't like her, okay!? So back off!"

Jimin shrugged in defeat and stood up. "Fine. I'm not even going to pressure you into it. I'll wait until you realize your feelings. Hopefully, it won't be too late by the time you realize."

While walking to the door, Jimin heard the last bit of what Jungkook had murmured, "...her..."

Turning around, Jimin raised a brow. "What?"

"I said...I think I love her." Jungkook admitted in a soft voice.

A smile came across Jimin's face as he walked back to the bed. "Why do you think you love her?"

Jungkook sat on the edge of the bed with him. Their feet were on the carpet, while Jungkook leaned forward, resting his elbows on his thighs.

The Golden Maknae shook his head, letting his cards out on the table. 

No turning back now. 

There was no avoiding this.

"It's stupid, right? Insane? A crazy thought since we've been friends for years, now? I shouldn't be...I really shouldn't be falling for my best friend. I thought this was just some silly crush and I'd get over it after a few weeks but no...my feelings for her have only gotten stronger."

"It's risky, I know." The Maknae went on. "What if she doesn't feel the same? Will it be awkward? Will our friendship change? We're in a group together. How will it work? What would happen if we date? How will ARMY react? What would happen if the media found out two members of a group were dating? I've thought about it all. I've thought about everything. But she's...she's worth it. And I won't let anyone or anything discourage me if she becomes mine."

Jimin was pleased with Jungkook finally admitting his feelings as he watched him sit up straight. 

Jungkook turned his head to him. "I want her. I want her to be mine. I never wanted someone so badly until she came along."

Hearing that, made Jimin smile wider. It was music to his ears to hear him say how much he wanted Jennie. He was not expecting Jungkook to tell him anything, so this was a treat. 

And long overdue.

Jimin observed the Golden Maknae. He was turning 18 soon and so was Jennie. Jungkook matured and grew to become a man. Girls were always swooning over him. Jungkook could probably get any girl he wanted, but he only wanted one girl.

Jennie.

Hearing him wanting to call Jennie his, made Jimin think of how manly Jungkook was becoming as he watched him think about her. It brought joy to his heart to see the Golden Maknae admit that he's fallen in love. And Jimin fully supported the fact that Jungkook wanted to date her.

"When did you start liking her?" Jimin asked.

"I started liking her when we started going to SOPA together. It was just a silly crush. It wasn't supposed to go that far. I wasn't supposed to fall in love with her. Falling in love with her just...it just happened. I couldn't control it. I tried to get over her, so we could just remain friends but it was harder than I expected. It's so damn frustrating because sometimes she's all I think about. I feel so comfortable around her, too. She always encourages me and motivates me to do better. She never judges me or anyone else. She's simply one of a kind in my eyes."

Jimin nodded, gesturing him to keep going.

"I know it's cheesy but the smallest things she does...like the way her nose would twitch cutely, it gives me the urge to kiss it. The way she eats, her cheeks would get bigger, resembling a cute hamster. And her smile is one of the cutest things I've ever seen." He let out a low chuckle at the thought of it. "She always looks out for us and dedicates her time to BTS. She gets prettier every day. And I can't stop thinking about kissing her. It's getting harder to restrain myself, Jimin."

'I can tell.' Jimin thought to himself.

"But...all those things I said when we argued...I...I really hurt her." Jungkook murmured sadly. "I don't deserve her. What kind of man am I to say those things to her? I...I didn't mean any of it. I just wanted to win the argument. And I just...I get so jealous when she's closer than usual to other guys because I think she's going to date them. I feel like I'm never going to build up the courage to ask her out, one day. She even gave back the friendship ring I gave her. I'm a pretty shitty friend, huh? So how could I be her boyfriend? I promised to cherish her and I ended up lashing out at her. Telling her that I wished she acted like our friends in GFriend instead. She probably doesn't even want anything to do with me."

"And now here I am, in love with my best friend. Jimin, I'm scared to tell her because we've been friends for so long and I don't want to ruin anything. And I'm just not sure if she would ever want to date me. Has she even thought of me like that? As a potential boyfriend like I always have?" He wondered.

"Sometimes it's worth to take that risk, Jungkookie," Jimin responded.

"I know." He stood up. "If...if I was man enough to ask her...to ask her to be mine and if she would say yes to me, I'd be the best boyfriend she'd ever had. She'd always be happy. I'll make sure of it. I'm not good at expressing my feelings but my actions, they can do the talking." 

Jungkook realized that he just told Jimin his feelings for Jennie and looked at him with dread.

"Jimin, please don't tell the hyungs."

Jimin let out a laugh at the sight of him panicking. "Relax. Look, Taehyung and I already know you love her. We've been watching you two for a while. It's pretty frustrating that you haven't made a real move on her yet. But don't worry. Things are going to be just fine, Jungkookie. Look, right now, we're busy with the tour. For now, just relax and act normal around her. You two will be together soon."

"Like that'll ever happen..." Jungkook shook his head.

"Good things happen to those who wait. Let me handle this. For now, continue to work on a way to apologize to her."

"A simple sorry isn't going to work, Jimin."

"It's best to think from the heart. I know you'll figure out something. When you do, let me know and I'll help if I can." Jimin said, making Jungkook feel hopeful for the future.

For now, with things hectic with the Red Bullet Tour, Jimin thought it would be best to begin his mission near the end of the year. He thought about an early New Year's Resolution. Get JenKook together. Now he needed to think of what to do for Phase 1. He was going to have a good talk with Taehyung about this. 

His ship will be sailing very soon.

-----

When BTS arrived in LA, Jennie met up with Angelina, going out for a Dunkin' Donuts run.

Walking out of the store with a big bag of donuts and two cups of coffee, they noticed the long drive thru line of cars.

"You gotta be kidding." Angelina laughed.

"I need to get this on film." Jennie took out her phone and started recording. 

"All them damn cars! I'm glad we went inside. Okay, look how friggin' long the drive thru line is at Dunkin Donuts. We got a problem, people. We got our donuts in ten seconds by going inside. It takes them ten minutes to get their stuff. This is why I go inside."

"Go inside people! Save time!" Angelina shouted in the video. "And I highly recommend getting donuts in the morning when they're nice and fresh. You'll taste the difference and thank me later!"

Once Jennie posted the video on her Instagram, tagging Angelina with the caption, 'Just go inside!!!', ARMY started commenting about Jungkook on her page.

'Are you and Jungkook OK?'

'Did you and Jungkook have a fight? You two didn't even dance together for War of Hormone, I was anticipating that all night during the Chicago concert.'

'Munchkin, are you okay???'

'Is it true you're dating Kevin? How long have you been dating?'

'Please tell me you're on good terms with Jungkook. 97 Liners, I need you two to be OK!'

'Whatever is going on between you and Jungkook, I hope it's resolved soon.'

'Lol wonder how Bam Bam will react to her and Kevin dating'

'I thought you and Jimin were dating! My ship is ruined!'

'She's dating Kevin, guys!'

'Lol, they're "onto" us.' Kevin commented on her page with sarcasm.

This was starting to get ridiculous at how people assume people are dating just because they're hanging out with each other. There is a thing called friendship but clearly, that does not exist because everywhere you turn around, there's another dating rumor.

Once Jennie got into the car with Angelina, they went on the road.

'Lmaoooo I knew this nonsense would happen.' Jennie commented back to Kevin and went to the ALLKPOP article about the false speculation.

Guess a guy and girl can't be friends these days without anyone wildin out over them allegedly dating.

BTS' Jennie rumored to be dating

Miss Bangtan might be off the market.

There are speculations going around stating that BTS' Jennie is dating fellow BTS American Hustle Life friend, Kevin. The rumors were first started by fans who watched their close interaction at JFK Airport when they shared an intimate hug that was captured by fans eagerly waiting for BTS' arrival.

The two were spotted in Chicago, at a local skate park and were seen by fans who took photos with them. Kevin was also seen attending one of BTS' concerts to support Jennie. More speculations arose when fans noticed their eye contact and longer than usual hand holding at the hi touch after the concert. Big Hit Entertainment is yet to respond to the speculations.

"Unbelievable..." Jennie complained.

"What happened?" Angelina asked. Once Jennie read the article out loud, she began laughing. "That's nuts!"

Jennie retweets AllKpop's article with a simple, 'WRONG. #EnoughAlready #LetAChickBreathe #MindYourBusiness #Jen' which killed the rumor instantly...for now.

ARMY immediately began to comment things like, 'DRAG EM!' as they read her shutting down the rumor. She soon trended on Twitter from the tweet as well.

Arriving at a local dance studio, Jennie and Angelina caught up while dancing to pass the time. Jennie let her in on the various concert stories and the prank war that had been going on between the members. Angelina told her about how great her fans have been with supporting her album and was looking forward to releasing the second one in due time.

"Hey, you seem a little tense. Everything all right?" Angelina pointed out.

"Not really." Miss Bangtan shrugged. "Uh, Jungkook and I...had a fight."

"Damn, really? You and Kook? Seriously? That's...wow. What happened?"

Once she told her what happened, Jennie went on, "And then this one maid, super nice, she approached me, asked what was wrong. She started talking about how she's dealt with arguments like that with her husband. And she also thought Jungkook was my boyfriend."

"Oh really?" Angelina raised a brow, beginning to grin.

"Stop. It's not that." She tried to explain.

"Do you think Jungkook is hot?" Angelina asked out of the blue.

"What?" Jennie asked, widening her eyes. 

That came out of nowhere.

"You know...do you think Jungkook is hot? I mean, you have to admit, he's getting more handsome these days. Puberty hit him like a truck. I've been seeing all these tweets about him and girls are swooning over this guy. I can't blame them, he's attractive. Whoever will be his girlfriend in the future will be pretty damn lucky to have him as a boyfriend. Because one, he's cute. Two, he's very sweet and respectful and three, although he seems shy, I think he'll be a very passionate guy. Don't you think?"

"Oh my gosh." Jennie covered her face while Angelina laughed. "Why are you bringing this up? Are you implying something?"

"Maybe. You ever thought about it? Dating him? You two kissed once. Ever thought about kissing him again since he's a man, now? Don't you think he's manly?"

"I mean..." Jen trailed off, looking at the floor. 

Angelina was starting to give her weird thoughts, now.

"How would you feel if he started dating someone? Would you get a little jealous? He'll focus more of his time with his girlfriend, not you, y'know."

"If he's happy, I'm happy." She shrugged.

Angelina playfully smacked her on the arm. "Bitch, stop lyin', you know you gonna drag a hoe if she steals your man away. I know you."

"He's not my man, Ang."

"Well, you're protective of the guy. Don't you think he's cute?"

"Yes, Ang, I do. I always have."

"Do you think he's sweet?"

"Always. Where is this coming from?"

"I'm just a little curious." The rapper shrugged. "I watch the Bangtan bombs and all. You two have a cute little thing going on. I mean, you do with all the members but with him, it's the cutest to me." 

Jennie began to ponder.

Yeah, she thought he was handsome. Who wouldn't? But the thought of dating him? Her best friend?

"I haven't actually thought of dating him until you brought it up. But I mean, we're best friends. Wouldn't that ruin a friendship?" She reflected.

"What if it doesn't?"

"I care about him a lot. I dunno, he makes me feel things I never felt before. It's weird."

"Good or bad way?"

"I'm not quite sure, yet."

------

In the afternoon, back at the hotel, Jennie had her headphones in, messing around with a small DJ launchpad she brought to practice and play around with. She was currently listening to, Girl by The Internet as she playfully practiced tapping the beats on the launchpad to the song.

A couple of knocks on her door made her stop her jam session and open it to see no one at the door. 

"Ding dong ditch?" She pondered and looked down to see a tiny Hello Kitty Plushie. 

Curious, since this is her favorite character, she picked it up and went back into the room.

She found a small note connected to its back and took it off, opening it.

'I screwed up, didn't I?'

She knew exactly who this was from.

What did he want?

And what was this?

She continued to read and saw two words, scattered in letters and it looked like she would have to figure out what the two words were.

'blbueb aet'

She worked on trying to decipher the first word

Blue

Bleu

Bubbe

Bubble.

"Bubble? Bubble what?" She checked out the second word.

Eat

Ate

"Tea." She confirmed. "Bubble tea?"

Did he want to get bubble tea?

"He really wants me to go get bubble tea with him?" She sighed and shrugged. "All right then."

Quickly getting ready, she walked to the closest bubble tea spot and walked in. As soon as she looked at the menu, a bright smile came across her face. It's been a while since she had some bubble tea.

Before she could place her order, the female cashier placed the bubble tea flavor she was going to get, on the counter. 

Bubble milk green tea.

"Excuse me, are you Jennie?" The cashier asked with a smile.

It didn't look like she was a fan of BTS with the way she acted, so Jen took a different approach on how to answer.

"Yeah...how did you know I was going to order this?" she glanced at the bubble tea in surprise.

"Oh, some hot guy paid and told me to give this to you. You fit the description he told me."

'Jeon Jungkook...what are you planning?' She thought to herself. "Uh, what did he say?"

"He said something about a beautiful girl with pretty black skin and a sweet smile and that she wears Nikes and has pretty curly hair."

Jennie looked down at her shoes, and she was definitely wearing her Nikes today as she felt her heart flutter. If this was part of his idea to apologize, he was doing a good job and it made her miss him more.

'I can't believe this guy.' She thought.

"He was so friggin hot, like oh my gosh. Is he your boyfriend or something?" The cashier, who looked around 17, asked, taking Jennie out of her thoughts.

"U-uh, no, we're friends."

"No way, are you serious?"

"Yeah."

"Is he single?"

"As far as I know."

"I think you need to get on that, in my opinion." The girl suggested. "He's a keeper."

The statement made Jennie start to grin in embarrassment and let out a nervous laugh.

"Wow, he wasn't kidding. You really have a nice smile. How'd you get your teeth so straight?"

"My mom is an orthodontist," Jennie answered. "She was so strict about making sure my family had nice, healthy teeth. It was annoying to hear her bickering about it but it was worth it in the end."

"Nice. Well, here you go. Oh, and he also told me to tell you that two of your friends are sitting at that table." She pointed to Taehyung and Hobi who were in a conversation.

"Thank you." Jennie put a 5 dollar bill in the tip jar and went to sit in the middle of the two. "All right, what the heck is going on?"

"Nice to see you too, munchkin." Hobi giggled as he watched her stick her straw in the middle of the cup, happily sipping on the tea and chewing on the bubbles.

"Where is Jungkook?"

"Gotta find out." Taehyung handed her a note.

"You mean to tell me this bunny has me going on a scavenger hunt?" She raised a brow.

"It'll be worth it in the end!" Hobi beamed.

"He's just as devastated, Ennie. And he worked really hard on this, so I hope you give him a little bit of your time to apologize in his own special way." Tae added as she opened up the first note.

A simple "I'm sorry." isn't going to be enough to fix it. I know. So, I decided that I want to write some reasons why I cherish you with each note you receive. I'm not good at this. I'm not good with words. This may even be a little cheesy but stay with me until the end.

Reasons why I cherish you:

You were patient with me as I gradually opened up to you when we first met. (It's kind of hard opening up to new people but with you...you're very easy to talk to.)

You are always listening... (just know I'm always here to listen to you, too!)

I trust you with everything (I want you to know that you can trust me, too)

Jennie's eyes softened at the note. Despite him saying he's not good with words, the simplicity of his with this note made her begin to smile brightly.

Taehyung and Hobi observed the developing smile on her face and glanced at each other, satisfied with her reaction.

This plan should go well.

"Awwwwww~! Our munchkin is smiling!" Hobi giggled with Tae.

Jennie had almost forgotten that she was sitting with them as her face began to warm up.

"Hush!" She let out a laugh and went back to reading the note. It looked like another set of words that needed to be organized.

'Bsaaltkbel uroct'

"Basketball Court." She confirmed.

"Here's the address." Hobi texted her the location.

"Is this where I'm meeting Jungkook?" She asked.

"Maybe~!" Taehyung teased.

"Where is this guy?" She exclaimed.

"Gotta find out. It'll be fun, don't worry. Oh, and before you leave, we have to take a photo. Smile!" Taehyung placed his phone up in the air to capture the three of them.

Taehyung with his boxy smile and Jennie trying to take a sip of Hobi's bubble tea as he playfully tried to push her away became the perfect goofy picture to post on Twitter.

Taehyung posted the picture with the caption, 'Have you tried Bubble Tea, ARMY?' so Jungkook could check for updates on how his plan was going.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 71- You Are In Your Feelings

Chapter Summary:  Still fixated on Jungkook's confession, Jennie goes back home for some events. She talks to her friends and sisters about what went down in her hotel room with Jungkook 

Words: 13,000+

Author's Note: Angelina and Jen's scene together is so silly and cute to me. It's my favorite.

-------

After Jungkook walked back to his hotel room door, he let out a sigh and leaned against the wall, thinking about what he had done. Throwing his head back, he let out a curse. 

It took every ounce of self restraint to set her down and let her go. He wanted to go back, kiss her more, and make her miss her flight but he had to control himself. Just being able to kiss, hold her, and tell her how he felt was more than enough and he was grateful he was able to catch her before she left. He still felt her lips on his and he couldn’t help but think of how right it felt. His heart was beating to its limit while he reminisced about how she grabbed him and kissed him back. The anxiousness and doubts in his head had simmered down and he felt a sense of relief that he finally told her everything.

Now, all he had to do was wait for her answer.

Walking into his room, Jimin and Taehyung immediately rushed over, eager to know exactly what happened.

“Well!?” Taehyung shouted

“How did it go!?” Jimin exclaimed.

“Did she take it well?!”

“What did you say!?”

“What did you do!?”

“Did she tell you she likes you back!?”

Jungkook sat on the bed as his hyungs crowded around him. “I told her everything that was on my mind,” he said.

“And!?” his hyungs shouted, shaking him.

“Her reaction was just as I expected.”

“She was surprised, right?” Jimin assumed, earning a nod from the Golden Maknae.

“Did it look like she feels the same but was trying to fight it?” Taehyung asked.

Jungkook turned to him, a little surprised. “How’d you-“

“Well, I did meet her before all of you. So, I think I know her just a little more than you guys.” Taehyung giggled proudly.

“Lies, I know her better,” Jimin replied as the 95 Liners bickered.

“I kissed her.”

Jungkook’s sudden statement caused the two of them to look at him in astonishment.

“Kissed!? KISSED!? AHHHHHHHHH~!” Jimin screamed while he and Tae grabbed onto each other, yelling and jumping around on the bed. 

This was their Christmas gift. After all this time, it was finally happening. 

“I knew it! I knew they would get carried away.” Taehyung cheered.

“See! What did I say?” Jimin giggled. 

“What exactly did you do?”

“We want details. Now!”

Jungkook rubbed the back of his neck. “We...kind of...kissed again and again.”

“Kind of means definitely,” Jimin replied with a huge smile.

“I don’t know what came over me but I just didn’t want her to leave and get second thoughts about what we were doing. When it felt like she was going to pull away, I just grabbed her back, continuing to kiss her to prove how I felt.”

“This is how you do it. What else? Did she say anything?” Taehyung asked.

Jungkook went into detail about everything that went down and when he got to the part where they were against the wall, the 95 Liners freaked out again. 

“WALL!?” Jimin wailed, falling off the bed with Taehyung who yelled in happiness.

“She was the one who pushed me to the wall, actually. She was all over me.” Jungkook explained.

“E-Ennie!? Our Ennie?! All over YOU!? She was kissing YOU on her own FREE will, with no regrets!? Oh, my God...that must be a huge sign! Taehyungie, we are about to see our plan succeed~!” he cheered with him.

“I was a bit surprised myself, but I really liked how she just grabbed me so suddenly, taking the lead. I should’ve sat down when I picked her up though...” the Golden Maknae murmured, wondering if the wall was uncomfortable for her.

“Wait, you did WHAT!?” 

“WHAT!?” Taehyung shouted.

After explaining what else happened, the 97 Liners continued to express their excitement that Jungkook confessed to Jennie. 

"Now the waiting game," Jungkook said as he stretched. 

"I can't wait for her to come back. I'm sure things will be fine. Just give her time to process everything. Shall we continue filming?" Jimin grinned, ready to play hide and seek.

----------

Back at home, Jennie was taking a bubble bath, laying her back against the tub with Unfold by Alina Baraz and Galimatias softly playing in the background. Deep in thought about Jungkook, she let out a deep sigh and sank her body deeper into the warm water.

I love you...

She could not get this man out of her mind. She couldn’t stop thinking about the mental and physical effect he had on her. The way he kissed her, confessed to her, it just made her feel things that she had never felt before. 

It began to frustrate her.

He hasn’t texted or contacted her at all since that day. No questions were asked if she had thought about it. He remained patient and left her alone. She lowkey wanted him to call or something but it looked like he was going to keep his word. She would have to be the one to face reality, speak to him, and give an answer when she was ready.

When she had gone to the gym, she thought about the piggyback ride she had gotten from him and when she kissed him on the cheek. And when she went to go to the local store and saw Pocky, it reminded her of their first kiss. It was like everything was reminding her of him and it was driving her crazy.

After finishing her bath, she chilled in the living room, watching whatever TV show her sisters were into. Jen was so deep in thought, that her sisters noticed the silence and finally called her out.

“Ayo, what the hell is wrong with you? You look dazed.” Vienna pushed her lightly while sitting next to her, on the couch.

“I’m not,” Jen murmured. “Just in my thoughts.”

“Yes, you are. What’s wrong?” Alani asked, turning the volume down.

“Guys, I’m good. Let’s continue watching.” Jen waved them away.

“Are you in your feelings?” Vienna raised a brow

“No! Why would I be?”

Vienna and Alani glanced at each other and nodded. 

“You yelled. So, it’s about a boy, right?”

“I didn’t say that.”

“Come on. We know.” Alani chuckled and asked in a hopeful voice, “Does it so happen to do with Jungkook?”

Jennie rolled her eyes and crossed her arms while her sisters laughed, knowing they were right.

“What happened!? Tell us!” Vienna exclaimed.

“No,” Jennie responded.

“Tell us!”

It took five minutes until Jennie finally gave in to shut them up after they kept pestering her.

“Jungkook confessed to me before I went to the airport. He told me he loves me.”

“FINALLY!”

“YES!” Alani yelled. “PAY UP BITCH!” she stuck her hand out in front of Vienna.

“Man!” Vienna groaned. “I gotta go to the bank. I’ll go tomorrow.”

"Just venmo me!"

"Okay! Okay!" she took out her phone and got on the app.

“Wait, what do you mean pay up? Did you guys bet on this?” Jen exclaimed

“JenDrop, sweetie, we been knew this boy loves you,” Alani replied.

“Yeah! We were waiting for him! Ahhhhh, finally!” Vienna jumped up and down from her seat.

“You better get on that,” Alani advised. “What happened? Tell us everything. What did you say? Are you two dating?!”

“No, we are not dating,” Jen replied.

“What!? What do you mean!? Oh my God...” she groaned

Vienna sighed. “She dun fucked it up. She dun fucked up. You mean to tell me you turned him down!? Do I need to kill you?!”

Jen stared at them in disbelief. “I didn’t turn him down! He told me to think about it and when I’m ready, give him an answer.”

“And you didn’t give him an answer yet!? Stop stalling! As soon as you get back to Seoul, jump on that hottie! What are you doing!?”

“I’m still waiting on the details,” Alani added.

Jennie went into detail about what he had said to her, making her sisters melt from his fluffy words. 

Alani let out a breath, placing a hand over her heart. “Jesus...keep him. Please. If there is any man I want my baby sister to date, it’s him. The way he treats you, don’t let a man like him pass you by. It's clear he wants something serious with you. He doesn’t think that you are just something temporary from what I can see,”

Vienna snorted and happily, volunteered, “Shit, if you don’t want him, I’ll have him. He is kind of hot-“

Annoyed, Jennie immediately spoke up, “Hell no! Back off, he’s mine.”

Vienna dropped her jaw and turned to Alani who had the same stunned facial expression. Realizing what she had just said, Jennie covered her mouth. Did she truly mean that? And it came out so naturally, too.

“Oh-ho-ho! Okay! I’ll back off your man.” Vienna put her hands up in defense.

“She looks so flustered, heheh. She really is in love. This is just too cute.” Alani giggled.

“I didn’t say all that!” Jen exclaimed

Alani shook her head. “No need. Your face says it all. It’s so funny. And besides, why do you still have him as your home screen on your phone?” she grabbed Jen’s phone and pressed the home button to show a photo of Jungkook in a beanie and white shirt.

“We both have each other as our home screens. It’s no big deal.”

“Wait...” Vienna took a close look at the photo and glanced at Jennie. “Isn’t that...the beanie you’re wearing, right now? He gave it to you?” she pointed to Jungkook’s beanie on Jen’s head. 

The same beanie he had worn when he confessed.

“He didn’t give it to me. I kind of took it off him when we...” Jennie murmured and shook her head. “I’m hungry, anyone want to order pizza?”

“When you what?” Alani raised a brow.

“What did you two do?” Vienna asked.

Jen looked down. “Nothing. Nothing at all.”

“Did you at least use a condom?” Vienna asked

“Vienna!” Alani and Jennie yelled.

“What?” she shrugged.

“We didn’t do anything like that, jeesh,” Jen exclaimed.

Vienna muttered, “Gosh darn it...why can’t my ships get juicer already? I want to hear passion.”

“He kissed me. I kissed back. Things got a little intense. I just felt a burst of all these friggin feelings and it was a bit overwhelming. But I can’t shake that feeling of him kissing me and how I felt in his arms.”

“Go on, please. What else he do?”

Butterflies came back in Jen’s stomach when she thought about what went down in her hotel room and she explained everything else that went down.

Alani did a doubletake. “He did what?”

“Ahhhhhhhh~!” Vienna screamed and ran around the living room. “Yes! That is how you do it!”

“I can’t breathe man, my heart.” Alani cackled. “I can just imagine the look of shock on her face when he did all that he did. So, dear sister, how did you feel, getting pinned up against the wall by Jungkook?”

“Can we continue watching the show, now?” Jennie evaded the question.

“So, you tell us what you two did but you won’t tell us your feelings? Okay, I see how it is.”

“You know he has a really broad back from what I’ve seen from recent videos,” Vienna added. “And he looks really strong. So, I mean, you have a lot to hold onto. I bet you were clinging onto him for dear life as you two were all over each other. Bet his muscles felt nice, huh?”

“Stop talking...you’re giving me weird thoughts...” Jennie buried her face in her hands.

Did they have to be this extra?

Vienna sighed in contentment. “Oh, little Jennie...you’re going to accept these feelings sooner or later. Ah...true love. This is so cute. Can’t wait to see how this plays out.”

---------

The next day, Jennie was in LA, pumped and ready to finally meet with JRE. He was already filming himself, waiting for her to meet up with him at a bubble tea spot.

“I can’t believe I’m about to interview Jennie. This is crazy,” he said on camera. “I’m a little nervous but this is gonna be fun.”

Jennie had arrived not too long after, walking around until she finally saw him. 

When he had looked up, she happily waved. “Hey!”

“Jennie! What’s good?” he stood up.

“Oh my gosh, I’m excited to finally meet you! Hi! Give me a hug!” she embraced him.

“For real? Ever since you agreed to this, I’ve been trying to remain calm. I’ve been real nervous about this.”

She let out a laugh. “What you so nervous for? I’m nervous! I’m finally face to face with one of my favorite YouTubers. I love your videos. Thank you for agreeing to meet with me. I’m so psyched for this!” she said excitedly, making him smile.

Before they decided to film, they went to order bubble tea and then sat down. He asked her if they could take a photo together and she happily accepted as he posted the photo with the caption, ‘Miss muthafxxking Bangtan is here!’

“Ready to record?” he asked

“Oh yeah! Let’s do this!” she jumped up and down in her seat, making him laugh.

“What’s up, everybody!? I am here with Miss Bangtan herself, Jennie!”

“Ayeeee! What’s up!?” she waved to the camera.

“You guys have been requesting this for so long, and finally we get the opportunity to do this. Jennie, thank you again for this. I can’t believe I am sitting right across from you, getting the chance to interview you.”

“Hahah, and thank you for agreeing to meet me. I can’t believe I’m sitting right across from you. This is going to be fun.”

“Oh yeah. We’re here sipping on our bubble tea. This flavor right here is pretty good.”

“I can drink so many of these. I don’t drink it often but when I do, I go a little overboard.” she pointed to the four large bubble teas with various flavors she bought.

“Yeah, you weren’t kidding. What flavors are these?”

“I have mango, passion fruit, jasmine honey milk tea, and honeydew.”

“Looks good. Well, today, we have a ton of questions for you. And you agreed that we can ask you anything. But first I must ask, what is going on? How are you doing?”

“A lot is going on. Finishing up promotions with Run, I am tired as hell but continuing to work hard. I could be better but I’m surviving and trying to remain positive.”

However, that wasn’t all that she was feeling as she felt her heart feel weird again when she thought about Jungkook. She couldn’t get the man out of her mind and she had hoped that it wouldn’t interfere with her interview.

“I missed a lot of people back at home.” she went on. “Also, as ARMY can already tell, I’ve been gaining some healthy weight. I’m content, I love food. Food is awesome and I still love myself. The abs I had, are fading away a little due to the healthy weight so I’m back to having my little tummy. I haven't been going to the gym that often due to promotions. I just went yesterday though,"

"Congrats on the healthy weight. Did someone in Bangtan get you into new food?”

“Yeah, Namjoon and Jin got me to eat more. I wanted to gain some weight and they helped me out with that. We've been checking out random places to eat,”

“Awesome, awesome. Well, you look beautiful.”

“Aw, thanks. I try, hahaha.”

“All right, let’s get started. I’m going to just pick randomly from the comments as you requested. No matter how weird the question might be. Any question is fine with you.”

“Yep.”

“First question, who influences you musically at the moment?”

“The amazing Ailee.” she sighed in admiration. “Gosh, her vocal technique and everything, she is just a queen. She is my motivation for improving my vocals.”

“Your love for Ailee is really something. Have you gotten the chance to meet her yet?”

Jen let out a fake cry. “No. Not yet. And it’s crazy because I am literally backstage near her but I cannot for the life of me bring myself to approach her. I get so nervous. And when I feel ready, she is nowhere to be found! One day. I do want to meet her. I made that one of my New Year’s resolutions.”

“We can’t wait to see that day happen. Can we expect a cover of any of her songs?”

“Once I feel ready, I’ll cover her songs. Soon, I hope everyone can hear a major difference from when I sang U&I back on Rookie King.” she hinted. 

Soon, she will be a part of King of Masked Singer, getting a chance to show who she is with her voice and not how she looks. She hoped she could make it to at least the second round. She planned to sing Ailee's songs for the show.

“I cannot wait to hear it. What are some things that upset you while working in Korea?”

“Goodness gracious, I am high key tired of the skin jokes. The colorism has got to go. I am so over it.” she shook her head.

“I remember when it looked like you were about to cuss Rapmon out after that interview around the Red Bullet Tour. That was a crazy moment.”

She let out a dry chuckle. That was not a good day. “Oh yeah, I let him have it after we were done with the interview. I was really upset that day.”

“How do you deal with them?”

“I try to educate them. People saying sorry is not enough. I feel like saying sorry is just not cutting it. Another thing that I’m tired of is people giving me crap when they always hear my American accent when I speak Korean. Look, I’m American. Chill. A lot of people gang up on me for that. Worry about yourself, jeez.”

“That’s not cool.”

“I know right? Give me a break.”

“Speaking of that, I see that people also call out Alex for that, too.”

“They need to leave my girl alone. She’s trying her best. People are so ignorant these days, it sucks.”

“What do you think of Alex? Have you met her yet?”

“Not yet! Hopefully one day! I love her, I hope we can become great friends. I just wish people would stop comparing us. And also, I think it’s ironic how if someone from America like Alex is trying to speak Korean, some people bash her and claim that they’re better than her in Korean, and say her Korean is cringeworthy. But when a Korean idol tries to speak English, people are like, oh they’re trying, it’s cute. So...which one is it? Cringeworthy or cute? I know damn well they’ll say my Korean is cringeworthy if I didn’t know most of the language. It’s absolutely ridiculous. Everyone goes at their own pace when learning a new language, so don’t bash them. I can’t stand some people, man.” she started chuckling and shared a laugh with him as he watched her go on a rant.

“Facts. Go off, girl.” he gestured for her to continue as she let out another laugh and told him that she finished her statement. “Any advice for people interested in living in South Korea or wanting to visit?”

“Hm...try to learn the basics so you can communicate when buying things and so on. Do your research. That will help you a bunch. Even the simplest things like where to get food. I promise it will help in the end. You should do that anywhere you go, not just in Korea. And also, go sightseeing. I see some K-Pop fans who want to go to Korea because of K-Pop but, you should also go to appreciate the country because Korea is not just K-Pop. It’s a beautiful place with a lot of things to offer. Learn the history, try the food, and do everything to immerse yourself in the culture. Taehyung showed me around when I first came to Korea and I’ll never forget the places we went. It was so fun during our trainee days.”

“You and Taehyung’s friendship is the cutest. I enjoy watching you two during the Bangtan Bombs.”

“He’s the best.”

“This one right here is a very popular question.”

“Oh, I’m ready.” she rubbed her hands together.

“Have you read any fanfics of yourself?”

“I knew this was coming,” she replied, amused.

JRE looked at the camera. “ARMY, hide yo shiz.”

“Honestly, at this point, I don’t give a shit. I don’t read any of it so I mean, whatever. Do you, I’m not judging.” she shrugged. “But I do check out the moodboards and fanart. They’re so cool. Recently I came across this Hunger Games AU moodboard and I loved it! If you can, ARMY, please make more of those Hunger Games AUs. Heck, I just might read your fanfics if it has me as a badass in a Hunger Games AU. But kindly don’t make me date anyone in the story. I love reading and watching female characters be badass and not have a love interest. It’s different,”

“ARMY, Miss Bangtan has spoken. Go wild!”

“I'm looking forward to seeing what they create. If you can make the tag, JennieInHungerGames, that would be great.” she beamed. “Ooh, can you guys create a fight scene with me and a member of Bangtan for shit and giggles? That’ll be kinda cool. And let me win!”

“This question really has you excited about the Hunger Games. ARMY, I bet you’re freaking out, right now, going wild as we speak. Someone asked you, what do the members smell like?”

“Really ARMY?” she stared at the camera. “Goodness gracious. They smell like regular human beings and whatever cologne they wear.” she gave a thumbs up to the camera while JRE laughed at her.

“What’s it like being around the BTS members and living with them?”

“So...much...testosterone. Oh my God. I always leave when I can to hang with my girlfriends. But, every day is a new adventure. We’ve been having a back and forth prank war as of late. Super fun. I’m currently thinking of ways to get them back. If any of you watching have suggestions, let a sister know. Also, Bangtan is my family. We’ve been through so much and we are only getting stronger. I am so proud of what we accomplished thus far.”

“What would you like to see in Big Hit?”

“Oh, I love this. I want to see more girls in Big Hit! I wish there could be auditions for girls. They only want guys now. I’m technically the only female idol in Big Hit and you know about the GLAM situation, so I believe that is the reason why they don’t have girls in Big Hit. I was so scared that I was going to get kicked out of BTS because of that. Like they were so on edge during that time with the women and I was so worried, like oh my God, I just got here, things are going well, please don’t kick me out.” she exclaimed. “I’m trying my best to convince the company to have more women. It hasn’t worked yet but I am still trying. So, for those saying I’m not doing anything, I’ll continue to prove you wrong. And it would be great to see more people of color in the company as well. Diversity is a great thing.”

“What is something you hate ARMY calling you?”

“Ah...guys, stop calling me an innocent baby. I’m not that innocent or a baby, so don’t baby me. I see some comments on how I shouldn’t talk to male idols because I’m still a child in some people’s eyes. Like dude, shut up and let me live. You don’t control who I can and cannot talk to. I’m pretty sure I can make my own decisions. I hope you won’t be like this when I date. So, tone that down, please.”

“You heard the woman. She can make her own decisions. Deal with it.”

“Ooh, can you put the deal with it glasses on me when you edit?”

“Oh yeah! I’ll definitely do that. I’ll put it on us both.”

“Sweet.” she high fived him.

“What are some things the members do that piss you off?”

She let out a nervous laugh. “I may or may not have cussed them out for mainly interrupting my sleep or doing something to my smarties. You do not mess with the smarties and you do not interrupt me when I am sleeping. I value my sleep, especially with our busy schedules. I think they enjoy doing it to see me pissed off. I also nap a lot with Yoongi and I know one day he and I are going to become the last two members of Bangtan if they keep messing with us during our naps.”

“I would not want to see you or Suga angry. When you first came to Korea, what gave you the most culture shock?”

“Them honorifics.” she sighed. “My gosh. It’s really weird for me. I am still not used to it. I really do not like saying oppa. I feel out of place saying that word. I’m sorry but I just can’t. Like other words, I’m cool with. I’m trying to say it and get used to it but oppa is just...gosh. And I have gotten so much crap and was called being disrespectful for not using honorifics on the members. I still get it to this day. Harshly. I feel uncomfortable saying that word. But I’m still trying to be as respectful as I can be to everyone. Maybe one day if I am feeling more comfortable I will say oppa to them once in a while or something,"

“We have to know, how do you act so sexy on stage? Like you blow me away with your charisma.”

“Fake it to you make it.”

“You fake it?” he asked, surprised.

“Oh yeah. At first, I felt awkward, performing sexily. But I had to just pretend that I felt sexy and then I started to really get into it and believed I was sexy. It’s all about the stage presence. I am nowhere near how I act on stage. On stage, I get hyped. But offstage, I’m more chill.” she replied. “I was so scared to perform War of Hormone with Jungkook because I never really danced that close to a guy before. On camera, I looked comfortable, but my face was heating up and I was screaming on the inside. I didn’t feel sexy at the time and the lyrics were so extreme! But once I saw the performance on video, you’d never guess that I felt nervous. But Jungkook made me comfortable on the stage and helped me a lot. 97 Liners always have each other’s backs. I still thank him for being so patient with me during that time.”

“How did your family react to the dance?”

“Hahaha! My phone was blown up with messages the day after it was posted on YouTube. ‘Is there something we should know!?’ was one of many questions.”

“I really love watching the both of you onscreen. Whenever it’s during a performance or a Bangtan Bomb, I just get good vibes from you two.”

Jen let out a laugh and bashfully glanced away for a moment before looking back at him. “Aw, thanks. I get that a lot.”

“So, which member do you usually get shipped with the most?”

“It’s actually Yoongi from what I randomly see on the BTS tag on Tumblr. It’s a little weird but I think one of the reasons why everyone ships us the most is when I wrote him a letter and gave him the Kumamon merch for his birthday. Fans really loved it.”

“Is it true that he only says your first name when something serious is going on?”

“Yeah, he always calls me smartie. But soon as I hear him deeply say, Jennifer, I know shit is about to go down and I dunno what to expect.”

“What is something you had to change when you came to Korea?”

“I felt like I had to tone it down since the country seems more conservative than America. So, I don’t show that much. These thirsty fans want me to, though. I see the Tumblr posts and no, I will not stop being rude.”

“Explain a struggle of living in Korea as an African American.”

“Living as a black girl in South Korea, it is difficult to find makeup matching your skin tone. They don’t have my skin tone there. Hair products for me are impossible. I have to order everything from America. Shipping costs an arm and leg, but it’s worth it.” she answered. “When I first started in Big Hit, I noticed I was lighter from the makeup they would use so I quickly talked to the stylists. They now make sure to have my right shade and take it from there. I'm grateful they are educating themselves,"

“That’s what’s up.”

“Oh yeah, I also have my old stylist from America who does my hair for me at times. As time went on, I educated the stylists on black beauty. They’re learning. The makeup that they’ve done for me improves every time. They even ask me if there are any websites or books they can study from so they can know how to beat my face, which is nice. I appreciate them going to lengths to learn just for me. They’re doing an amazing job. I love them. I always thank them and they don’t make me lighter than I am so I’m happy about that. I love my melanin and I want to show it off and represent black women in this industry.”

“What do you think of whitewashing?”

“It needs to be deleted from existence. And it truly makes me sad when even those closest to me whiten up their photos. The beauty standards bother me but that’s their country and how they like to operate. I also get sad when I see the members whiten their selfies to post on Twitter. It hurts me deep down.”

“Is there a song that you are tired of performing?"

“HA! YES! Ooh, I hope I don’t get my contract terminated for this. And watch me get a lot of hate on this. I already know. But I hate Danger. I hate it.”

“Oh wow! Really? Danger? Is it the dance?”

“I just really do not like this song. I don’t like performing it, I don’t like my lyrics, I just don’t like it! And I love I Need U but now, it’s been played in my head so many times, I am so tired of it. I’m over it. Other songs I’m tired of are Boy in Luv and Blanket Kick. I’m still kind of embarrassed to dance cute dances, so my face is always on fire when performing Blanket Kick. But I mean, you don’t have to like every song you perform and you don’t have to like every song from your favorite artist. We all have our various opinions, just move forward, who cares? Don’t get so pressed because someone doesn’t like your favorite songs.”

“How are you able to dance and sing at the same time?”

“Oh, I like this one. Okay, well, I have to thank Jungkook for that. I’ve been going to the gym with him and he got me into his habit of singing while working out. I was struggling. I thought it was impossible. Like how? But he helped me and made it work. I have also been singing while on the treadmill. It was a bit complex but after a while, I got the hang of it and felt a huge difference during the Red Bullet Tour. I was so happy because at first when I started dancing and singing, I was so out of breath that you could hear my heavy breathing on the mic, it was so bad. I got lectured because of that, it was horrible. It’s also one of my embarrassing moments on stage.”

“What’s the hardest part of live performances?”

“As of today, the hardest part is keeping up with the back to back dances. Especially if it’s something powerful like Danger and then another fast song. And I can’t just go and take a water break. Also having so much saliva in my mouth while singing. I’m trying to control that.”

“What are your favorite eras?”

“For me personally, my favorite era so far is War of Hormone. I feel like that era showed a lot from me. I also love Run because you get to see more of a darker tone for me. I would like to do more darker tones in future eras to show more of a mature side to me. I also loved Just One Day and Dope. My favorite look in all the eras we’ve had so far has got to be Dope as well.”

“We still waiting for your hair to get dyed, girl.”

“The only thing I’m going to say is...I’m loving the anticipation.” she smiled.

“Can you at least tell us the color?”

“Hm...nah, I’ll surprise you all when the time comes.”

“We’ll continue to suffer.” he laughed with her. “Okay, okay. You guys seem so tightly knit, is there any trouble in paradise?”

“Tightly knit? Nah, we have our moments. We may seem happy all the time on camera but there are always struggles, anger, and tears. We argue. The normal stuff that everyone goes through. We’re human, we’re not perfect, we don’t always get along. Usually, I get pissed off at the members when they’re too loud and interrupt my sleep. Like I have school in the morning, I take SOPA very seriously.”

“Which member do you clash with the most?”

“Yoongi without a doubt. We have a unique friendship. We love each other dearly but sometimes we can just rub each other the wrong way if we say something. And we’re both very stubborn and want the last say.”

“As you know, people question your airport fashion, any thoughts?”

“They loooooove judging my airport outfits. Look, just give me my Nike and I’ll be good. I prefer to wear casual and laid back clothes to the airport so that’s why I never really pop out and look amazing at the airport, unlike the other members. I swear it’s like they’re going to a fashion show, they all look great. They got that, not me. Plain jeans and a shirt or something for me. So, sorry fansites, the airport photos you take of me aren’t going to be like the rest of the members with their nice outfits. People really be coming at me, man. One time I was called a bum because I went to the airport in sweatpants and a hoodie.” she laughed. “Like damn. Look, I am not dressing in some high fashion clothes, to please y’all at the airport. Like no. That is not me. I’ll continue to be a cute and comfortable bum, then.”

“This fan asks, remember when V accidentally slapped your butt during War of Hormone before you had the chance to stop him in the choreography?”

Jennie laughed and thought of the incident, explaining what happened.

-------

While performing the choreography during one of their many music shows, things were going smoothly. And it was a day when Jen was in a great mood and went harder than usual for the performance.

La la la la la la la la la

meoributeo balkkeutkkaji choego choego

After shaking her ass, Taehyung was always supposed to attempt to smack it but she would stop him before he got the chance. But this time, she felt a large palm smacking her behind hard.

Did he just...touch her ass...?

She was stunned but kept her facial expression in check as her gaze darkened on him. As soon as he met her gaze, his eyes showed fear as he briefly stared at her in terror.

It was at this moment that Taehyung knew...he fucked up.

Taehyung’s face went pale. That was not supposed to happen. Soon, he pulled himself together and got back into the song as the members went on with the performance.

Jimin had let out a silent laugh while looking at Taehyung. “You are so dead.” he mouthed to him.

After finishing the performance, they went backstage with Taehyung clinging onto Jennie, apologizing profusely. He was so flustered and frightened for his life. Jungkook and Jin were beating on him while the rest of the members laughed once they found out about the situation.

“Let’s have a little talk.” Jennie grabbed Tae by the ear and walked down the hall.

“E-Ennie, I am so sorry! I didn’t mean it! Please! I’m sorry!”

------

"Best believe he never did it again after that," she giggled. "But it was just an accident. It happens. We're fine, I wasn't really that mad,"

“What did you do in America that Korea got you out of the habit of?” he asked.

“Leaving tips, and receiving things with one hand. I had to really get into a habit of receiving things with two hands over there. I knew about it before I came to Korea but I still made mistakes here and there. The members helped me out a bunch.”

“Next question, do you plan on going to college? And if so, what do you want to study?”

“Yep! I have been thinking of maybe studying something in the business field.”

“So, K-Dramas are a thing, would you ever consider trying out acting in a drama?”

“Ooh, yeah! I'm taking acting lessons, actually! For fun! If they would have someone like me in one, that would be great. I just don’t want to be a love interest for someone in the show. I want to be in some action drama as a badass female protagonist having fight scenes and chasing bad guys or something. If someone makes a drama like that, hit me up so I can audition for the part. It would be cool if I could do something like that one day.”

“Tattoos?”

She smirked softly. “Maybe.”

“Any idea where?”

“Yes. You’ll see when that time comes.”

“Tattoos on Jennie? That’s going to be lit.” he high fived her. “What do you wish people would stop asking you?”

“Oh, I have a ton. The first question I’m tired of hearing is, are you sleeping with the BTS members? For the last friggin’ time, NO.”

“NO! She said NO, y’all. NO. N.O.” he exaggerated.

“Is that your real hair and can I touch it? This is all natural and no, hands off,"

“When will you have a solo album?”

“Ah...everyone is always asking this. I love the anticipation. Gosh. I have a lot of songs that I recorded. I want to rerecord them though. Hm...I won’t give an actual release date because I don’t want to promise something for you guys and then it might not happen. But one day. Give me a few years,"

“We'll wait patiently. What’s the most annoying thing about being an idol?”

“Sasaengs. I’m still bitter about the assholes who broke into my hotel room, stealing my friendship ring. That shit was scary. Never would I thought something like that would happen to me. I'm taking self defense lessons now because of it. I just...miss feeling normal and the simple life. Being able to go out without being followed by cameras all the time. Like, I’m happy to always see the fans but it looks like I will never have that feeling of being a regular person. And you know what? I do hate when people say we can’t date or whatnot. Like with fans, if your fav is dating, support them. Continue to show love. Don’t attack the person they’re dating. And leave idols' families alone. Don’t stalk them. My sisters had a hard time a while ago because of some sasaengs. It’s not cool, guys. Respect their privacy.”

“Agreed. Which member has improved the most?”

“Jin~!” she applauded. “His dancing and facial expressions live are friggin amazing. I’m so proud of his hard work.”

“So...who is your favorite YouTuber?” he raised a brow.

Jennie giggled. “I think we all know the answer to this question.”

“Oh really? Who?”

“You, silly.”

“Me? For real? Everyone, you heard that right?” he turned to the camera.

“I’ve been watching your videos even before I became a K-Pop idol. Your reactions are just the best. And I can’t get enough of your reactions when you see me in BTS’ videos.”

“Haha, you’re gonna make me blush.” he couldn’t stop grinning, flattered by her words. “Next question, if you weren’t singing in BTS, where do you think you’d be?”

“Heck, I’d probably be a DJ somewhere, making a ton of music. And I would’ve been with Angelina, working as a duo. We’d make tons of music together.”

“So, anyone catch your eye, yet?”

She smiled and looked down as Jungkook came to her mind. She needed to keep herself composed. Looking back up at JRE, she giggled nervously.

“Oh? That was a nervous laugh. I think Jennie may like someone.” he teased.

“You never know.” She shrugged with a huge smile on her face.

“What do you hope to do more in BTS?”

“Take care of the guys more. They always look out for me, I want to do the same. So I’ll make an effort to show my appreciation to them. Sometimes I feel like I don’t do enough.”

“I personally think that you do. I remember Suga’s tweet on his birthday and you wrote him that note. That was real cute of you. I’m sure the members appreciate all that you do for them.”

“Thank you.” she placed a hand over her heart.

“Did Big Hit want you to change anything before debut? Any plastic surgery?”

“No plastic surgery. I’m all natural. But they were considering dressing me up as a boy for BTS before they decided to announce me as a female member of the group. They were going to change my name to a more gender-neutral name as well.”

“Really?”

“Yeah. But then they decided to not go through with it. I’m very happy they didn’t. I want to be shown who I really am. Not pretend to be someone that I’m not, y’know? I mean, it’s also obvious that I look like a chick, people would’ve seen right through it. It wouldn’t have worked, no matter how many times they’ve tried to dress me in men's clothing, that one time. Namjoon and Taehyung also talked them out of it. I thank God every day for them, my goodness.”

“Has your fame in BTS affected your family?”

“Yes. It definitely has. I will unfortunately never forget the day sasaengs crashed my sister’s play. That was rough. It caused a huge rift in our relationship. I felt like it wasn’t my fault but I felt selfish for saying that because I didn’t put myself in her shoes. What if Big Hit were watching me audition for BTS and my sister was already famous and had fans crashing it? So, I had to think about how she felt and consider where her anger was coming from. But everything is good now. We’re cool.”

“The next question reads, how do you not get nervous when getting hugged by Jungkook? His muscles are getting bigger. Don’t you fear he’ll crush you?”

Jennie burst out in laughter and felt flustered as she thought about what went down in the hotel room with him once again. 

“Speaking of that, on Tumblr, I saw posts of ARMY getting nervous whenever they saw me and Jungkook hug. You know that he’s been working out more and getting more muscle as of late, and he’s also bigger and a little taller than me. So, they think that he’s gonna crush me. But in reality...” she smiled warmly, feeling her heart flutter as she thought about his adorable bunny smile. “My Golden Best Friend is a soft muscled bunny. He’d never hurt me. So, don’t worry ARMY, I’m A-OK.”

“We’re gonna go a little deeper and go back to the time when you passed out that day.”

“Yeah.” she nodded.

“What was going through your mind?”

“Whew, boy...well, I just felt...like I wasn’t good enough. I was in a bad place. I was weak, mentally. All the hate just kind of crept up on me. It was hard to ignore the mean comments, I just kept reading them, asking what if, y’know? So, I took a break from my Instagram. Trained myself harder for the I Need U dance but I ended up not taking care of myself. All that was on my mind was that I needed to be perfect for this comeback. All these expectations y’know? But I have to remember that I am just one person and I cannot please everyone. I can’t be perfect for others. You can’t be perfect. My health needs to be my number one priority. I cannot let my body deal with that suffering ever again. But it’s my friends, family, and fans like yourself that helped me recover. I’ll never forget your Really Now video.”

“I’m glad that you’re happy, now. You look like you’re in a great place. And you’re thriving. I’m very proud of you.”

“I didn’t come here to cry. Thank you,” she blinked her developing tears away. “Oh, and before I forget, I brought you some of my baked goods and some signed BTS merch.” she presented him with a big bag. “Thanks for being such a loyal fan.”

“Wow!” he happily took it and looked up at the camera in awe. “I get to eat Jennie’s baking!”

After she told him what was in the bag, they took a break and were filmed with Jennie teaching him the chorus dance of Run and then with him teaching her how to perform his body rolls. He planned to have that at the end of the video as an extra bonus feature.

“All right. Last question. Any advice to those who want to do something like this?”

“Never forget your roots. Never forget those who have helped you to where you’re at. Never forget what you had to overcome to get where you are now. Although I’m not able to always go home since I’m miles away, I always make an effort to try to contact my family.”

“All right y’all, that’s my interview with Jennie! I hope you guys enjoyed it. Jennie, thank you for allowing me to interview you.”

“Thank you! We should definitely do this again. We need a part 2!”

“I hope we can do a part 2! That'll be awesome," he said and turned to the camera. "Enjoy the rest of the video of Jennie teaching me a little bit of the Run dance while I show her how to get down with my body rolls. I'll see y'all in the next video! Peace!”

“Peace!” Jen threw up the peace sign.

----------

Later that day, Jennie met up with Kevin at a local skating park to spend some time catching up while she improved her skateboarding skills.

After taking a photo together, Jennie posted it on her Instagram with the caption, ‘No distance can keep us apart! I’m happy to see you! Missed you, friend!’

“So, college boy, how’s everything going?” she asked, sitting with him on a bench.

“The first semester went by quick. My classes were fine. But my math professor was giving me a hard time. She was so strict and our only grades were our midterm, attendance, and final. So, if we don’t do good on the midterm, we’re basically screwed.”

“Oh hell no. Seriously?”

“Yeah. It was terrible. She would not give us any homework assignments. I hated her ass. I passed with a B but still, she was the worst.”

“At least it’s over and done with.”

“Yeah, thankfully. I also made a ton of friends. Regular college life.”

“Uh huh, so how many parties did you go to?” she cut right to the chase, watching him clear his throat.

“Well...how have you been?”

“Kevin.”

“All right, I’ve been to a lot. Almost every week.”

She let out a laugh. “I’m not surprised.”

“Uh...I got a few Cs-“

“Dude!”

“It wasn’t because of the parties. It was because I would skip class the next day after the party-“

“Boy!” she smacked him on the arm.

He laughed. “It’s cool, my GPA is still high.”

“Well, I’m happy about that. So, how’s basketball?”

“Oh, it’s going great! I love it. We’re doing very well.”

“I hope I can come to one of your games. I’ll keep you posted. So, how many girls have you hooked up with?”

He let out a snicker. “I can’t control myself. They keep coming back to me.”

“Wow. That’s what they all say.”

“Nah, nah, I’m serious. Some of them are crazy. But I haven’t been fooling around since December.”

“How come?”

“All because of this one girl at the school.”

“Aw. Who is she?”

“This girl I’ve been feeling for a while. We’re really good friends. We became fast friends when I first got to the college. Lately, I just can’t stop thinking about her. So, I don't fool around with other girls because I just want her.”

“Wow. She’s making you change. We’re off to a good start. You think she likes you, too?”

“Yeah. I feel like she lowkey likes me.”

“That’s good, you both like each other. How come you haven’t asked her out yet?”

“We’ve been friends for a while, I dunno...I feel like it could ruin our friendship if things go south or something.” he let out a sigh and looked up at the partly clouded blue sky.

Jennie slowly spaced out and thought about Jungkook as the two friends sat in comfortable silence, thinking about that one special person in their lives.

“I want it to be special,” he spoke up. “And that’s where I need your help. Can you help me?” 

“With what?” she turned to him.

“I want to ask her out. I want to go all out for her. You’re a girl, I feel like you’re the best to talk about this with.”

“Yeah, of course, I’ll help you. We’ll go shopping for her. What does she like?”

“She likes Tweety Bird and The Simpsons.”

“Ooh, you remember that Simpsons episode with the I choo choose you card? That would be so cute.”

Kevin stared at her in confusion. “Uh, no?”

She rolled her eyes. “You need to watch more TV instead of having your face in basketball.”

“Hey! I love my NBA. You’re looking at a future NBA basketball player.”

“Goodness...we’ll figure something out.”

“Thank you. So, enough about me, are there any boys for you, Jen?”

She nodded. “Yeah. Remember Jungkook?”

“That young boul in your group?"

Kevin had been picking up some of her Philly slang which caused her to chuckle and nod.

"The one who is always staring at you with heart eyes? Yeah, I remember him," he went on.

“He was?” Jennie looked at him in surprise.

“He’s been liking you since 2014. I could see it in his eyes. It was like he wanted to murder me when I was around you.”

“Guess this jawn is more serious than ever.”

“Why you say that?”

“He told me he loves me, and he kissed me. A lot.”

“He kissed you??”

“Yeah.”

“And told you he loved you?”

“Yeah.”

“Well, shit. He got balls.”

She laughed at his sudden statement. “Stop! I’m trying to be serious.”

“I am too, but damn, Jungkook? I saw how he looked when he was around the girls in the music video, freaking out and all shy. He couldn't even look at them in the eyes at times. But with you, how he looked at you and spoke with you, I saw something,"

“Really?”

“Really. So, what else happened?”

“He told me to think about it and take as much time as I need.”

“And have you thought about it?”

“Yeah...”

“Did you disregard what he said?”

“...no.”

“How does he make you feel?”

“I can’t really explain this happiness I get when I’m with him. He just...makes me smile so widely when I think about him. If I have a bad day, just being in his presence makes me forget about the negativity.”

“Okay. Well, what’s stopping you?”

“He’s my best friend...”

“It’s normal for people to be great friends and end up dating. Either way, I can see that he’s a great guy for you. It’s the way he looks at you, Jen...it’s...hard to describe, but you can see the love in his eyes. He’s in love with you and I can see that you’re in love with him, too. Just like you’re helping me with the girl I love, I want to help you with the guy that you’re in love with. If there’s anything you need me to do, like you’re doing for me, just say it. I just want you to be happy. I gotta look out for you, right?” he nudged her.

“How can you say that so easily? That I’m in love with him?”

“Well, for starters, when you talk about him, your pupils dilate. Remember, my dad is a doctor, I get hit with knowledge about these things. He told me about that when I told him about my crush. Say something about Jungkook.”

“Okkkaaay. Well, I love gaming with him. He makes me happy and has the sweetest smile,” she called out as he watched her pupils dilate.

“Yep. They just dilated. You might as well start calling Jungkook bae as soon as you get back to Seoul," he chuckled.

"Bae?" she asked, amused.

------

“Whoo-hoo-hoo! Woooooo!” Angelina yelled, jumping around while Jennie watched her flip her shit.

The two were located in a dance studio, spending the rest of the day together. Jen had just told her that Jungkook confessed and was jokingly wondering if she made the right choice to tell her.

“Finally, he made a move! Long overdue! Give me all the details, now! I want the tea! I wanna know where he touched you, where he kissed you, everything! Do you have hickeys on your neck?” she pulled at her shirt.

“H-hey! No, I don’t!” Jen removed her hand.

“Next thing you know, you’re gonna tell me he pinned you to the wall or something.” she teased with a laugh.

That statement caused Jennie to avert her eyes as her body shivered from the thought. Drinking her water, she made a mental note to never underestimate him. He was unpredictable yet affectionate when they were alone. She lowkey loved that about him. Moments later she noticed that the laughter stopped.

Widening her eyes, Angelina yelled, “HE DID!?” and slapped her on the back, making Jennie cough and choke on her water. “Oh my God~! Ahhhhhh! I am so damn proud of him! I knew he had it in him! I was rooting for him! We were all rooting for him!”

“I didn’t confirm it!”

“No need! The look on your face says it all. See, I knew he was going to snap. It was only a matter of time. You cannot expect a guy like him to just keep sitting by the sidelines. Come to think of it...you two were eye-fucking each other for a while, anyway.”

“What? No, we were not!”

"Be so for real, right now. You both be staring at each other,"

"No, we weren't!"

Angelina looked at her, detecting the BS. “Uh huh. I know you enjoyed it, don’t front. He’s a whole different person when you two are alone. Wow. What a man. Can you imagine your first time with him? If he’s like this now, I wonder if you’re anywhere near prepared for the passion of his lovemaking. Woo, Lord. If he already pinned you to the wall, imagine the bed.”

'When we get serious and when we are ready, I want to be your first in other ways besides being your first boyfriend,'

Jen thought about Jungkook's words which caused her face to heat up and shake her head.

“Shut up!” Jennie covered her ears. “Shut up, shut up, stop talking! Stop talking about him!”

“Can you feel the love tonight?” Angelina sang and let out another laugh.

Uncovering her ears, she replied, “He just...got carried away, that’s all.”

“Um, no. The both of you got carried away! In a good way! But the wall though? Lord Jesus! I’m hot!” she fanned herself. “Are we speaking about the same Jungkook? The one I met?”

“It’s a little hard to believe, too. I dunno, it was like...a switch went off on him.”

“Well, he most certainly got his point across. I knew deep down he would do something. You can’t expect him not to. I mean, look at you! Gosh, I wonder how much of a struggle it is for him to get you alone without the members all around. Haha, and from your facial expression, it looks like you were not prepared for what he did to you at all. Whoo boy, you still look dazed as you talk about it. My boy gave you that work!”

“I’m not dazed...”

“Lie again, why don't you? Did he pick you up and have you wrap your legs around his waist?”

“Can we stop talking about this?” she rubbed her temples.

“Why? Is it getting you in your feelings?” Angelina raised a brow with a smirk.

“No!”

“So, answer the question.”

“Okay! Yeah! He did! He picked me up and pinned me against the wall, okay? And my legs were around him as we kept kissing. Happy now?”

“Lord, my prayers have been answered! Thank you, Jesus! What else did he say?”

“He...he told me I’m his, okay? And that he loves me.”

Angelina dramatically fell to the floor. “It is so good to receive this time of year! Woo! Did y’all make it to the bed?!”

“No!”

“Aw, man! He didn’t lay you down on the bed?” she asked as she sat on the floor.

“No!”

“Damn! I thought it got even more juicer! Are you sure? Are you hiding something from me?”

Jen sat on the floor across from her. “Would you stop thinking dirty? Your mind is dirtier than a trash truck. You and Namjoon are perfect for each other.”

Angelina thought about her and Namjoon when she kissed him in the hotel room.

-------

After getting off the phone about the collab and excitedly texting Jennie, Namjoon walked in.

“Namjoon! I got the collab back with The Weeknd!” she yelled happily.

“Really?! That’s awesome!” he beamed.

“Ahhh, I’m so happy!” she suddenly grabbed him and crashed her lips against his. Quickly pulling away, they stared at each other in surprise. “I-I’m sorry.”

“I’m not.” he smiled. “I’ve liked you for a while now. I think we should do something about this.”

“Oh really?” she returned his smile. “I think we should do something about this too.”

“Have dinner with me.”

“I’d like that a lot.” she pulled him in for another kiss.

-------

Since then, they had Skype dates and kept in touch whenever their schedules allowed them to. Despite the distance, she was happy. And it made Jennie smile seeing them so content.

“Why thank you, hehe. I enjoy every second of dating him.”

Angelina was grateful for Jennie because she had been trying to push them together for a while. Getting them to text and Facetime. Helping them to not be so nervous and shy around each other. Even giving them a ton of alone time when she could.

“I’m sure you are. Oh, Jennie, I love Namjoon, he is soooo cute.” Jen teased, making Angelina’s face warm up.

“H-hey! Shut up!” she exclaimed while Jennie giggled.

Ever since Jen saw them kissing, she would tease her constantly, but now the tables were turned and Angelina was going to get her payback.

“I’m just happy that you’re happy.” Jen smiled softly.

“Jen, stop trying to change the subject,"

"I'm not!"

"Yes, you are! I know what you’re trying to do. What did you do after Jungkook kissed you? You are going to tell me everything. Stop dodging this,"

"I'm not dodging!"

"Then tell me!"

"Ugh...fine! He told me to think about it and then he left,” she answered but got smacked on the arm. “Ow! What gives?!”

“Girl! You mean to tell me you let that cute, hot, sexy man leave your room after confessing and kissing you?! Are you out of your mind!?“

"Oh my God! What else was I supposed to do, I’m still shooked he told me he loves me!”

“I cannot believe you!”

“I hate when people say this! How would you feel if your best friend out of the blue says that they love you, kisses you, and tells you to think about it? I really care about him and he is my best friend. He completely changed everything.”

“Nothing changed, Jennie. Everything is still the same. You’re just realizing your feelings that we already can see,"

Jennie let out a huff. Angelina was grilling the heck out of her when it came to Jungkook. There was no escape. Since she came home, everyone had brought him up, making it inevitable for her to face reality.

“Ah...I still can’t get over this...how could you let that man leave your room~?” Angelina whined. “If I were you, after dealing with all of that, I would’ve jumped on him and ripped his shirt off. Shit, you should’ve shoved him on the bed or something. Unless you wanted to deep down.”

Jennie shot her a glare. “I hate you.”

Angelina giggled and shrugged. “What? What? I’m just saying.”

“Look...I kind of...was the one who pushed him against the wall first, anyway.”

“Whoa! You did what!?”

“I-I didn’t know what got over me, okay?”

“You didn’t tell me that part! Girl! GIRL!” she shaked her for a moment and released her. “So, it was YOU that sparked this intensity? Wow, you basically gave him the OK to go wild. He sure did from what you told me.”

“It was just the heat of the moment!”

“No, you were enjoying it and wanted to continue, so that’s why you grabbed him and pushed him up against the wall,"

"No."

"Admit it.”

“No.”

“Yes.”

“No.”

“Yes.”

“No.”

“Yes, bitch.”

“No, bitch.”

“Yes, bitch.”

“No, bitch. No.”

“Yes, bitch, yes.”

“No!”

“All right, enough fooling around.” Angelina changed her tone of voice into a serious one. “Be real with me.”

“I am.”

“Okay, then look at me in the eyes and tell me I’m wrong about these facts. You always think about how he makes you feel. You love that his strong arms make you feel safe and happy. You love the idea of cuddling with him and sleeping in his arms. Am I wrong to believe that you enjoyed every single second of him kissing the hell outta you and having him all over you? That you loved how he poured his heart out, saying all those things, bringing you to tears? Tell me if I’m wrong about you being his and him being yours. This is no coincidence. It’s love. So, tell me to my face that it isn’t. Tell me that as soon as you get back to Seoul, you’re not going to tell him you love him, too.”

Looking away, Jen let out a deep sigh. She couldn’t do it.

“Mm-hm, that’s what I thought.” she giggled. "This is so adorable,"

“Why is it that everyone keeps talking about this man to me? First, it was my sisters, then Diana, then Kevin. And now you.”

Jen thought about the conversation she had with her manager, Diana when she told her about his confession.

------

“About time! Do you have any idea how many times I’ve caught that boy staring at you? Hard? He’s a fine young man. Fine smile and, a sweet personality. Respectful, too. I see a lot of good things in Jungkook. And it looks like he has felt this way for a long time. He’s serious about you.”

Her statement made Jennie's heart flip as she thought about Jungkook.

“You too?” she groaned and threw her head back.

Everyone kept saying the same thing. Was there no escape? 

“Okay, I have to ask, did you kiss him back?” Diana teased

“Well, of course, I kissed him back! What else was I supposed to do?”

"Hm hm...you wanted to. You could’ve pushed him away. I guess my boo is in love. Looks like Jennie is about to get herself a man.”

“I-I am not!”

Diana sarcastically replied, “Uh huh. Kissing him back, constantly thinking about the kiss, having the urge to kiss him again, and wanting to be around him surely doesn’t mean you’re in love.”

----------

“Now get on the dance floor. You’re going to loosen up by dancing to the songs of my choice. Just like we did back during the Amity days.” Angelina announced as she stood up.

“Why do I feel like this is a bad idea?” Jen stood up and stretched.

“It’s musical therapy, boo.”

“We’ll see about that.” she walked to the middle of the dance floor while Angelina sat by the stereo with her phone connected.

Whenever they were bored back at Songstress when they were with Amity, they would freestyle dance while the others would choose random songs for them to dance to. 

Carry Out by Timbaland and Justin Timberlake came on

Angelina nodded to the beat and smiled as she watched her dance.

Take my order 'cause your body like a carry out

Let me walk into your body 'til you hear me out

Turn me on my baby, don't you cut me out

"Okay!" she nodded in approval and then switched to Yeah! by Usher

Angelina giggled as she watched Jennie get hyped and dance more freely, enjoying the throwback. She even lipsynced some of the lyrics with her. After she danced a good amount of the song, Angelina put on Get Busy by Sean Paul.

But little did Jennie know that Angelina had some tricks up her sleeve. Being sly, she switched the song to She Knows by Neyo while Jen continued to dance.

You know, from the moment she turn around, ay

She know, how to back it up and drop it down

Watching Jennie drop down to the floor, Angelina praised her, “Whew! Drop it down for your man! Certain sexy Golden Maknae got you feeling yourself, hm?”

Getting back up to her feet to continue to dance, Jennie tossed a middle finger her way which caused Angelina to laugh out loud.

And she loves the attention

That she get when she moves, yeah

"You love Jungkook's attention, huh?" she called out.

"Shush!" Jennie exclaimed.

After the chorus, Angelina changed the song to Truffle Butter by Nicki Minaj, Drake and Lil Wayne. Jennie started feeling herself and began lipsyncing Drake's verse as she danced. Angelina nodded to the beat, watching her with a smile.

"Yo, thinkin' out loud! I must have about a milli' on me right now!" Angelina started rapping Nicki's verse as Jennie continued to dance. 

She ended up getting up from the floor to dance with Jennie, vibing to the song as they both rapped the rest of Nicki's part.

"Ayeeeeeeee!" Angelina shouted after her verse was done. 

As Jennie danced until the song was over, Angelina put on Body Party by Ciara. The song caused Jennie to stop dancing and look at herself in the mirror. She then thought about the time when Jungkook and her were practicing during this song. How close she was with him and the intense eye contact.

“You and Jungkook, right?” Angelina teased.

“Be quiet.” she waved her away as she thought about the moment they shared.

“Your body is Jungkook’s party! Baby!” Angelina sang dramatically, taking Jen away from her thoughts.

She shook her head and turned to her. “Are you serious?!”

“You cannot deny these lyrics! Listen to me sing while you dance!” she giggled while Jen rolled her eyes and started moving.

“Annoying...”

“He can’t keep his hands off you!” she sang while Jennie sighed loudly. “Touch you right there, let him rock your body! You can’t keep your hands off him! His body is your party! You doing this little dance for him! He got you so excited! Now it’s just you and him! Your body’s his party, let’s get it started, whoo!”

“Are you done!?”

“Jen you should know that his love is always on your mind! Jennie don’t fight it!” she went on teasingly. “You want it all the time! Jen, you should know that his love is always on your mind! And you can’t deny it, you want him! You on him!”

Angelina then switched it to If It Isn't Love by New Edition.

"You have got to be kidding me. You're so annoying~!" Jennie sent her a playful glare, doing the exact choreography from the song since it was one of her favorites.

"Haha, yeah okay!"

I don't love her

I tried to tell myself

But you can see it in my eyes

So don't deny

I can't fool no one else

"'CAUSE IF IT ISN'T LOVE WHY DO YOU FEEL THIS WAY!? WHY DOES JUNGKOOK STAY ON YOUR MIND?" Angelina screamed the custom lyrics which made Jennie shoot her another glare as she danced.

"For crying out loud..." she grumbled.

Angelina laughed and quickly changed the song to Sevyn’s Sex on the Ceiling

“Okay, what do you keep putting on these sexy songs!?” Jennie complained as she stopped dancing.

“It’s on shuffle!” she lied.

“You’re doing this on purpose.”

“Hey, I’m trying to get you right in your feelings, thinking about your future man.” she smiled innocently.

“You are no help!”

“Oh, I am helping. This is Angelina’s musical therapy, bitch. You’re in love and I’m gonna get you to understand that you have a whole MAN waiting for you in Seoul and you are going to make him yours. Oh, and this is also payback for teasing me about Namjoon. So, deal with it. I always get even. You are going to suffer today!”

Jennie huffed. She was going to get her back tenfold for this. “Change it!”

“Fine.” she switched it to Grind with Me by Pretty Ricky.

Jennie yelled and covered her ears, "Cut it out!"

“Grind on Kook~! Relax your mind, take your time on him. Let him get deeper, shawty, ride on him,” Angelina sang.

“Change it!” 

“Ooh, you know what you should do? You should give Jungkook a lap dance one day.”

“Oh, my God...” Jennie covered her face.

Laughing loudly, Angelina changed the song to Clumsy by Fergie, continuing to sing lyrics about her and Jungkook, “Jen can't help it, the girl can't help it! Jen can't help it, the girl can't help it!"

"Be quiet!" 

First time that I saw your eyes

Boy, you looked right through me, mmm, mmm

Played it cool, but I knew you knew

That cupid hit me, mmm, mmm

"Jungkook got her tripping, stumbling, flipping, fumbling. Jen's clumsy cause she’s falling in love. He got her slipping, tumbling, sinking, crumbling. Clumsy cause she’s falling in love~!” Angelina went on. “She’s so in love with him~”

“For crying out loud, are you done?!”

“Jungkook got everything he want in his life except a girlfriend,” Angelina announced after changing the song to B2K’s Girlfriend.

“Oh Lord...don’t butcher this throwback, Ang! I love this song,”

“I love it, too! Now shut up and listen!”

“I cannot believe this...I get it, stop singing!”

“Nah! No, you don’t.”

"I do!"

“A girlfriend, girlfriend. He need a girlfriend, girlfriend. A girlfriend, girlfriend. Would you be his girlfriend, girlfriend?” Angelina sang.

“I get it!” Jen yelled again.

“You’re only saying that because you want me to stop. It’s not in your skull, yet.”

Jennie rolled her eyes. When is this going to be over?

“Boyfriend! Boyfriend! Jen need a boyfriend! Boyfriend! Boyfriend! Boyfriend! Would you be his girlfriend? Girlfriend?” she sang once the chorus came back on again.

Angelina changed the music to Oui by Jeremih next. “Listen to the lyrics. Pretend Jungkook is singing this to you.”

“You’re insane.”

“You’re in love.” she countered as Jen pressed her lips together and crossed her arms. “Thought so.”

“Look-“

“Ah-ah, Ah-ah, Ah-ah, Ah-ah,” Angelina sang along, silencing her. “This song was made for you and him.”

“Can you just change the song?”

“Fine. Dance to this one.” she changed it to Rihanna and Future’s Loveeeeeee Song.

“Fine. Fine.”

“Kook don’t wanna give you the wrong impression. He need love and affection. ” Angelina started, standing with Jennie. “And he hope he not sounding too desperate. He need love and affection. Love-uh-uh-uh. Love-uh-uh-uh. Love-uh-uh. Love and affection. Love, love, L-O-V-E-E-E and affection!”

Giving in, Jennie sang, interrupting Angelina, taking her by surprise, “Oh, baby. I’m not asking for the world, maybe. He can give me what I want. Baby, come hold me tight and when I’m drowning save me. Give it to me on a daily.”

“Yesssss!” she cheered

“If I’m your girl, say my name, boy let me know I’m in control. We both grown, so how we feel we can let it show. I-I-I won’t play around. I-I-I, I wanna lay you down. I-I-I, I need you now, I need you now, Oh, oh.”

“Let me know!” she praised as Jen let out a chuckle when she shook her. “See, I knew this musical therapy would work. Sing your feelings out. Keep going.”

As she continued to dance, she went on to sing, “Boy, lately, you’ve been stingy with your time. Got me wondering, I’m wondering if I’m on your mind. Boy, I just wanna be in your possession.”

“Whew, okay!”

“You say I’m the one you want. So, come express it.”

“Let him know!”

“Don’t slip, don’t slip, cause a n*gga might push up on it. Don’t really wanna lose this moment. Why window shop when you own this?”

“Yes!”

“I-I-I don’t put it down. I-I-I don’t fuck around. I-I-I, I want you now, I want you now, oh, oh whoa.”

“Yasss! See! Come on, you can’t deny this anymore, girl.”

Angelina was on to something. The more this musical therapy went on, the more Jen began to accept things for what they were.

--------

While Diana had some business to attend to, Jennie offered to babysit her kids when she left. She happily went wild and dressed her children in Nike clothes and accessories.

When she took them to the park, she had them pose as she took a few photos and posted them on Twitter with the caption, ‘Auntie Jennie here. If I have kids, you best believe they’ll be wearing Nike! A preview for the future, lol.’

Back at Diana’s place, her kids kept her busy, running around and playing various games in the living room. Tired, Jennie was lying on the floor and began to try to take a video to post for Twitter. 

She spoke about how great of a day she was having with them, until Diana’s four-year-old daughter, Aniyah, cutely yelled “Attack!” and fell on Jennie’s stomach.

“Oof!” Jennie groaned and began laughing, “Ho-ho-ho-ho-gosh!”

She soon ended the video and posted it with the caption, ‘Cutie knows how to keep me on my toes, lol.’

While Diana’s eight-year-old and eleven-year-old sons played video games, Jennie occasionally watched while playing dolls with Aniyah.

Noticing Jen’s phone open and seeing Jungkook on her screen, Aniyah called out her name, setting her dolls down.

“Yes?” Jen smiled.

“Do you have a boyfriend?” she asked innocently.

That question caught her by surprise. The Lord was testing her today. She really thought she would get a break from this. But no. Even Diana’s kids were asking about Jungkook.

“Um...no, why do you ask? What brought this up so suddenly?”

“I saw a boy on your phone. See?” she pointed to the background photo of Jungkook. “He looks cute! Isn’t he your boyfriend?”

Butterflies came back to Jennie as she let out a nervous laugh. “N-no. He is not my boyfriend.”

“Do you like him?” Aniyah looked at her innocently.

“I...”

How could she feel so much pressure from a little girl? She was just a little girl. Why does everyone keep asking her about Jungkook?

“Wait, do you love him?!” she happily smiled brightly, getting excited.

Jennie let out a deep exhale. She couldn’t lie to her. She couldn’t avoid it anymore. She couldn’t deny this feeling she got from him. 

Nodding to herself, Jennie responded with no hesitation, “Yes. I do love him.”

“Awwww! So cute! How much?”

“Very much.” she smiled sweetly.

“Does he make you happy?”

“Yes. Very happy.”

“Yay! It makes me happy to see that you love your boyfriend!”

“Ah, he’s...not my boyfriend.”

“What? How can you love him if he isn’t your boyfriend?”

“I-I haven’t...told him my feelings, yet.”

“You should! Let’s call him!” she grabbed her phone and ran away.

“W-wait! Hey!” she ran after her around the house as the little girl giggled.

Dashing upstairs, Aniyah went through her contacts, scrolling and wondering what his name was. She then randomly pressed a number to call.

Once she heard someone answer, she happily asked, “Is this Jennie’s boyfriend!? She loves you! Hehe, do you love her, too? Are you two going to date?"

“Hey! Give me that!” Jennie quickly grabbed the phone and checked the caller ID.

Jimin.

Of all people, it was Jimin that Aniyah had called. There was no turning back, now. This was her fate.

Jimin giggled at what had just occurred as he heard Jennie hesitantly answer. 

“I want us to Facetime,” he spoke. “There’s something I want to discuss with you. When you get settled, call me back.”

“A-all right.” she hung up.

Oh, this was great. Now she would have to face Jimin. But maybe this would be a good thing. Venting and talking about Jungkook to him.

Once the kids were settled, Jennie stayed in the living room and Facetimed Jimin.

“Hey, Jimin.” she greeted as he sat on the edge of the bed with his phone leaning against something to show his entire body.

Jimin exhaled and fell back on the bed. “For a second I thought I heard something I wanted to hear for a while now during our phone call,” he said to himself. “Something that Taehyung and I have been trying to do for a long time. And it seems like our hard work is finally about to pay off. I can just see our ship finally about to sail. I’m not dreaming, right?”

She continued to listen to him ramble as she felt like she was in the hot seat. Jimin sat back up and rested his elbow on his knee while leaning his cheek against his palm.

“Now you know I don’t speak English...” he spoke in a serious voice. “But I have to ask for clarification...was she telling the truth?”

She had felt Jimin’s stare burning into her as he patiently anticipated her answer.

“How would you feel if I, your friend, randomly walked up to you one night and said, ‘Jimin, I’m in love with you’ and kissed you?”

Jimin giggled. “Well, I’d be flattered, because it’s you, Ennie.”

“Oh, my gosh...of course you’d say that.” she chuckled. “It took me a while but...I can’t deny these feelings anymore.”

“So...?” he leaned forward.

“Yes. It’s true. I love Jungkook- “

Jimin’s sudden happy scream cut her off as he fell off the bed. Jennie stared at her phone in alarm.

“Jimin?” she called out. “Where’d you go? Oh my gosh...really?”

Jimin had to run out of the room to drag Taehyung into his room. Jennie heard loud, happy rambling and soon saw the screen face the ceiling because Jimin had accidentally made his phone fall on the table with a loud thump.

“Woooooooow...so you gonna drop me?” she playfully scolded.

“Sorry! Sorry!” he grabbed his phone and shakily put it back in place. He then sat back on the bed with Tae. “Now say what you just said again!”

“What did she say?” Taehyung asked.

“Just listen! Come on, Jennie! Say it one more time!”

Jennie shook her head, amused. “You guys are ridiculous. I said yes, it’s true. I’m in love with Jungkook-“

“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH~!” the 95 Liners screamed, making her wince at the loud noise.

“Is that necessary?” she started laughing. “You guys are a piece of work.”

“Finally! FI-NAL-LY!” Taehyung cheered while tears developed in his eyes.

“T-Taehyung are you crying?” she asked in disbelief

“N-No!” he wiped the tears from his eyes.

“Jeez. Is it really that serious-

“YES!” The 95 Liners shouted, causing her to lean back in surprise.

“Well damn.”

“Yeah, damn! Do you know the amount of people that have been waiting for this moment!? How many chapters it’s been?” Taehyung exclaimed.

“When are you coming back!? What are you even going to tell him when you come back?!” Jimin asked.

“I’m...a little nervous to see him,” Jen admitted.

“Don’t be!” Taehyung beamed. “How about we bring Jungkook here, now?”

“I want to see him face to face to tell him. So, please don’t bring him here to Facetime,” she responded. "I'll see him when I come back,"

Taehyung nodded. “That’s actually better. We need to think of a plan to get you two alone.”

“Guys, you’ve done enough, I got it-“

“No way! We must see this through!” Jimin proudly announced. “We have just the plan! Bye Jennie, enjoy your time in America!”

“Aye! Don’t you dare hang up on me!” she yelled but the call ended. “I’ma kick their damn asses when I get back. Hanging up on me, are you serious?” she grumbled and tossed her phone on the couch, grabbing the remote.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 78- Prom

Chapter Summary: BTS promotes fire and Jen becomes the next person to receive phone numbers in her sandwich. Bangtan thinks of a way for Jennie to experience her own Prom in Seoul. While on a prom weekend trip with a group of their 97 Liner friends, Jennie and Jungkook play a little game of dares which takes a spicy turn.

Words: 11,000+

Genre: Such a fluffy chapter! Promposals from the members and BIG Jungkook fluff! And smol Jungkook smut. (Not all the way. Just some smol stuff like oral. Short and sweet.)

Author's Note: I was experimenting with this and ideas just kept flowing. I hope you like it! I'll continue to do better in the smut department. A for effort! Lol, I'm biased and loved Taehyung's Promposal the best since he's my Bias in BTS hehe. I lost the photo of the dress I used for Jen's dress for prom smfh. If I ever find it I will add it in.

----------

Backstage for Mnet Countdown, Jungkook was chosen to stay back, still recovering from his flu. Already in her attire for the show, a producer came up to her to discuss her role for today.

“Jennie. We’re going to change things up a bit since Jungkook is unable to perform today. So we want you to take over his lines for Save Me and Butterfly.”

“Okay!” she replied with a nod, feeling confident about herself.

From now on, she would try her best not to get so nervous about doing stuff like this. She got this. She will do Jungkook justice for the songs. 

In front of a Bangtan bomb camera, some of the members spoke about Jennie taking over his lines for the day while Jungkook was giddy about it, teasing her.

“It is so weird when a member is missing and you have to go on without them. And the fact that they want me to take over Jungkook’s lines, it’s a big responsibility. But I believe I can do him justice.” she said on camera.

Getting something to eat with the members, Jen was given a sandwich at the cafeteria. When she sat down with them to begin eating, she noticed there were small pieces of paper in the sandwich.

"Huh?" she took the pieces of paper out and examined them. A laugh escaped her lips as she shook her head. "Bold!"

“What happened?” Namjoon asked as he took a look at the pieces of paper.

“I got a few phone numbers.” she continued to chuckle.

“What!?” Jungkook exclaimed, rushing over to look at the pieces of paper.

Who in the heck would be this bold to give out their number to his girl? Who!?

“Numbers? What numbers?” Jin shouted

“Whoa, whoa, guys, it’s okay!” she looked at them in bewilderment.

“Okay!? Someone is messing with our ship!” Taehyung complained and grabbed her sandwich.

“It’s harmless, relax,” she reassured.

“Some idols already know I’m your boyfriend. Why are these guys trying to shoot their shot?” Jungkook grumbled.

“Jungkook-ah, relax.”

“No, I won’t relax, Jagi! I want to know whose numbers these belong to.”

“Oh Lord...” she turned her attention to Taehyung and grabbed her sandwich back. Taking a bite, she spat it out immediately. “What the heck is this!?”

It tasted weird. Nothing like the usual sandwich she would get. Did they make a new sandwich or something? She opened the sandwich and it contained bread, egg potato salad, cabbage salad and...strawberry jam?

“Ew. No, I’m not eating this.” she placed it down and went into her bag to see if she had any leftover snacks.

Meanwhile, the guys rambled on about people giving Jen their number. 

Checking out her bag, she pulled out another random piece of paper that someone supposedly snuck into her bag.

“Oh. Another set of numbers.” she chuckled.

“ANOTHER ONE!?” Jin yelled in horror. “That’s five numbers in one day! The heck!?”

“This is unacceptable. I don’t want these guys getting any bright ideas.” Namjoon frowned with Jungkook complaining.

“Do I need to have a talk with them?” Yoongi asked, cracking his knuckles.

“We should start bringing her lunches instead. Make her lunch, Jin.” Hobi eagerly suggested.

“Duly noted. What do you want to eat for lunch, sweetie?” Jin asked.

“Guys, relax! It’s fine!” she exclaimed while Jimin and Tae whined about their ship.

---------

On the stage, wearing the same white shirt as the members but with black shorts, Jen exhaled shakily, looking up at the ceiling. ARMY noticed her hand shaking as the music came on. The 97 Liner slowly walks around, singing softly,

amugeotdo saenggakhaji ma

neon amu maldo kkeonaejido ma

geunyang naege useojwo

Jen listened to Tae’s soulful vocals as they all moved elegantly on stage. 

Covering her lines, she sang, “Is it true? Is it true? You, You. Neomu areumdawo duryeowo. ”

Untrue Untrue

You You You

Taking over the chorus, putting her hands together and moving side to side in sync with everyone, she went on, “Gyeote meomulleojullae. Naege yaksokhaejullae. Son daemyeon naragalkka buseojilkka. Geobna geobna geobna.”

siganeul meomchullae

i sungani jinamyeon

eobseotdeon iri doelkka neol irheulkka

geobna geobna geobna

Spinning to the middle, she looked up, singing, “Butterfly, like a Butterfly. Machi Butterfly, bu butterfly cheoreom.”

The way she sang Butterfly was so angelic as some members of the crowd were saying ‘wow’.

Meanwhile, she had made eye contact with Jimin who had smiled softly at her, nodding at her performance so far. That gave her the reassurance she needed.

Butterfly, like a butterfly

machi Butterfly, bu butterfly cheoreom

After Suga and J-Hope rap, Jin looked up and turned to the camera,

Untrue Untrue

You You You

This wasn’t as bad as she thought as she nailed the chorus again before Rapmon went on to rap passionately.

It’s all FREE for you baby

Standing with Jimin as he did his high note, Jennie revealed a pair of white butterfly wings on her back, that she had hidden with her shirt, which had amazed the crowd. She sang again with the confetti falling down as Jimin harmonized with her. For the ending pose, the boys turned their backs to the ground with their hands mimicking a butterfly while Jen faced the crowd, moving her body like a butterfly before outstretching her hand, and looking up.

For fire, the members walked onto the stage, hyped with fire all around the scene. Wearing their outfits from the MV, Suga placed his arm around Taehyung in the middle.

bultaoreune

Fire Fire Fire Fire

When I wake up in my room nan mwotdo eoptji

haega jigo nan hu biteuldaemyeo geotji

Sticking her tongue out and catching the camera panning to her, she flowed fluidly with the members after J-Hope finished his verse.

da mansinchangiro chwihaesseo chwihaesseo

Losing her balance from staggering around pretending she was drunk while Yoongi rapped, Jen caught herself.

‘Whew, that was close.’ she thought as she continued to dance.

mak yokhae gireseo gireseo

na masi gatji michinnom gatji

da eongmangjinchang, livin’ like ppi-i-

Taehyung covered Jungkook’s parts as he stood in the middle.

ni meotdaero sareo eochapi ni kkeoya

aesseuji jom mareo jyeodo gwaenchanha

Errbody say La la la la la

“La, la, la, la, la!” Jen repeated with the crowd.

Say La la la la la

“La, la, la, la, la!”

soneul deureo sorijilleo Burn it up

Strutting up to the front, she flicked her nose with her thumb, changing her face into a serious expression.

bultaoreune

Going hard in the dance break, making her hair whip around, she sang, “Eh! Eh oh eh oh!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

“Eh! Eh oh eh oh!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

Standing with Namjoon, she began moving her head side to side with him.

“Aye, live it up. Bangtan just exploded on the scene~!.”

Hey, burn it up jeonbu da taeul geot gachi

“Aye, shout it out! I’m turnt up, it’s okay, I’m keen~”

Hey, turn it up saebyeogi da gal ttaekkaji

geunyang sarado dwae urin jeomgie

geu malhaneun neon mwon sujeogillae

sujeosujeo georyeo nan saraminde

“So, what~!” she shouted with them, raising a hand up.

“Calling us extra yet you still want to hang. Bang to the tan, you wanna join this gang. Keep your eyes on me, I am still that chick!” she slapped her chest. “Don’t you stand too close, what, you think you slick? Admit we the shhh as we tear it down!”

When she said shhh, the members dramatically turned to her while she placed a finger to her lips before they followed her around as she continued to go on, “BTS is the flame they wanna water down! Bangtan is still here and we killin’ it still. We always start the fire, you just a fire drill!”

This comeback was her favorite out of everything as her happiness soared on stage with the guys. Performing this at a concert was going to be a rush.

(Fire)

geop manheun jayeo yeogiro

(Fire)

goeroun jayeo yeogiro

(Fire)

maenjumeogeul deulgo All night long

(Fire)

jingunhaneun balgeoreumeuro

As the backup dancers danced with them, Jen got hyped, shouting, 

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-“

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!” the rest of the members joined in

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-”

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

(Fire)

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-”

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

(Fire)

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-”

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

With Suga walking up next to V, he pointed to the camera. 

yongseohaejulge

---------

Once Jungkook was good as new, feeling much better, he went all out for the remaining performances. And thanks to ARMY, BTS had received their first win for fire as the confetti startled both Jen and Yoongi.

“Please give us your winning speech!” the MCs gave Rapmon the mic

“ARMY! Thank you to all the Armys who are watching this live, right now!” Rapmon said.

“ARMY is the one who gave us this award. ARMY is truly the best!” Jin said. “And to our members, please don’t get sick. We will always be with you guys so please continue to look after us!”

Taking the mic, Jungkook happily said, “Everyone, I’m really OK! I love you!”

“I love you, my family!” V waved.

For the encore of fire, the guys put the confetti all on Jennie as she tried not to laugh while singing her parts. Today was all in all perfect.

Walking backstage, she held the trophy, doing a victory dance before skipping around with Taehyung. After settling down, she waited until it was her turn to be recorded thanking ARMY for the first win.

“ARMY is truly one of a kind. You guys are always there to support us through our highs and our lows. And all because of you, we were able to win first place again. I can not thank you guys enough. Thank you guys so much! You guys are amazing and I love you so much!” she beamed.

For one music show, Jungkook was chosen to MC for Music Core. Looking over the script, he pointed out that there were a lot of aegyo and singing parts.

Jennie started cracking up at the script. “Oh gosh. This is going to be cute. And you gotta sing your Boy In Luv lines? How charming.”

“I think our 97 Liners should MC together one day,” Namjoon suggested.

“Me and Jennie?” Jungkook’s eyes lit up as a big bunny smile came across his face. “I’d love that.”

“That’d be fun actually.” she agreed.

Pulling her close, he looked down at her, smiling, “Cheer for me?”

“Of course. I love you. You’re going to do great out there.”

“I love you, too.” He gave her a sweet peck on the lips

“Aw~!” Hobi cooed with Jimin and Tae, causing the couple to turn in their direction, amused.

“I love you, too~.” Jimin teased.

“Cheer for me, Jennie? I love you.” Taehyung added.

“Of course, you’re going to do great out there.” Hobi joined in.

"Shut up!" Jennie said. 

She and Jungkook rolled their eyes, trying to ignore their teasing.

As the members got ready for the show, they looked at the TV screen to see Jungkook MCing with other idols.

“He’s doing well,” Jin praised.

Jennie smiled at her boyfriend MCing. He did look a little nervous with his trembling voice when he was singing but he was doing his best and began to get the hang of things. 

“He’s so cute.” she giggled.

“Ah, he’s so awkward, AH!” Namjoon laughed.

Once the show was over, Jungkook was in for a ton of teasing, even from Jennie as his face turned pink.

-------

The next morning, Jungkook was drawing in his room to pass the time. His ears perked up at the sound of Jennie singing along with loud music playing. Jin had asked her to clean her room since it was looking a bit messy during their comeback season. 

Grabbing his video camera, he chose to take a peek at what she was doing. The sight of her dancing and singing to Raven Symone’s Supernatural, in front of her stuffed animals on her bed, made him press record. She was really giving her stuffed animals a concert. It was adorable.

When I get this feelin'

Something's about to happen

Without any reason

It's Supernatural

Some people call it crazy

Something's there's no explaining

Just believe what you see

It's Supernatural

Watching her jump and bounce around, Jungkook had suppressed a laugh. She even grabbed a big teddy bear and started to dance around with it. Setting the teddy bear down, she seemed to be more into dancing than cleaning.

As she danced to more songs, he even filmed her dancing and singing to The Party's Just Begun by The Cheetah Girls as she was still oblivious to him watching her.

Tell Me Something I Don't Know by Selena Gomez, the Another Cinderella story version, played while she sang and danced. She finally noticed Jungkook and pulled him into her room. She made him sit on the bed as he laughed and resumed recording while she dramatically sang.

I hear it every day

I hear it all the time

I'm never gonna amount to much

But they're never gonna change my mind, no

Tell me, tell me, tell me 

Something I don't know

Something I don't know

“Jennie, I don’t think this is what Jin Hyung meant when he said to clean your room.” he giggled.

“Shhh!” she replied with a grin. “He isn’t going to be back until a few more hours. Let me live!”

“Don’t jinx it~!”

After cleaning her room, Jennie and Jin sat at her desk with makeup all around as they began to have a V-Live.

“What is up Army!? Welcome to another episode of Let’s Put Makeup on Smartie featuring Handsome Jin~! Say hello to our viewers!”

“Hello, Army! I hope you have all eaten and slept well.” Jin blew a kiss.

“So far everyone has done a remarkable job making me look a mess.” she laughed nervously. “So, I really hope that this time will be different.”

“Trust me, I won’t make you look a mess. Now relax and let me handle this. Army, I got this.” he went on and put primer on her face. “I see you cleaned your room.”

“Yes, I did. Now you can stop bugging me about it.”

“I was not bugging you.”

She impersonated him, “Jennie, you need to clean your room. Your room is a mess. Why did you let your room get like this? I want it spotless when I return or no smarties. Okay, tomorrow you are cleaning your room. Sweetie, did you clean your room yet?”

“I do not sound like that!”

“Yes, you do.” she asserted as he finished putting a neat coat of foundation on her face.

Fans commented on how good of a job he was doing so far on her makeup. Way better than the other members.

“How am I looking?” she asked.

“You will see when I am done. So far so good,” he replied, neatly putting eyeliner on her.

Jin went for a more natural look in contrast to the others so far making her look like a "clown" in Jen's eyes. With the foundation matching her skin complexion, he applied it on until he thought everything was neatly placed. Then he applied a little bit of lipstick to complete the look.

"Done!" he announced.

"That's it? That was quick. Are you sure-DAMN!" she looked at herself in the mirror in awe. "Oh my God, Jin! This is-wow!"

"I know. I know." he grinned proudly.

"I can't believe he made me look this good. I love this!"

"Oh, that was to be expected, hehehe. I'm happy you like it, sweetie. ARMY, I did a great job, right?"

---------

The following morning, Jen got up at her usual time. Walking into the kitchen, the delicious aroma made her stomach growl in anticipation as she saw Jin cooking.

Jin had been planning his Promposal for her for the past few days ever since Rapmon and J-Hope discussed it with him. To say that he was nervous was an understatement. He had hoped that what he planned to do wouldn't be corny and she would say yes to him.

“Good morning!” he grinned, turning to her.

“Morning! What are you making? It smells great!”

“Your favorite. Sit down. It’s already ready for you.”

Taking a seat, she looked at the plate that was made of her favorite blueberry pancakes, eggs, and bacon. He decorated the plate of food cutely as her heart soared. While looking closely at the pancakes, her stomach dropped when she saw the words ‘Prom?’ written in syrup.

Her lips parted as she sat there in astonishment.

Was this real? Why did it say prom? What was he doing? Was he really asking her? What is going on?

Looking up, she saw him smiling at her nervously.

“A-are you asking me to prom?” her voice shakily asked as her throat tightened.

“Would you do me the honor, Jennie? Go to prom with handsome Jin?”

Overwhelmed with joy, she let out a laugh as happy tears began to flow down her cheeks. Getting out of her chair, she rushed over to hug him, tightly.

“Yes!" she accepted, feeling his arms wrap around her. She took the moment to cry as he held her. "Thank you! Thank you so much!"

Pulling away from him she wiped her tears. "I can't believe this!" she rambled on. "We’re actually going to prom? Where? When? How? What is going on?”

He laughed at her excitement. “One thing at a time, Jennie. You have six other Promposals coming your way. But I’m sure mine was the best.”

Jin will never forget how Jungkook had almost fought everyone to try to be the first person to ask her out to prom. But in the end, Jin finally won after a game of rock, paper, scissors.

Following eating breakfast with Jin, she went to hang out with Yoongi to play basketball which they planned a couple of days ago. Yoongi thought of a simpler way to ask her and something basketball related.

“Check.” he gave her the ball.

Before she could check it back, she noticed writing on it.

“Smartie, let’s have a ball at prom!” she read out loud and looked up at him anticipating her answer.

She dropped the ball and ran up to hug him, making them both fall to the ground.

“Ow, smartie!”

“Yes, yes, yes, and yes!” she gladly accepted.

A gummy smile appeared on his lips. "Good. Now, let's play ball."

Back at Big Hit, Jennie had her usual dance practice with Hobi to clean up on any dance moves. Throughout practice, he couldn't contain his excitement and worked hard to not get distracted at the thought of asking her to prom.

"You earned it. Well done, today." he handed her an orange Nike shoe box.

"What is this?! New shoes!? Nike!?" she yelled excitedly.

Opening up the box, she looked at the new pair of sneakers, and on the top, it read, ‘Munchkin, just do it and dance with me at prom!’

“Yes!” she pulled him in for a big kiss on the cheek and a hug. “Oh my gosh, this is so adorable. Thank you! I would love to go to prom with you!”

Hobi squealed, running and jumping around the studio at her answer. “YEEEEEAAAAAAHHHHHH~!”

After spending some time in her studio working on music, Jimin walked in with a small box and bag of Smarties. He chose to do something that related a lot to her.

"Smarties!?" she squealed, cheerfully accepting them.

“Check out the box.” he pointed out with an eye smile.

Opening up the small black box, she found two guitar picks that said ‘I couldn’t pick a better date... prom?’ which made her heart soar.

"Aw...Jimin..." she turned to him as he shyly looked down.

"Was it too cheesy?"

"No way, this is so thoughtful! Yes, I will go to prom with you!" she proudly accepted as she stood up from her seat.

“Yes!” he fist pumped, pulling her in for a warm hug. “I bet my Promposal was the best out of all the guys!”

Following running back and forth around the Big Hit building, Jen strolled down a hallway to see two people wearing...thug costumes and masks?

"There she is! Get her!" one shouted.

"Whoa! Hey! Get off me!" she shrieked as she got lifted over one of their shoulders.

Was she really getting kidnapped at Big Hit? What was going on?

"Oh no! It's Iron Man!" one voice dramatically announced.

"You'll never take us alive, Iron Man! We have Miss Potts! She's ours now!" the other sneered.

"Not on my watch!" a familiar voice was heard.

Jungkook??

Getting set down, she saw someone wearing an Iron Man suit, "fighting" against the thugs. As random as this was, Jennie was entertained as she watched the action unfold. It didn’t take long for Iron Man to defeat the thugs and approach her.

"Miss Potts, are you okay? Come on. Let's get you to safety."

She got carried bridal style as she held onto him. Going back to her studio, she got sat down on her couch, while Iron Man took a seat on one of her chairs.

"Are you hurt by any chance, Miss Potts?"

"No, I'm not. Thanks for saving me, Tony. How can I ever repay you?" she played along with a smile. 

Standing up, she walked over to him. Carefully she removed his helmet to reveal Jungkook's face and his messy brown hair.

“You could repay me by joining me for a marvelous night at prom. What do you say?" 

Cupping his face, she gave him a big kiss. “Mr. Stark, you got yourself a deal. I would love to." 

He smirked softly and pulled her into his lap as she cupped his face again, giving him multiple kisses on his lips.

“Nice getup.” she gestured to his costume.

He chuckled. “I knew you’d like it,”

------

Just before leaving Big Hit’s building, Jennie stopped walking once she saw a walking...hot dog?

“The heck is going on?” she laughed at the sight, walking closer, only to see it was Taehyung who was holding up a sign.

“Oh...my God.” she covered her face and laughed. Uncovering her face, she read the sign while Taehyung had a boxy grin on his face.

‘Ennie~! Before any of these other weenies try to ask, I hope that you will choose this weenie as your date for prom!’

Giggling, she embraced him and pulled away, smiling brightly. “Ennie would love to go to prom with a weenie like you, Tae. Absolutely!”

“Yay!” he jumped up and down, dancing around which made her laugh again.

As soon as she made it back to the dorm, she went to her room to see a box on her bed along with a bouquet of flowers and smarties. Opening it, it looked like a small puzzle. She went straight to work on putting the pieces together to figure out what it was.

After around 30 minutes, she put the last piece together and took a good look at the puzzle. There was a cute photo of her and Namjoon and under it were the words, 'Jennifer Walker, would you give me the extraordinary honor of allowing me to be one of your dates for prom?'

"Hell yeah," she spoke out loud.

Later that evening with Namjoon engaged in his phone, he felt a pair of soft lips on his cheek.

Looking up, he saw Jennie looking down at him with a smile

"I would love to give you the extraordinary honor of allowing you to be one of my dates for prom, Namjoon. Clever puzzle."

A chuckle escaped his lips as he felt his face warm up from her words. "Thanks, Jennie. Prom is going to be a night you will never forget. Trust us and be excited."

The preparation for prom was an exciting one for Jennie as she prepared for the event. Yoongi had taken her to get her nails and feet done, getting the color yellow. She even snuck a photo of him napping while he waited for her.

‘I’ll take you to get your nails done, he said. But let me take a nap. LOL.’ she tweeted.

Jin and Taehyung took her dress shopping. They argued constantly over which dress would be better. It got so bad, that Jen decided to call her good friend Sam Okyere for suggestions and went along with his pick instead which Jin and Taehyung loved.

Now, today was the day. Prom day. The event that Hobi and Rapmon set up with the rest of the members. They had managed to invite a ton of idol friends, renting a nice little venue for the get-together. They even thought of a theme for the prom which was a carnival theme. Jennie told the guys that the color she was wearing would be yellow, so they each wore something yellow to match her.

In her room, she checked herself out in the mirror, admiring her dress. She was actually going to prom and she couldn't control her nerves. Spinning around in the yellow dress, a giggle escaped her. She was so ready for tonight.

"I look great." she complimented, adjusting her hair which was in a bun with curls on each side.

"Munchkin, are you ready?" Hobi called out.

"Yeah, I'll be right out," she replied. 

Letting out a sharp breath, she opened her door, walking out to the living room where the guys were waiting for her. Nervously looking up at them, she awaited their reactions.

Jungkook widened his eyes at the sight of her, parting his lips. 'Wow...' he thought in admiration. He was freaking out on the inside, staring at her with heart eyes. She looked so beautiful.

Jin's eyes began to water. He loved how gorgeous she looked. She was all grown up and that dress was just stunning on her. The members stood there in disbelief as they couldn’t keep their eyes off her. As if on cue, the boys dramatically fell to the floor, shouting as they clutched their chests, carrying on about how pretty she was.

“Beautiful!”

“Oh my Gosh!”

"AHHHHHHH~!"

Jennie laughed at their shouts and squeals, making it difficult for her to control herself from cheesing hard.

“Look at you! Look at her! Look at her! This is my date!” Jimin shouted proudly.

“Our date!" Namjoon corrected.

"My Girlfriend!" Jungkook shouted.

“My Munchkin!” Hobi yelled.

“I met her first!” Taehyung reminded loudly.

“I taught her how to rap!” Yoongi yelled.

“My Daughter!” Jin declared. "Jennie, you look phenomenal!"

"Hahaha, thank you! You guys clean up nicely! Showing off those foreheads, I see."

"Let me put the corsage on you, Jagi." Jungkook swiped the corsage box out of Yoongi's hands, causing the members to argue.

"You always hog her! Give someone else a chance!" Hobi whined and grabbed the box. "I want to put it on her!"

"No, I'm the oldest so I should do it!" Jin shouted and took it off his hands.

"Who is the leader?! I am! I'm making the rules here so I should do it! Gimme!" Namjoon shouted back and snatched it out of Jin's hands.

"No! You gimme! I had this damn thing first!" Yoongi yelled and snatched it from him. 

"As the cutest member here, I should be the one to put it on her!" Jimin declared and yanked it out of his hands.

"I've known her longer than all of you and for that, I should have the honor of putting it on her!" Taehyung demanded and managed to swipe it out of Jimin's grip.

Jennie laughed wholeheartedly at their bickering, looking back and forth at their debate.

"Fellas, why not just play rock, paper, scissors to see who wins? So it can be fair," she suggested. 

In the end, Namjoon won as a loud chorus of complaints was heard. Grabbing the box, he approached her, smiling sweetly. "Nini, you look beautiful."

"Thank you! You don't look so bad yourself, Namjoon. Nice hair."

His hands were gentle as he carefully placed the cute corsage on her. Jennie admired it and went on to place a boutonniere on each of them. After getting situated, they took tons of pictures together, and Jen tweeted the photo of her with them all acting extra while laying on the ground, freaking out at her beauty, 'When your seven bros are your dates for a prom made specifically for you. Thank you for making my day. Let's PARTY!'

-----------

Walking into the venue, the place was decked out to make it look like an actual carnival. There were cotton candy, colorful decorations, popcorn, and games. It was a nice choice. And it sounded like Namjoon had borrowed some of Jennie's playlists because the music they were playing was top notch, making her feel right at home. Although the event was private, of course, the media were there to try to get a glimpse.

Watching Jennie rush over to greet Hayoon, Amber, Hyuna and others, Hobi and Namjoon high fived each other.

"Yeah, she's very happy." Hobi chuckled.

Jennie would not stay off the dance floor, dancing with everyone she could.

"JEN-NAY!" Jackson shouted.

"Jackson! Bam Bam! Guys! You're all here! Hey!"

GOT7 was blown away by her dress and stole her away from the BTS members to dance. The members hardly saw Jennie at prom since she was all over the place, hanging out with everyone. She was on the dance floor 70% of the time too as classics like the Cupid Shuffle and Michael Jackson came on. Then Jen was at the photo booth taking tons of photos.

"Ladies and gentlemen it is now time to announce Prom King and Queen!" Yoongi announced. "First, our prom King...J-Hope!"

"Woo!" Jen clapped, turning her attention to a genuinely surprised Hobi.

That sunshine smile of his was brighter than ever as he went on to accept the crown. He had his hands on his heart, bowing to everyone.

"And for our prom queen...Hayoon!"

Jin sighed as Hayoon and Hobi danced together. “I’m upset that I didn’t win. I am the most handsome guy here. And I didn't win Prom King? This is rigged." he jokingly complained, making Jennie laugh. "This is not funny!"

"Oh yes, it is."

"Would you like to dance?" he had his hand out for her. 

She accepted it immediately and he took her to the dance floor. Deja Vu by Beyonce came on as Jen got excited and did Jin’s famous traffic dance with him. Jungkook even did the worm with Bam Bam and Yugyeom. 

Feeling a gentle hand on her shoulder, Jennie turned around to see Sam Okyere, who embraced her in a hug.

"Sam! I’m so glad you’re here!”

“Thank you for having me!”

Give It Up to Me by Sean Paul and Keyshia Cole came on as she happily danced with him and got spun around occasionally. She even got Namjoon to dance, making him cut loose on the dance floor. Feeling at home, she even battled Hobi for the percolator dance. Hobi went first, moving his body fluidly to the bubbly beat of the song as everyone crowded around him. When the beat dropped, Jennie danced, moving up to him, going hard as everyone cheered her on.

As more slow songs came on, Yoongi approached her. Clearing his throat, he gave her a gummy smile, "You save me a dance, smartie?"

"Yes, I did! Come on!" she got held into his arms as they swayed around. 

He even spun her around after a while and she was caught in the arms of Taehyung.

"Ennie~!" he dipped her, making her giggle.

With Jungkook, his eyes were on her the entire night, smiling at how radiant and cheerful she looked. The prom surprise was a success and he was elated to see her smiling so much. But he wanted to dance with her. It was like every time he wanted to approach her, someone else took her away. But he had something up his sleeve so he could spend some time alone with her. 

Locking eyes with her from across the room, a soft smile appeared on his lips. He tilted his head to the side, gesturing for her to follow him out of the room. 

Finally taking a glimpse at Jungkook made Jen's heart flutter. She hadn't interacted with him like she wanted since everyone was trying to spend time with her. 

When she watched him go through a set of discreet doors, she waited a few moments before going to follow him, excusing herself from everyone. Walking through the doors, she closed them behind her to see Jungkook's back as he walked through another set of doors.

'What are you planning?' she pondered while she continued to follow him through more rooms.

Arriving in the final room, closing the doors behind her, she looked around to see that they were outside in a secluded area just for them. Various flowers decorated the space along with string lights surrounding it. Soft music was playing in the background and she saw Jungkook waiting for her with a grin.

"Milady." he bowed and extended his hand out.

Taking his warm hand, she was pulled in close, feeling him gently wrap an arm around her waist. Holding onto him, she looked up at him with a smile. Swaying around to the music, they occasionally giggled, enjoying this alone time while they could.

"So, would you say this is your favorite dance out of everyone you danced with tonight?" he asked, making her laugh.

"Top ten." she teased.

"What?" he whined, making her giggle. 

He spun her around and brought her back into his arms as she wrapped her arms around his neck.

"Kidding. This is my number one. Thank you for making this night even more magical." she placed a hand on the back of his head and kissed him.

"Anything for you," he whispered and let her rest her head on his chest as they continued to sway.

----------

To spend their prom weekend, some 97 Liners have gone to a private resort, with a beach house. To have no worries about cameras or fans following them and to just unwind with friends away from their idol life was a great thing for them.

GOT7's Yugyeom and Bam Bam, Jungkook, Seventeen's Mingyu and The8, IKON's DK, GFriend's Hayoon, Yuju and Eunha, Jennie, and Twice's Mina and Jihyo arrived safely in a private area in Hawaii.

With Jennie and Jungkook, Jungkook carried their bags, making their way into the room that he would be sharing with her. Meanwhile, the rest stayed in other rooms around the big beach house.

Jennie plopped on the bed and let out a long sigh. But her relaxation was short lived when she let out a groan due to Jungkook dramatically falling on top of her.

"A warning would've been nice." she chuckled, trying to push him off but he wouldn't budge.

"That'll defeat the purpose of doing this," he said as mischievous tendencies began to go through his head.

Jennie took a whiff of his cologne. "You smile nice. Smells like my perfume...wait. It IS my perfume! That I've been searching for, for weeks! You stole it!?"

Placing his hands on either side of her head on the bed, looking down at her, he laughed. "Are you sure? I don't recall. I bought this a few days ago."

"You!" she grabbed a pillow and smacked him in the face with it, making him fall off the bed with a thump. 

Continuously hitting him with her newly acquired weapon, Jennie resumed calling him a thief.

“Ah! Hey!" he shouted as she straddled him to continue hitting him. 

He could easily turn them over but this was entertaining as he let her have her way for a bit. She grabbed his arm and placed it between her legs for an armbar, holding it for a moment until she felt him biting her leg.

“Ow! Did you just bite me?” she released him, rubbing the bite as she stood up with him.

Since she was distracted, he quickly got behind her, wrapping his arms around her waist. 

"Oh gosh, don't suplex me~!" she shrieked as she was lifted in the air. 

Jungkook's back landed on the bed while she got thrown backward for the wrestling move. He then laid on top of her for a pin.

"1! 2! 3! Winner and still undefeated! The Golden Maknae! Jeon Jungkook!" he got off of her and raised his hands up in victory, being extra.

Loud giggling was heard as they saw Mina and Yugyeom secretly recording them to tease them about later.

"Oh no! You were recording!? Delete it!" Jennie chased after them with Jungkook.

"Run Mina! Run! I got this!" Yugyeom shouted, grabbing onto Jungkook as they wrestled around playfully.

Mina and Jennie ran around the kitchen with Eunha giggling with Hayoon as they watched them. 

After unsuccessfully getting Mina and Yugyeom to delete the video, Jennie and Jungkook went to play volleyball outside with Mingyu and Hayoon. With Jennie being the best at volleyball, she effortlessly won for her team. After that, they switched teammates as Mingyu teamed with her while Jungkook teamed with Hayoon. 

"You ready to win!?" Jennie cheered.

"Hell yeah, I'm teaming with the GOAT of volleyball. I got nothing to worry about," Mingyu grinned and highfived her. 

As they predicted, Jennie won again for her team as she celebrated with Mingyu, doing their secret handshake and jumping up to bump shoulders.

"How do you keep winning!?" Jungkook complained.

"She's the GOAT of volleyball! That's why!" Mingyu praised and laughed at his complaining.

"We'll get her next time, Jungkook," Hayoon reassured.

"Yeah, we definitely will," The Golden Maknae agreed.

"Hey, you're better at me in bowling! Let me enjoy this moment of beating you!" Jennie giggled.

Later on, everyone gathered around to eat lunch. Jennie expressed how elated she was that they were able to do this fun get together and hoped to have more 97 Liner trips down the line. She also mentioned how appreciative she was that they showed up for Prom and that she loved them all. Her sweet words made them happy as they told her how much they loved her too.

Buzz Buzz Buzz

Jennie glanced at her phone to see a text from Jungkook as they all ate and talked among themselves.

JK: Want to play a game?

She looked up as she sat across from Jungkook who smiled at her.

Jen: Lol. Sure.

JK: Dare, darer or darest?

A game of dares, huh? What's the worst that could happen?

Jen: Hm....dare

JK: I dare you to chug your drink

Jen: Easy as pie!

She grabbed her full glass of iced tea and began to chug it effortlessly. When she was halfway done, she started to get the attention of some of the 97 Liners as they watched her in surprise.

"Wow, was it that good?" The8 asked with an impressed look as she laughed and set the empty glass down.

"Heck yeah, it was good! I need a refill," she grabbed the pitcher and poured another glass of tea.

JK: Lol good job.

Jen: Dare, darer or darest, my love?

JK: Darer

Jen: I dare you to do 20 push ups

JK: Your wish is my command

Getting out of his seat, he immediately started doing push ups. Some of the 97 liners started laughing at him while others looked confused.

"Really? While we're eating?" Bam Bam giggled.

"I forgot to do my daily pushups," he explained as he continued to do them until he was done and went back to his seat, feeling pumped from the workout.

Jen: Nice job, Kookie

JK: Dare, darer or darest, baby girl?

Jen: Darest

JK: I dare you to stand up and shout "It's my money and I need it now!" 

Jen: Oh Goddddd. I shouldn't have shown you those commercials lmfao

A while ago she showed him different JG Wentworth commercials on YouTube. She told him it was some of her favorite commercials that would play whenever she binged the channel that showed Maury, Jerry Springer, and Cheaters in the mornings.

Standing up, Jennie shouted, "IT'S MY MONEY! AND I NEED IT NOW!"

Her face immediately felt flushed when everyone's eyes turned to her. She covered her mouth in a fit of nervous giggles as soon as she sat down. Jungkook laughed out loud while clapping, pleased with her performance. 

"What in the world..." DK chuckled. 

"Your money? What is going on?" Mina asked, amused.

"Jennie, are you having a sugar rush? You're so silly," Hayoon giggled.

After settling down, Jennie texted Jungkook again. 

Jen: Dare, darer or darest?

JK: Darest

Jen: Lol I dare you to start barking 

"WOOF WOOF WOOF WOOF!" he said out of nowhere, causing her to cover her mouth to try to hide her laughter.

"What the heck?" Yugyeom asked as he laughed in confusion with the others.

----------

Later in the evening, Jennie changed into an orange bikini with jean shorts and a buttoned white cover up, planning to go in the hot tub later. She sat with the rest of the 97 Liners to test their friendship by playing Uno. The 12 of them sat inside the house at a big table with snacks and drinks scattered around. Jen sat in between Yuju and The8 while Jungkook sat in between Yugyeom and Jihyo. 

Jennie and Jungkook sat across each other as everyone was immersed in conversation about how fun it had been to be here so far. Starting the Uno game, Bam Bam was in charge of shuffling and distributing the cards. Like always, Uno turned into chaos quickly.

"I'm placing down two of my yellow 3s." Yuju placed them down on the table.

“That’s not how you play the game!" DK called out.

"What do you mean!? If I have multiple, I want to put them all down!"

"No!" Mingyu exclaimed.

"Yes!" Yuju stood her ground.

"Oh dear." Eunha cringed.

"That is how you play!" Bam Bam agreed with Yuju.

"No, it's not!" Mingyu yelled.

"Yes, it is!" Bam Bam yelled back

"NO!" The8 chimed in.

"I prefer to put multiple cards down," Jihyo added as a huge debate started around the table. 

Jennie casually ate her smarties, watching the action unfold. She and Jungkook were sitting out for this game since the maximum number of players was 10. Truth be told, she was waiting for the drama to happen. This was going to be an interesting game night. She didn't care how Uno was going to be played for tonight. She loved the game either way and played it many ways depending on whatever rules someone wanted to put in the game. But if she had to choose, she'd rather put multiple cards down to make the games rotate faster since it was a lot of them playing.

Buzz Buzz Buzz

She looked at her phone to see a text from Jungkook.

JK: Dare, darer and darest?

She glanced up at him and he smirked softly as she began to smile.

Jen: Darer

JK: Unbutton your shirt a little

She looked at him with an amused expression as he raised an eyebrow suggestively. Letting out a soft laugh, she started texting back.

Jen: Is this your way of getting a nice view of my chest?

JK: Maybe...

Jen: Dirty...lol. Fine.

Deciding to tease him a little, she took her bun out and let her hair fall. Making eye contact with her boyfriend, she slowly unbuttoned a button and then one more, showing more of her chest for him. She observed his pleased reaction as his eyes wandered down with a satisfied smile.

JK: Wow...Orange looks good on you

Jennie sent a winky face emoji and the both of them started listening to the conversation again. 

"...actually it is. You can put multiple cards down if it's the same number." Hayoon spoke.

"Nah, nah. We are not playing like that. One card only." Jungkook asserted.

"Yes, we are playing like that." Hayoon asserted back, making him widen his eyes.

"Ooooooohhhhh!" the 97 Liners got hyped at her speaking.

Jungkook playfully glared at her before turning to Jennie, "Babe, are you going to let her talk to me like this?"

Jennie glanced at Hayoon and then Jungkook, "If my best friend says that this is how we play then we are playing like that." she replied, having Hayoon's back.

"I trusted you," the Golden Maknae looked offended.

"Hehe, multiple it is!" Hayoon cheered.

"One card!" he demanded.

"Multiple!" 

"One card!" Mingyu chimed in.

"Multiple!" Yuju shouted.

"This is hilarious..." DK laughed.

A long debate occurred once again and they decided to settle it by rock, paper, scissors since it was clear that people played Uno in various ways. Finally, it was settled that they could only use one card which gained the annoyance of those who wanted it to be multiple. Yuju took back one of her yellow 3s, grumbling at how unfair this was.

As the game continued, Jennie noticed that Jungkook was still glued to her chest and she started to text him.

Jen: Dare, darer or darest?

JK: Dare

Jen: Keep your eyes up. Stop staring at my chest

JK: Whaaaaat? Seriously? :(

She sent laughing emojis and buttoned her shirt back while he looked disappointed.

JK: Dare, darer or darest?

Jen: Darer

JK: Unbutton your shirt again and allow me to keep staring at you

Jen: Seriously?? There needs to be some rules, you can't reverse it!

JK: Too bad lol. Let me see you

Jen: Ughhhh. Fine lol.

She did what she was told as he enjoyed the view. She watched him as he stretched and her mind began to wander. She wondered if she should take the risk to try to be a little bold and playful with her boyfriend at the table. She wanted to see where this new territory would take them. 

When a new game began with Jennie and Jungkook playing this time, the 97 Liners watched as the first card placed down on the table was a blue 8. 

As Jungkook was occupied checking out his hand, she decided to have one of her feet rub against his, catching his attention. She continued to look at her cards, ignoring his look as they started to play footsie for a bit. Her foot slowly started to go up his calf which caused him to chuckle softly, locking eyes with her. He thought of it as a cute gesture with her.

With the rest distracted with the game, they didn't have to worry about the attention on them unless it was their turn. So perhaps she could go along with this bold plan of hers to test the waters. 

Jen: Dare, darer, or darest?

JK: Darest

Jen: No matter what, stay in your seat for 5 minutes. I'll put a timer on.

He raised an eyebrow and shrugged.

JK: Easy. Fine by me

'We'll see about that,' she thought as she put a timer on her phone.

After a minute, she raised her foot to rub against his calf again but this time went further up until she boldly pressed against his crotch which caused him to shift in his seat. 

He gave her a warning look while she smiled innocently. As she pressed further, rubbing against him, he flinched in his seat. He immediately grabbed her foot to stop the sensation but his shorts began to feel tighter.

'Fuck...' he thought as he managed to bite back a groan.

That was the last thing he was expecting her to do for a dare like this.

JK: I highly suggest you tread lightly

Jen: Me?? Tread lightly? It doesn't feel like you want me to

JK: Jennie...

Jen: Yesssss?

JK: Tread lightly...

Jen: You sure? 'Cause I'm flattered by how you're so quick to react to me. It looks like you're about to lose, Kookie. Want to throw up the white flag?

"Your turn Jungkook," it was announced as he was distracted by her.

"R-Right. Sorry. Here," he quickly put a card down as the game progressed.

As music played in the background along with loud conversations regarding the game, a low groan escaped him when her foot pressed against him again, making his arousal grow. He managed to keep his composure as he watched her smirk and wink at him.

'Confident, huh?' he thought.

JK: Last warning. Don't start something you can't finish, Jennie...

She looked at the message and back at him as he gave her a sharp stare which she thought made him look hotter. 

Oh, she was loving this...

Jen: And what are you going to do about it, my love?

She was pushing it. Her confidence was through the roof as she assumed he was going to break and have her win this entire game. But he continued to control himself, going along with the dare. He couldn't lose. Not like this. He had to win this game.

JK: Bet.

Reading his text made her even more amused as he took a page out of her book when she'd say that from time to time. 

Jungkook chose to be a patient man, plotting revenge later. They never did anything like this before but it was exciting and he wondered how far this was going to go between them. In the meantime, he managed to wrap his hoodie around his waist to make sure to hide his arousal when he planned to excuse himself once the timer went off. He was thankful everyone was occupied with the game as it was getting intense.

After another minute, the alarm on her phone went off. And Jennie giggled to herself as she watched him quickly excuse himself, claiming forfeit for this round so he could use the bathroom. 

Jennie continued the game and after they started a new game, Jungkook came back, less tense, watching the action unfold until they were ready for a new game. She waited for him to text back for another round of the Dare game but he didn't and she decided to patiently wait.

"STOP BEING A TROLL!" DK shouted at Bam Bam for constantly putting reverse cards down.

"Jeez, how many reverse cards do you have?" Yugyeom asked.

"Don't hate the player, hate the game. Now pick up a card from the deck DK." Bam Bam giggled.

"Mingyu! Don't you put that card down! If you put that card down I will never talk to you again!" Eunha warned when he teased her with the draw four card.

Placing it down anyway, Eunha playfully punched him on the arm and was forced to pick up four cards.

"Are you kidding me!?" Hayoon shouted after two people put down draw 4 cards when she was waiting to put down a wild card to change the color.

Everyone was shocked at how out of character she got because she was usually on the quieter side. During the game, she had the least cards but now ended up having the most. 

"You sure you want to do that?" The8 asked her when she was about to put down a green card.

"No regrets. I'm trying to get rid of these cards," she replied.

"Welp." he put down a reverse card, which made her shout in frustration because that was the last green card she got rid of. He seemed pleased to see someone getting all the cards to make the odds better for him to win.

"Jungkook, I'm sorry." Jihyo put down a draw 2 card.

"Don't be. I have a draw 2 card. Sorry, man." he turned to Yugyeom after placing the card down. 

"I think we need to stop being friends, Jungkook." Yugyeom sighed, picking up four cards.

"UNO!" Bam Bam shouted, having one final card.

"UNO!" Jennie announced next before placing down a red 7. 

She maintained eye contact with Bam Bam, as the competition heated up.

"Are you cheating?" Hayoon demanded, looking at Bam Bam angrily.

"Wh-what? No! Why would I?" he sputtered.

"Don't lie to me. Throughout this whole game, you keep getting the good cards." she narrowed her eyes making her look scary.

"What is that on your lap?" Mina pointed out

"Hidden cards?!" DK called out.

"Oh, so you cheating?" Jen called out as the guys stood up and chased Bam Bam around the house.

----------

Later in the evening, Jungkook, Jennie, Hayoon, Mingyu, Jihyo, and DK hung out in the hot tub, chatting amongst themselves. Jungkook had his arm around Jennie, sitting next to her. As their time in the hot tub progressed, he removed his arm and then placed a hand on her knee.

"Final round. Dare, darer or darest?" he asked in her ear, taking her by surprise.

He still wanted to play? One last time?

"Are you serious?" she murmured to him.

"Unless you want to forfeit."

"No way. I'll play. But if I win this whole game, I want you to buy me that new video game coming out soon. The one I was telling you about,"

"Fine by me,"

"And what is your reward if you win?"

"You'll see when I win this final round,"

"Confident are you? Darest,"

"I dare you to be quiet," he said as she raised a brow.

Be quiet? That's it? That was easy. He just basically gave her the game.

She shrugged and turned her attention back to listening to the conversation their friends were having about funny moments living with their groups. She had already shared her piece with Jungkook on the moments they dealt with at the dorm so she eagerly listened, occasionally smiling at a comment here and there. 

Suddenly she felt Jungkook's hand slowly go further up on her thigh which caused her breath to hitch. She gave him a look while he looked ahead, unphased, and had an innocent smile on his face.

"You all right, Jennie?" Hayoon asked.

Feeling him lightly grip her inner thigh she jumped a little. "Ye-ah! Yeah! I'm fine! I just remembered I gotta catch up on the episodes of this American show my friend was telling me about. Another new episode should be out."

'So, you're sensitive here...' Jungkook thought, making a mental note.

After she wasn't the center of attention anymore, she felt Jungkook raise his hand up further which caused her to squirm in her seat. She refrained from having a whimper escape her lips and immediately grabbed his hand to make him stop.

'Mission ABORT!' she yelled in her head as she pondered on ways to get out of this situation. 

She was about to try to move to get out of the hot tub to avoid her fate but he immediately grabbed her and kept her securely next to him.

"Mm mm. Don't run now," she heard him say in her ear, making her shiver. 

She felt him kiss her cheek afterward. From their friends' perspective, it was like he was just giving her a sweet kiss for a little PDA which was something they were used to. But boy was she in shambles on the inside.

Once the rest thought of watching a movie, they began to get out of the hot tub. Jennie attempted to move again, hoping to leave with them but Jungkook continued to hold her securely, making her stay with him.

"Enjoy the movie. We're gonna stay here and spend some quality time together," Jungkook announced.

'Oh my God...what have I done?' she thought.

"Aw, cute! Have fun! I'm gonna leave and turn in, I'll see you guys, tomorrow!" Hayoon grinned and got out of the hot tub.

"Y-you're leaving? Already?" Jennie called out as Jungkook began to smirk to himself.

"Yeah, I'm sleepy. See you two tomorrow!" she waved and started walking away.

'No, no don't leave, sis!' Jennie begged in her head as she watched her go back inside after shutting the door.

And now she was left alone and at Jungkook's mercy.

Jungkook's mind raced with various scenarios on how this could go down. He could go the usual route and tickle her. But his mind began to wander to how she made him feel earlier. How quickly his body reacted to her and how he imagined what it would be like to make her feel good in a more sensual way. She had officially awakened a side of him that he didn't think he had. And everything she had done tonight made him want to do more.

"Alone at last..." he said proudly.

Turning to him, she attempted to try to sweet talk her way out of this. 

"Kook, listen I-"

Before she could continue, he cut her off with a heated kiss. She moaned against his mouth once his hand reached her core, rubbing against it, making her squirm. She weakly tried to move his hand away but he continued as his kisses traveled down to her neck, making her whimper.

"J-Jungkook..." she gasped, trying to keep her sounds low.

He could really get used to hearing her say his name like that.

The sensations and everything he was doing were driving her insane as she began to grind against his hand. His pace was steady as he listened to her sounds.

"Where'd the confidence go, Miss Bangtan?" he teased in her ear as she let out a soft curse. 

She couldn't even answer his question as she cried out for him. She underestimated how he would retaliate after she teased him earlier. But she didn't want him to stop what he was doing as her panting increased and she threw her head back.

Suddenly, the pleasure stopped as he let her go and pulled away.

"I win," he grinned.

Dazed, she looked at him in shock, "Wh-what!?" she exclaimed breathlessly. "I-I-hey! That wasn't fair!"

"I told you to be quiet for the dare, baby girl,"

"You didn't say anything about doing this! And why did you stop?!"

"You lost as soon as you answered Hayoon's question earlier. And as for what just happened...you shouldn't have teased me," he replied as he got out of the hot tub.

"You're leaving!? You're just gonna leave me, like this?!" 

"I said don't start something you can't finish. Good night, Jagi," he smiled and left her alone, going inside the house.

"I...this little shit..." she grumbled as she crossed her arms.

Who told him to be this bold? She was loving every bit of this side of him. It also amazed her how quickly she submitted to him. She had to fight back next time and take control.

As frustrated as she was that he didn't give her that release, she enjoyed herself and was curious to see what else they'd do.

----------

The next morning, Jennie got ready for the day while still in her pajama shorts and tank top. She gave everyone a head's up yesterday that she was going to sleep in and chill for the morning while they went out for their fun activities. She'd join them later in the afternoon. For now, she wanted to lounge around and then maybe go for a jog later.

"Oh, hey. Good morning. You didn't want to join the others to go out?" she asked as she saw Jungkook walk into their bedroom, shirtless with just a pair of grey sweatpants on.

He smiled and shook his head. "Good morning. Nah, I didn't want to leave you, so I stayed behind. I was waiting for you to wake up,"

"Aw, you didn't have to. I know how much you love hanging with the guys. I would have been all right,"

"And miss the chance of being alone with you? No way. I'll go out later,"

"So...about last night," she brought up. "Can we talk about it?"

He nodded. "Yeah. Did I go too far?"

She shook her head with a smile. "No way, I enjoyed it. I'm just upset you left me hanging. It was nice. It felt really good. Maybe I should start teasing you more often,"

He chuckled. "Maybe you should. I'm glad you liked it,"

"Did I go too far? You know, at the table,"

He shook his head. "It took me by surprise but you initiated something I've been thinking about for a while. I'm glad we're comfortable with this,"

"Me too. Oh so about the game...I lost. So, what do you want as your reward?" she asked, feeling curious since he hadn't brought it up yet.

The statement caused him to smirk. "You'll see,"

"It's nothing embarrassing is it?"

"Nah. You'll enjoy this more than me," he reassured and glanced at the bed. "Lay down,"

"Lay down?" she looked confused.

"There's something I've been wanting to do for a while now,"

"Alright," she shrugged and got on the bed, laying her body against the soft sheets. 

She laid her head against one of the satin pillows and watched as he smiled and got on top of her to capture her lips intimately and slowly. She melted into his touch as he caressed her and felt his lips travel down her body. As she felt his kisses down her stomach, she gasped.

"Wait..." she breathed out as she felt his hands pulling on her shorts. "N-not there. You don't have to do that," she fidgeted and gently pushed him off of her.

"What's wrong?" his eyes turned into concern while she sat up with him. "Did I hurt you?"

"No, no, I just...you don't have to do that, okay?" she felt herself getting nervous.

Deep down she wanted to but she began to feel a little shy. She always thought about getting head from him but she'd feel self conscious. What if she smelled? What would he think when he sees her? Does it look okay down there?

"I want to. This is what I wanted to try. Are you nervous?" he asked.

"A-a little. I never experienced it before,"

He smiled understandingly. "Me either. It's something we can try together for the first time. I told you I wanted to be your first in other ways. I want to make this experience a good one for you. Don't be nervous, okay? Just relax, Jennie. I got you," 

He gently pushed her back down and kissed her. His kisses slowly traveled down to her neck, making her tremble. 

"Seeing you in that bikini really made me want to do this," he added. "And not to mention with you teasing me and how you sounded in the hot tub...I want to hear you say my name like that again,"

For a while now he wanted to try this with her. Being able to give her pleasure by his mouth with his head in between her thighs. It was new to them both and Jungkook was eager to learn more about what she liked when getting pleasured. Eager to learn more about how her body reacted to him.

"You trust me? Can we try this?" he asked as he looked at her for consent.

His words made her feel at ease and she nodded.

"I want you to say it verbally,"

Face flushed, she spoke, "Yes. I trust you. We can try,"

Once he got confirmation, he brought her to the edge of the bed and kneeled on the floor. Removing her shorts and panties, he pushed her legs apart.

"Beautiful..." she heard him say as she felt him kiss around her inner thighs, making her squirm in anticipation.

She cried out at the sensation as his wet and warm tongue slid against her folds, making her back arch. He started slow, taking his time as he held her in place. 

Her eyes squinted shut with pleasure, and her breathing quickened as she desperately tried to grip on something. She became a mess under him, grabbing his hair while he continued to experiment and listen to her feedback.

Jungkook thought she looked beautiful like this as he watched her with lustful eyes. He studied the way her face moved and how her body tensed. She was all desperate and needy for him as he felt her shudder in pleasure and moan out his name. The way she tugged on his hair and cried out for him gave him affirmation that he was doing well and he felt a sense of pride that it was him making her feel this way.

As Jennie continued to enjoy herself, she noticed that it seemed like Jungkook was a talker, speaking sweet nothings to her as he pleased her. She found herself appreciating that and pondered how it would be when they decided to have sex since this was already getting her going.

Once she felt her release coming, she began to try to push away. Everything was feeling intense for her and she felt like she wasn't going to be able to handle what was about to happen.

Pulling her back to him, he spoke, "It's okay, I got you. Just let go,"

While he buried his head back in between her legs, a strong wave of pleasure took over as she cried out his name in bliss. Pulling away from her, he smirked at the sight of her trembling and breathing heavily.

"Good girl," he thought out loud, praising her.

Jennie felt her face flush at the new nickname and she found herself loving it as a light laugh escaped her and a tired smile came across her face for a moment. He was going to be the death of her if he kept this up. And this was only the beginning of them doing things sexually.

Jungkook watched her reaction and realized that she liked the way he praised her, keeping a mental note of it. He was going to enjoy getting better and better at this so he could see that satisfied look on her face often.

"You all right?" he asked softly. 

She couldn't speak for a moment as she continued to catch her breath, trying to calm down from her high.

"What...the hell...Jungkook?" she breathed out as he chuckled and sat on the bed.

"Did I do okay?"

"Yeah, that was amazing. I feel amazing. Wow..." she continued to catch her breath, still feeling out of it. "What has gotten into you?"

He grinned. "I couldn't help myself."

-----

In the afternoon, Jungkook went to spend time with the guys and checked out the sights while Jennie went with the girls to a local zoo after Hayoon excitedly suggested the idea.

“Wait, don’t you think we should go by the map?” Mina advised as they all watched Hayoon run off like a child with a bright giggle.

“There she goes.” Jen chuckled.

“She really likes animals, huh?” Eunha added as they went to catch up with her.

“Look at how cute it is!” Hayoon pointed at the monkeys. “And this one! And that one!”

They all walked around while Hayoon took over the entire trip, pointing out where she wanted to go. She even ran straight to the gift shop to buy a toy giraffe, which sparked Jen’s creative mind to create a giraffe themed birthday box for her once her birthday arrives.

Continuing to explore, they observed the cute pandas, birds, and snakes which creeped some of them out, and now it was onto the fish. Walking over to the touch bank, they watched the stingrays swim around. Mina hesitantly dipped her hand in the water and flinched when she felt the smoothness of the stingray, pulling her hand out.

“Oh my gosh.” she giggled in surprise while the rest of the girls followed suit.

“It’s so squishy,” Yuju said as she tried to touch one.

After the zoo, Jennie received a text from Jungkook that made her stomach flip.

JK: I'm taking you out. Let's go on a real date. :)

Jennie got ready quickly and then went to the mirror to do her makeup along with Jungkook waiting for her in their room. He watched her apply lip gloss on her lips as a soft smile came across his features.

‘With or without makeup you’re still beautiful to me always.’ he thought.

“What?” she smiled, bringing him out of his thoughts.

He grinned. “Ah, nothing. You ready?"

"Yep! I'm excited!" she grabbed his hand as he led her to where their date was.

He took her to a nice romantic picnic that had a great view of the beach. He made sure to take lots of candid photos of her while they ate. He made her laugh so hard that she snorted again which was something he hadn’t heard in a long time. It was pretty rare that it happened. Whenever she laughed so hard and snorted, she’d get embarrassed about it. But Jungkook thought it was cute over the years and made sure to tell her that. Because of this, thanks to him, Jennie started to feel more comfortable about her unpredictable snorts.

After their lunch, they walked around the beach, holding hands. He then suggested carrying her as she got on his back, checking out the view. Finding a Hammock, Jungkook lounged in it with Jen resting on top of him. He held her close as they watched the ocean, clouds, and blue sky.

A moment they'll never take for granted as they enjoyed each other's company and thought about how lucky they were to have each other.

“I wish we could stay like this forever,” she murmured, feeling one of his hands run up and down her back affectionately.

Kissing the top of her head, he guaranteed, "I know. Me too. We’ll go on more vacations. This one is just the beginning,” 

She looked up and kissed him. Pulling back, she smiled. “I can’t wait.” 

------

After their date, Jennie spent time with Hayoon, finding her around the area, bike riding. She rode bikes with her and then sat at an empty table near the beach.

“Hey, hey!” Bam Bam grinned and took a seat with them as he did some shopping.

“Bam Bam!” Hayoon beamed.

“Yo~!” Jen grinned. “Nice of you to join us.”

“I just came to see Hayoon.” he teased.

Miss Bangtan narrowed her eyes. “Oh okay. I’ll remember that when you want my baking.”

That caused his eyes to widen. “Wait, no! Please, I’m sorry!”

“Nah, you f’ed up.” she waved him away before everyone laughed in unison.

“There’s this smoothie place around that I saw earlier today. Want to grab some?” he suggested.

“I’m down.”

“Yes, let’s go,” Hayoon added.

After getting smoothies, Bam Bam whipped out his phone to film them walking around the beachside, enjoying their drinks. Jen noticed him filming and threw up the peace sign while Hayoon happily waved.

“Hi~! Blueberry smoothies are the best!” Hayoon proudly said.

Abruptly, Bam Bam dabbed and started laughing with Jennie.

“Do it with me.” he encouraged and dabbed again with Jen while Hayoon sighed, unamused.

“I need new companions.“ Hayoon walked past them, causing them to laugh harder.

“Wait! Come back!”

Sitting at a table by the beach, the three spent time sharing funny dorm stories and how their idol lives have been. Jen even posted a video of recording Bam Bam mocking her performance for fire.

“Guys, I do not dance like this,” she said in the video.

“Yes, you do! And then you move your hips like this.” he dramatically rolled his hips around in a circle, looking extra which caused Hayoon to let out a high pitched laugh.

“Stop encouraging him!” she groaned while playfully scolding her.

The trio decided to play Uno again to get back at Bam Bam for cheating. The two best friends demanded that he play fair and watched his every move. Hayoon was also in charge of distributing the cards. She did not have much luck during the first round and it was down to Bam Bam and Jen who had one final card left.

Jen had a blue zero while Bam Bam had a green five. Everything was in Hayoon’s hands as they waited for her to put down her next card. Miss Bangtan’s heart rate quickened in anticipation. She just had to win this.

Once Hayoon put down a wild card, she announced “Blue!” as the new color.

Slapping her blue card down, Bam Bam wailed in defeat.

“NO!” he shouted.

“YES! TAKE IT, BITCH!” Jennie stood up and raised her fists in the air

“I WAS ALMOST THERE! DAMN IT!”

“WOOOO!”

"I WANT A REMATCH!”

Sitting back down, Jennie took a photo of herself smiling victoriously with an annoyed Bam Bam in the background and a delighted Hayoon. She tweets it with the caption, ‘Decimated, embarrassed, schooled, BODIED! #Jen’

After playing a few more rounds, with Hayoon and Jennie beating him every time, they grabbed Bam Bam’s small speaker to dance around for fun and taught each other their group’s choreography.

“Let’s throw it back.” Jennie put on Tambourine by Eve. “Follow my movements, all right.”

She did some basic moves as they followed her. Soon after that, she went to record them to post on Twitter.

“Shake what your mama gave you! Move those hips!” she encouraged.

Hayoon did as she was told which surprised both of her friends.

“What was that!?” Bam Bam yelled, impressed.

“Damn girl! Where did that come from?” Jen grinned.

“You said to shake what my mom gave me,” Hayoon replied innocently.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 80- Taking Things A Little Further

Chapter Summary: Jennie returns to Korea as BTS prepares for their Festa. Jennie hangs with Big Bang. Jennie comforts Jungkook and calls out the Flower Crew cast for how they mistreated him during filming. JenKook start a Twitch gaming channel together. 

Words: 7,000+

-------

With the guys back in Seoul, they were shooked and happy to see Jennie take so many photos with several celebs.

“Aw~! Munchkin finally got to meet him.” Hobi pointed out the photos with her and Shawn.

"Did he have to hug her so tightly?" Jungkook grumbled, frowning at the hug while the guys laughed and teased him. 

“Look at how big she’s smiling!” Taehyung giggled.

“She’s cheesing, huh?” Yoongi chuckled.

“That smile is so wide. She must’ve been blushing.” Jimin pointed out.

"You think you're gonna lose your girlfriend?" Namjoon teased while the members played along.

"Shut up!" Jungkook whined, trying to hit the guys while they laughed.

“Wow, she met Ludacris and 50 Cent!” Hobi said in awe, pointing at the photos she had taken backstage with all these celebs.

They watched a video of Jennie teaching Ludacris Korean backstage on Billboard’s Twitter.

“So, how do you say it?” Ludacris asked as he tried to say hello in Korean after Jennie repeated the word slowly for him.

The boys laughed at the video and liked his pronunciation of the word.

It seemed like BTS’ name was traveling fast because Jennie was in a lot of videos with several celebs and Billboard staff as she talked about Korean Pop. Which was a great thing as she put out the idea of having K-Pop groups attend Billboard one day.

----

As soon as she arrived back in Korea, she had to go straight to work. Arriving at Big Hit’s building, she went to her studio, quickly changing into her outfit for dance practice. Turning to her desk, she saw smarties and a cute note connected to it. 

Smiling softly, she examined it to see that it was from Jungkook, who drew a small doodle of a bunny and a hamster.

‘I missed you! I hope you had a great flight. Enjoy these. See you at practice. I love you’ – JK

Walking into the dance studio with her gym bag, posing dramatically at the door, she announced, “I’m back~!”

The guys stopped talking and turned to her with bright smiles on their faces. “Jennie~! Yay~!” the members happily cheered and rushed over to her as she laughed.

“Ennie’s back! Ennie’s back!” Taehyung beamed.

“How was the show? We saw all your pictures. It’s like you met everybody,” Namjoon exclaimed.

“How’s Shawn?” Jungkook asked with jealousy, crossing his arms, and making the guys laugh. “You seemed to have a lot of fun with him. Even baked for him, too. When was the last time you baked for me? I’m always up for your baking.”

“Someone’s jealous,” Hobi teased, nudging Jungkook as he playfully hit him back.

"Yeah, Jungkook was complaining a lot when he saw the photos and videos of you and Shawn Mendes," Jimin laughed, throwing him under the bus.

"They have a cute ship name, too!" Jin brought up in a fit of giggles while Jungkook glared at him.

“Oh, would you relax?" Jen giggled at Jungkook. "Shawn has a girlfriend. He told me they're dating privately which is what we're doing. Shawn and I are friends. I think we're going to be the best musical partners going forward when we start collaborating. Anyway, he's great. Everything is great. I'm so glad I went to the show,"

“Angelina was amazing. I had to watch her perform a couple of times. Just wow. Blown away.” Namjoon added.

“Right?! I am so proud of her! She deserves everything!” she went to hug Jungkook who leaned down to kiss her. “So, Silver Spoon, right? And then rehearsing for our Festa?”

“Right on. We’re being filmed for a Bangtan Bomb for this dance practice too,” Hobi added. 

“All right, let’s do this.”

“Let’s have someone take over Hoseok’s dance part at the end of Crow-tit.” Yoongi suggested. 

Hobi agreed since he always did the dance break. After a game of Rock, paper, scissors, Yoongi was the one to lose and would have to do the dance break. As soon as he realized he lost, he dropped to his knees while everyone laughed.

“Yoongi Hyung’s got it!” Jimin cackled.

“I’m glad it ain’t me!” Jen high fived Jimin, celebrating.

After pulling themselves together, they got in position to dance. Jen stood next to Jungkook as their backs were facing the camera and the music came on. Quickly turning around, they shimmy on the beat. As they walked towards the camera, Jen put up three fingers and counted down just before Rapmon began his verse.

They call me baepsae

yokbwatji i sedae

ppalli chase ’em

hwangsae deoge nae garangin taengtaeng

Her weak pelvic thrusts caught the attention of those around her as they laughed at her while she stuck her tongue out. If they don’t leave her alone. Perhaps she’ll just freestyle and shake her ass instead next time.

So call me baepsae

yokbwatji i sedae

ppalli chase ’em

geumsujeoro taeeonan nae seonsaengnim

Moving out of the shot, she watched as Hobi, Jimin, and Jungkook danced. She stood in the background with V and decided to dance with him as they both started to dab and laugh.

alba gamyeon yeoljeongpei

hakgyo gamyeon seonsaengnim

sangsadeureun haengpae

eolloneseon maennal myeot po sedae

Once Rapmon was about to rap, she came back into the picture with him.

rul bakkwo change change

She stood in between Jimin and Rapmon and as she kicked, she put a little bit more fierceness into it as she thrusted her shoulder forward.

hwangsaedeureun wonhae wonhae maintain

geureogeneun an doeji BANG BANG

As they moved around, she stood behind a kneeling Jimin, while Jungkook was next to her as they put up gun signs. Then, she started bodyrolling in sync with him.

igeon jeongsangi anya

igeon jeongsangi anya

Grabbing Jimin’s cap, she took it off his head and placed it on hers instead as he stood up and gave her a playful glare. She stuck her tongue out in response.

ah noryeoknoryeok taryeong jom geumandwo

ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo

ah noryeok noryeok ah noryeok noryeok

ah noraguna ssaksuga

yeoksi hwangsae!

noryeoktaryeong jom geumandwo

ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo

ah noryeok noryeok

She froze with the rest of the members until Jungkook low fived Hobi and they all leaned back in sync.

ah noryeok noryeok

ah noraguna ssaksuga

Standing in the middle while the guys were dancing around, Jen began doing the shmoney dance for fun.

yeoksi hwangsaeya

“silmang an sikyeo.” she lipsynced with Jimin

yeoksi hwangsaeya

“ireum gabt hane.”

Jimin took his cap back and placed it on his head as they danced with each other, rocking to the beat. Then he got to the front as she stood behind him while they all moved their leg up coolly.

yeoksi hwangsaeya

“da haemeogeora.”

yeoksi hwangsaeya

Hwangsaeya

Jumping to the front, J-Hope continued the chorus as Jen put her own flavor into the leaning to the side dance move by looking extra and having a surprised expression on her face.

They call me baepsae

yokbwatji i sedae

ppalli chase ’em

hwangsae deoge nae garangin taengtaeng

Instead of the pelvic thrusting, she decided to shake her ass, which she felt much better doing as she turned around for her butt to face the camera. She got a kick in the butt in response by Jin who wasn’t too happy, which made her laugh.

So call me baebsae

yokbwatji i sedae

ppalli chase ’em

geumsujeoro taeeonan nae seonsaengnim

Swiping Jimin’s cap off his head again, he laughed as he walked out of the shot while Jen stayed to dance around Suga with Rapmon. She decided to copy Rapmon’s moves as he laughed at her.

nan baepsaedari neon hwangsaedari

gyaenen malhaji ‘nae darin baekman buljjari’

nae ge jjarbeunde eojji gateun jongmok hani?

They say ‘ttokgateun chowonimyeon gwaenchanjanhni!’

Never Never Never

rul bakkwo change change

hwangsaedeureun wonhae wonhae maintain

geureogeneun an doeji BANG BANG

igeon jeongsangi anya

igeon jeongsangi anya

Walking over to the front, she adjusted Jimin’s cap on her head and started to lipsync, “ah noryeoknoryeok taryeong jom geumandwo. ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo.”

Tapping the side of her shoe, she smoothly leaned back while the rest of the members froze until it was their cue.

“ah noryeok noryeok ah noryeok noryeok. ah noraguna ssaksuga.”

yeoksi hwangsae!

She pointed to Jungkook, who lifted up his leg and arms, pretending to be a bird, with the guys. Jimin started to move past her to the front as they made eye contact and laughed again. She then placed his cap back on his head.

noryeoktaryeong jom geumandwo

ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo

ah noryeok noryeok ah noryeok noryeok

ah noraguna ssaksuga

yeoksi hwangsaeya

Jungkook started doing one of his meme dances which made Jennie laugh as she continued the choreography.

nae tasirani neo nongdamiji

gongpyeonghadani oh are you crazy

ige jeonguirani you mu be kiddin’ me!

You mu be kiddin’ me

you you mu be kiddin’ me!

After he finished lipsyncing, Taehyung jumped on his back and slapped his butt as he walked back to his position.

ah noryeoknoryeok taryeong jom geumandwo

ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo

ah noryeok noryeok ah noryeok noryeok

Being extra, she decided to lean back farther than usual, which would be a big rewind moment for reactors on YouTube.

ah noraguna ssaksuga

yeoksi hwangsae!

noryeoktaryeong jom geumandwo

ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo

ah noryeok noryeok ah noryeok noryeok

ah noraguna ssaksuga

urin baepsaeya

“silmang an sikyeo.” Jen and Jimin lipsync again. Jimin decided to copy her shmoney dance as she laughed and did it with him.

urin baepsaeya

“ireumgabthane.”

Afterwards, it was Yoongi’s time to shine as he started twerking with everyone hyping him up.

“WORK!” Jen cheered, laughing with Jimin while Rapmon covered his mouth.

So call me baepsae

yokbwatji i sedae

ppalli chase ’em

geumsujeoro taeeonan nae seonsaengnim

After the ending pose, Taehyung kicked Hobi’s butt and the recording ended as everyone caught their breath.

Now it was on to practicing for the Festa. The practice room was filled with Hobi’s “Ba bams” and music as he helped Jin with his solo dance while Jimin helped Rapmon with his. V walked around rapping for Cypher Part 3, and Jennie walked around to go over the lyrics for Sunmi’s Full Moon since she’ll be singing and dancing. Including rapping Lena’s part.

Yoongi was with her as he listened closely to her rapping.

“Perfect weather, can get no better,” she rapped smoothly as he nodded. “Everything around us so so real yo. Tonight, it’s the night, boreumdareul jomyeong sama, sarangeul soksagigi ttak joheun bam.”

“geudae soneul japgo Walking on the moon, gutge dachin mun ppajimeobsi yeoreo, oraetdongan gidaryeo watdeon kkum.” she messed up on transitioning back to Sunmi’s verse and stopped singing altogether.

“You sound good, smartie,” Yoongi praised. “Let’s just work on how to control your breathing,”

She needed to make sure her transition from the rap to the chorus wasn’t sloppy as she worked hard on her breath control and timing. Maybe breathing through her nose will help. 

After working on the lyrics, she focused on practicing with Jimin and Jungkook for the Coming of Age Ceremony cover. She swiped Jimin's hat off his head again to wear as they rehearsed. At one point she slut dropped all extra, making the boys laugh at her randomness. 

As the song continued to play, she listened closely to the lyrics. ‘I’m not a little innocent girl anymore, you don’t need to hesitate any longer,’

“Wow, a relatable song to me,” she commented, making Jin stop working on his Festa project.

“What do you mean relatable!?” he called out.

“I was joking,” she quickly replied.

“You better be,” he pointed to her, narrowing his eyes, and making her giggle.

“SKRT!” V shouted on the mic as Cypher pt 3 came on. “SKRT SKRT! SKRT!”

‘This man is a character,’ she thought with a chuckle.

“Hi, Kim Taehyung, I’m so happy I get to rap like this,” he rapped.

On camera, Jennie was standing in the background, smirking at her phone in amusement while nodding her head to his flow. She was going over the lyrics for her performance. 

Jimin’s hat was taken off her head and she looked up to see Jungkook placing his hat on hers instead. It looked like he was a little jealous to see her wearing Jimin’s hat. He planned on leaning down for a kiss but then remembered the camera was on them since Taehyung was rapping in front of them for a Bangtan Bomb. Although it could just be edited, he decided not to take the risk. Instead, he stood with her as they watched him rap.

“Hyung, you really shouldn’t rap,” Jungkook immediately chuckled after he finished the song

“Jungkook.” Jen scolded and turned to V, “Don’t listen to him. I’m your biggest supporter on this no matter what. You killed it. Just keep practicing. Army is going to be excited over it,”

A boxy smile came across V’s face as he looked at her with appreciation.

Later, Jen stared at Yoongi and Hobi wide-eyed and started laughing as they sang dramatically, practicing their cover of Homme’s I Ate Well.

“It’s a big mistake to ask them to do this. I’m extremely good at harmonizing. We should’ve done it together. It’s such a pity.” Rapmon complained.

“AHHHHHHHHHHH~!” Hobi screamed out while singing, causing Jennie to look up from her lyrics, furrowing her eyebrows. The camera caught her reaction and it was sure to become the next K-pop meme as Jungkook and Jin laughed at them.

“Oh yeaaaaaaaaah oooooooohhhhhhhhhh~!” Yoongi sang out

While the guys were doing their own thing, Jennie finally started to practice Sunmi’s Full Moon dance. There was a couch against the wall that she used as she put on the song to practice. Concentration was on her face as she drowned out all distractions to make sure she got this choreography and sensuality right. But Yoongi and Hobi decided to mess with her by sitting next to her on the couch to try to copy her moves. She suppressed a laugh as she continued to dance.

geudaeyeo boreumdari tteuneun nal, nal boreowayo

i bami gagi jeone hae tteugi jeone seodulleojwoyo

As she danced to the chorus, angling her arms up in the air like a moon, Jungkook, Yoongi, and Hobi copied her and pretended to be her backup dancers.

She slowly kneeled and rubbed her hands together.

Eh eh eh eh eh

Eh eh eh eh eh

Eh eh eh eh eh

---------

After practice, Jennie went to meet up with Big Bang as G-Dragon invited her to go eat with them. The excitement in her was building as she made her way to a private section of the restaurant where he was waiting for her.

“Jennie,” his eyes lit up as she went to hug him.

“I missed you! What’s been going on?”

“Touring has been fun. Just enjoying every day. So, does BTS know you’re going to be hanging out with Big Bang?”

She smiled sheepishly, “Not...yet.”

They both laughed.

“I’ll let you be my little secret for a little while longer,” she added. “It’ll be nice if we can all hang out one day. I’m sure the guys would flip.”

As they walked over to the table, Jennie was met by excited smiles from the members.

“Here she is. Miss Jennifer.” G-Dragon announced

“Hey!” she waved excitedly.

“Jennie! Welcome!” Seungri happily greeted which caught her by surprise.

“So, you’re the precious Jennie hyung is always blabbing on about. Nice to finally meet you!” Taeyang smiled.

Jen’s face immediately heated up by the way he was smiling so charmingly. It was surprising to her that they knew her name. Like Big Bang knows who she is!? That’s amazing.

When her eyes met TOP's, she almost fainted.

He smiled softly. "It's nice to finally meet you, Jennie,"

"Oh my gosh, hi~!" she giggled, making the guys laugh at her enthusiasm towards him. 

Taking a seat next to G-Dragon and Seungri, she was welcomed with open arms. She watched the group bicker and crack jokes which made her laugh. It made her think of her bond with BTS and she hoped it would remain as strong as theirs.

“I baked some cookies for you guys! I hope you like them. Thanks for having me here.” she took out her bag and placed it on the table to reveal a big container of various chewy cookies. They immediately thanked her as they looked at the cookies happily.

“I like her even more,” Daesung called out with a laugh, making her smile.

“Oh wow, thank you!” Seungri happily took the container of cookies.

“It’s for all of us,” TOP called out, grabbing a hold of it, and pulling it to him.

“Yeah, bring it to the middle of the table so we can all share,” Taeyang added, bringing it to the table which made Seungri pout. “Jennie, BTS’ fire comeback is very impressive.”

“Thank you, that means so much coming from you. The guys will be stoked to hear about you liking the comeback,” she said. “I have to give thanks to G-Dragon for helping me.”

“Seeing your hard work pay off is great to see. You’re doing well,” G-Dragon praised.

“Speaking of fire, TOP caught me making a dance video about it,” Seungri laughed.

“Oh really?! You have the video?” she eagerly asked while G-Dragon and Daesung snickered at the memory, shaking their heads.

“Way ahead of you,” TOP took out his phone to show the video of him secretly filming Seungri in a dance room, making everyone at the table laugh.

“We should make a dance cover video of fire,” Jen suggested.

Seungri seemed to enjoy the idea and wanted to make plans to film a cover with her for fire soon. 

“How is the idol life for you? Any questions?” Daesung asked.

“Yes. I hate to kill the mood but I feel like you guys are the best to ask about this. Um, how do you guys deal with sasaengs? Because I think I was followed by a few when I went to the billboard awards.” she frowned.

“What happened at Billboard?”

“I just always feel eyes on me. It’s crazy about the idea of being followed. And I hope it doesn’t get worse with family being involved.”

“That’s the worst when they start following our families.” TOP sighed and rubbed his temples. “One thing I recommend is speaking up about it. Call them out. Be stern about it. Enough is enough. Stand up for yourself. And keep Big Hit informed,”

“I will. I've been taking self defense classes, too. So, I do feel good about defending myself if anything comes to that.

“You hear that, hyung? Don’t make her upset or she’ll beat you up,” Seungri teased.

“I wouldn’t do that to you,” Jen reassured TOP, as the members laughed.

“You know with me, I had to move at one point because some crazy girls were hiding around my apartment at night. It was shocking. So, I moved to a more private apartment.” G-Dragon mentioned.

“There are times I can’t even get in,” Taeyang added.

“Just let me know when you visit,”

“I do!” Taeyang turned to Jennie and joked, “I feel like he just doesn’t want to see me,”

“You guys are about to celebrate ten years as a group,” Jen brought up in amazement. “Right now Bangtan and I are focusing on our annual Festa. We’re celebrating three years. Time is flying so fast. I hope that we can last a long time like you. Ten years is astonishing. So much hard work and dedication. It’s inspiring,”

“You will,” G-Dragon predicted. “I can see that BTS has a bond like no other. No matter the hardships, teamwork is how to do it. You made it this far. You’re going to soar.”

“Namjoon always told me teamwork makes the dream work as our fans work with us to be the best that we can be,”

After their lunch, the members posted photos from their outing. Seungri posted a selfie of him gobbling up Jen’s cookies while she pretended to look at him like he was crazy and captioned it, ‘Nice to meet u, Jennie! I’m keeping the cookies hyungs!’

Daesung posted a cute photo of them hugging, 'Nice to meet you, Jennie! Thanks for the cookies! You are going to do well in the industry,'

G-Dragon posted a group photo that they took during the lunch with the caption, ‘Big Bang X JW.’

Taeyang had posted a cute selfie with Jen with the caption, ‘Dope Meeting, congratz’

TOP posted a photo of him and Jennie looking cool for the camera. With the caption, ‘W Jennie’

--------

'God...give me the strength. Because I’m trying my hardest to mature and keep in this frustration. But people keep trying me. #Jen’ Jen tweeted as ARMY commented on asking her if it had something to do with Flower Crew.

Earlier today, she had checked out the first episode of Jungkook staring on Flower Crew while taking a break from shopping. He had been talking about it for weeks and was extremely excited to be able to be on a variety show by himself. She thought it would be an amazing experience for him.

But when she watched the show, things started to go downhill as her blood began to boil. Jungkook bought burgers for the cast and then Jo Se Ho decided to act like an asshole and claim they were leftovers, making Jungkook upset and embarrassed.

An irate Jennie had to go on Twitter to tweet and then begin to type out her rant on her notes to post as photos for Twitter. She knew some would most likely criticize her for speaking about someone older than her in Korea like this but this needed to be said. You shouldn’t treat someone any type of way regardless of age. Her heart ached to watch Jungkook look so bummed and uncomfortable during the show. He did not deserve that.

When she brought it up to the members via text, they immediately went to Jungkook to get him to explain what happened as they all went into full protection mode.

“Why didn’t you tell us about this?” Namjoon asked.

Jungkook cringed at the memory and looked down. “It was embarrassing...”

The guys had sat him down to give him a pep talk and to make him feel better, they went out to treat him to lamb skewers.

Jungkook scrolled through Twitter and noticed a series of new tweets from their account, including Jen’s photos of her rant through her notes. He started to read:

‘With all due respect, what made you think your actions towards my best friend were OK? He’s on his first variety show alone, so excited, and took time out of his day and money to treat you and the rest of the cast to burgers. And you say they’re leftovers? You’ve got to be joking me! That’s not cool, Jo Se Ho. Jungkook is one of the kindest, sweetest souls in this world and for you to treat him like that is revolting. Apologize. Immediately. You lucky I wasn’t on the show because I probably would’ve been criticized and asked to leave after what I would’ve said to you on TV. This is unacceptable behavior. The heck is wrong with you acting like this on TV to someone? Grow up. Encourage us young people, not berate and embarrass us. ARMY, stay away from the cast's social media. This is the first and last time I’m giving this joke of a man the time of day. Don’t attack him online or the rest of the cast. It’s going to give a bad rep. You’re better than this. You do not need to attack anyone on social media, so please chill out, and let’s focus on more positive matters. Let us continue to give Jungkook love and support. Kookie, my Marvel bestie, your banana milk is waiting for you.’

Fans tweeted:

'OMGGG’

'Miss Bangtan said to not attack him online! Respect her request. We are better than this’

'Jennie snapped!’

'Can they date?’

'JenKook RISE! She said what she said!’

'And she’s giving him banana milk. Awwww. Thank you for speaking up Jennie’

'DRAG HIM!’

'Miss Bangtan has spoken! Thank you for being a great friend to Jungkook’

'THIS is friendship. She’s giving him banana milk!’

'I really want them to date. Because that last part was cute af.’

When Jen arrived back at the dorm, she had placed five bottles of banana milk down for Jungkook as he smiled appreciatively. He was then met with a tight hug from her and they stayed like that for a while.

“How are you feeling?” she asked with her head against his chest.

“I’m feeling much better now. Thank you,”

She looked up at him as he looked down with a smile. “Don’t mention it. Don’t let people take advantage of your kindness like that. And don’t let this ruin your variety show experience. He was a big jerk.“

“I won’t. I prefer Running Man. Especially when it’s with you,”

"We’ll be on another episode of Running Man, soon enough, okay?”

“Okay.”

The next morning, Jennie felt like she was about to die as she stayed in bed, clenching her stomach due to the most deadly cramps of the century. Every time she got her period, it was the worst for the first two days and she became a different person. If you say something wrong or look at her the wrong way results may vary when it was that time of the month.

Jungkook had been educating himself on periods and to get somewhat of an understanding of what women go through when it is that time of the month. Lately, he had started to track her period to prepare himself and buy things for her in advance such as a heating pad for her stomach. He even spoke to Jin about it.

The first sign that it was that time of the month was when she was bedridden and irritable. She doesn’t want anyone to bother her, always snaps at people, and tends to pass the time by playing games on her phone and napping. Jungkook didn’t take her irritation to heart, no matter how many times she snapped at him. Although she can be a little scary, he knows she doesn’t mean it. If anything, all he wants to do is cuddle her.

“I don’t care, go away!” she placed a pillow over her head.

Next was her weird food cravings. He would always ask what she wanted to eat. For some reason, she enjoyed eating potatoes and bananas the most while on her period. So, he always made sure to stock up.

One time he had given her smarties since he knew that was her favorite snack. But when she rejected them, that made him Jungshooked.

“Ew, I hate smarties. They’re disgusting. Throw them all way!” she complained.

“Wh-what? But you love smarties!” Jungkook tried to reason.

“Who lied? They’re gross. Throw all of it away. I don’t even want to look at them,”

“O-okay,”

Biggest mistake ever.

Because once she was off her period, she almost tore the entire dorm apart, trying to find her favorite candy.

“B-but you said to throw them away-“

“YOU THREW THEM AWAY!?” Jennie screamed, making him flinch. Jimin, J-Hope and V yelped and took cover, getting as far away from her as possible while Rapmon sat on the couch with his headphones on, oblivious. “WHY DID YOU LISTEN TO ME!? THAT WASN’T ME TALKING!"

He assumed everything she said was literal when she was on her cycle and decided to do whatever she said. But now he knew that if she said to throw away smarties, don’t do it. It was just her crazy hormones talking.

Today, during the first day of her period, Jen was lying in her bed, with a heating pad on her stomach given by Jungkook which had started to help.

“I hate everything...I hate my life. This is the worst. Why? What did we do to deserve this pain?” she complained, hissing at the sharp abdominal pain in her stomach.

She then felt herself get pulled back into a warm chest, getting closely held.

“Go awaaaaaaay~!” she whined, trying to get out of Jungkook’s arms.

“I’m not leaving you.”

“Go play video games with the guys or something.”

“I want to be with you,”

“Well, I don’t right now. I look like shit. I feel like shit. I am shit. Leave.”

“No.” he simply answered.

She sighed and decided to just deal with it, making him smile victoriously. As much as she hated to admit it with her stubborn attitude during her period, lying with him helped tremendously. She hoped he would stay after she woke from her nap.

--------

A few days later, playing video games in her room, Jungkook tried to focus on Overwatch while playing through his aching back. He had strained it when he danced too hard during the fire promotions. He had tried his best to hide it from Jennie. But this time, he got caught as Jen had been observing him for days.

“So, how long are you going to hide that from me?” she called him out.

“Hide what?” he asked innocently.

“Your back. You look like you’re uncomfortable. What happened?”

“It’s nothing. Don’t worry,”

“Kookie, you’re never going to perform your best with that much tension. Stop playing the game for 30 minutes, come here, and lie down on my bed.”

“I-it’s okay. Really,”

“Really? You always ask me for massages. And lately, you haven’t been asking. Why? What’s the problem?”

He started to feel a little fidgety.

‘Because I don’t know if I can control myself with the way you touch me,’ he thought.

Lately, it seemed like his body was reacting much more to her. It was getting to the point where almost every time they made out, his lower region began to have a mind of its own. Sure they did some things during Prom Weekend but he had been trying his best to avoid being extra touchy these days until he could work on his hormones that were running all over the place. And with them not being alone like they were during Prom Weekend, it was getting harder.

Having enough, Jen rolled her eyes and took the controller out of his hands.

“Goodness gracious.” she huffed, exiting out the game

“H-hey! I was in the middle of the game,”

“I don’t care. Lie down. Now. I’m done watching you in pain like this.” she set the controller down and made him lay on his stomach on her bed after taking his shirt off.

“I told you, I’m okay.”

“I don’t want to hear it,” she sat on his behind, rubbing massage oil on her hands, and began working on his back. 

While massaging him, she proceeded to nag him, which he always thought was cute. He had to admit her hands were doing magic as he immediately felt relief from her touch. But his mind started to drift elsewhere as it started to make him feel fidgety again. Once he felt her nails lightly rake his back, his struggle to keep himself together worsened.

His mind went to a suggestive place, as he thought about her underneath him. He didn’t mean for these dirty thoughts to happen but he couldn’t control it. He knew her massaging him was a bad idea.

Did she know how much of an effect she had on him?

How much he was starting to want her?

However, Jennie was starting to feel the same way. His back was so broad as she thought about him pinning her down against the bed. How nice his lips would be against her neck and even lower.

'No, stop.’ she thought, shaking her head as she tried to block the suggestive thoughts out of her mind.

They weren’t alone in the dorm so maybe making out wasn’t the best idea as she thought of the possibility of being walked in on.

After massaging him, she went into her bathroom to wash off the massage oil from her hands.

“See how easy that was? And you feel much better, right? Next time just tell me to massage you. No more waiting that long to be massaged,” she stated. "I hate when you don't tell me that you're in pain. You worry me,"

As soon as she walked out of her bathroom, she was met with his arms pulling her to him for a kiss out of nowhere. It made her stumble back into the bathroom as she kissed back, pulling him closer.

This kiss felt...different.

More frenzied and passionate.

It made her body feel flush as she was backed up to her sink with his hands on it to trap her. 

‘You’re not alone!’ reality hit her which made her reluctantly break the kiss.

“The guys are here,” she reminded him.

“Just for a little bit,” he whispered, ignoring her warning, and leaned back for another smooch.

“Jungkook,” she warned again.

But he kept getting handsy which started to almost make her forget about the guys being here. But clinging onto the last resistance she had, she gently pushed him back.

“I want to. But one of them may walk in. Let’s make out later. Like when everyone is sleeping or something,” she suggested, walking out of the bathroom.

Remaining persistent, Jungkook walked out of her bathroom and shut her door, locking it.

“There, no abrupt interruptions on our alone time,” he shrugged like it was no big deal.

She stared at him in disbelief. He was getting bolder these days. The intense stare coming from him was making her go a little crazy.

“And what if they hear me? I don’t feel like dealing with them teasing us about it for a couple of weeks,”

“I won’t let that happen,”

“Easier said than done with your unpredictability. We shouldn’t.”

He reached out for her but she turned around to avoid another kiss. One more kiss and it was over for her. She needed to stand her ground. There’ll be plenty of more times to make out. 

But her avoidance was short lived when she felt a pair of warm lips on her shoulder blade. Trapped in his arms, she began to feel her legs weaken as she shivered in pleasure when he began to slowly travel up to her neck.

This was so dangerous.

Her eyes closed and she leaned back into him as her breathing quickened.

‘We should stop but this feels so good,’ she thought as she felt a gentle bite on her neck.

“Just five minutes. And then I’ll stop,” he whispered, gently biting her ear.

'Who taught him this?’ she thought, enjoying what he was doing.

Five minutes he said. Maybe five minutes won’t hurt.

Turning around, she wrapped her arms around his neck for a heated kiss, as her desire for him took over. She felt herself being lifted up and moved to her bed as he sat on the edge of it, allowing her to straddle him. Cupping his face, their slow, passionate kisses left her breathless as their need for each other grew. Gripping her hips, he felt her move against his hardness, making him moan out her name.

"Keep your voice down," she whispered.

"I'm trying...you’ve been driving me crazy these past few weeks, you know that?” 

When he said that, she felt this need for him that she couldn’t quite explain. She wanted to go further.

Securely holding her, Jungkook turned them over to place her on the bed as he hovered over her and kissed her again. He then slowly moved down to her neck making her breathing quicken. 

This felt so good. Everything. The way he was touching her. She wanted more.

“You want me to stop?” he whispered in her ear, making her shiver.

Five minutes passed already? She didn’t want this to end. Can’t he keep going and ignore that the time passed?

“I can keep going,” he said like he read her mind. The way she was looking at him gave it away. “But you’re going to have to say it, baby girl,”

'Oh my God, who taught him this? Who is teaching him to say these things? Because this was new and I love it,' she thought.

“Keeping going,” she responded breathlessly as he went back down to her neck.

Suddenly, she let out an unexpected moan when he found a sensitive spot on her neck. She quickly covered her mouth, making him chuckle.

“They definitely heard that,” she exclaimed. “We gonna get caught,”

“No, we won’t, relax. It wasn’t even that loud,”

“To you.”

“It was for my ears only and I’d like to hear it again. Can I try something?”

“Okay,”

“Trust me.” he leaned down to kiss her again, making her forget about her worries. 

He began grinding his hips into hers, making her whimper. She lightly scratched his back in response as she let out another sound. 

Okay, screw it. If they get caught, they get caught. This was feeling all too good right now, it was worth getting caught. She didn’t want to stop as she felt comfortable with him. She can only imagine how it will be when they’re ready to go all the way.

“Jeon Jungkook! I know you're in there!” Jin called out, knocking on the door, and tried to open it but it was locked. "Stop hiding in Jennie's room! I know you pranked me!"

Jungkook sighed out of annoyance, turning his head to the door. He looked down at Jennie to see her chuckling.

“It was nice when it lasted,” she said while he got off her and put his shirt back on. "What did you do to Jin?"

"I put eggs in his laundry. I guess he figured out it was me. I'm gonna hide from him. Don't tell him I'm here," he went under the bed.

That caused Jennie to laugh. She went to open the door to see Jin marching in, looking around.

"Where is this brat?"

"Jungkook isn't here,"

"Are you lying to me?" he crossed his arms.

"No, I haven't seen him all day. Have you checked the laundry room? I did hear him say he was going to wash clothes,"

-------

During the week of the Festa, JenKook had set up everything for the start of their Twitch Stream for Army. They had the equipment set up, everything was recording fine and they sat next to each other in front of the camera. They were located in Jennie’s Smartie factory for the stream.

Jennie tweeted the link, ‘Guess who is streaming!? JenKook’s first episode is here! Click on the link and watch! Let’s have some fun!’

“It’s on~!” she said excitedly

“How many people should we wait for until we start the stream?” he asked, spinning around in his chair.

“W-wow. We already have over 20k.” she looked on in amazement as she peered closely at the viewer count on the screen.

“It’s still growing. Now 70k. Might as well start now.”

Looking at the camera, Jennie smiled, “Yo yo yo! It’s your one and only Miss Bangtan!” she turned to Jungkook, waiting for him to speak but he missed his cue and they ended up laughing. “We’ll work on our intro.”

“Yeah.” he turned to the camera and waved, “Hello! Jungkook here!”

“And we are The Golden Duo! Welcome to our first Twitch stream. You excited?!” she asked the fans who rapidly replied in the comments positively.

“I am. I can’t wait to win,” the Golden Maknae said confidently

“If you win,” she shrugged.

“I will. I win everything,”

“Well, perhaps today is the big day when you lose, my good friend.” she ignored his glare which made viewers laugh and respond with ‘hahas’ and ‘LOLs’. “Today we’re playing...”

“The Impossible Game!” Jungkook announced in English as the game was happily on the screen, waiting to be played.

“How ready are you to get this going?”

“I got this. Let’s play,”

They played a quick game of rock, papers, scissors to determine who would play first. Jungkook managed to win and they launched the game. The music began as the orange square moved at a steady pace. Jungkook effortlessly pressed the spacebar as it jumped over the first triangle. But automatically died when he failed to jump over the second. He paused the game while Jen let out a laugh.

“I got this. I win everything,” she mocked in a deep voice.

“I’m just warming up,” he said, brushing it off.

“Oh, okay. Try it again.” she turned to the camera, “He’s warming guys.”

He tried it again and this time got further as she watched closely. Once the music intensified, the orange square kept moving up the blocks. Jennie danced to the beat, making him laugh and distracting him as he hit a triangle.

“Stop distracting me,”

“What? I didn’t do anything,”

“Stop being cute,” he murmured and tried again.

“Hop...hop...hop...hop again. And again. Hop. Hop. Hop-hop-hop-hop-hop,” she said, following the square’s movements while he concentrated.

He got even farther as he tried again but still couldn’t make it past the part when the beat got higher pitched.

“Okay, my turn!”

“I bet you can’t beat that,” he said confidently.

“I really hope I win so I can see how salty you’re going to look,” she started the game. She made it just before the beat dropped as she felt accomplished. 

Hearing him laugh at her error, she responded, “Okay but I still made it farther than you on my first attempt,”

As she continued, for some reason, she couldn’t get much farther as she kept hitting the spikes. Meanwhile, fans were amused to see Jungkook grinning at her failure.

“CAN YOU JUMP!?” she shouted at the screen after dying again, making him laugh loudly. “Look I’m just-“

PHEW!

“I’m just not concentr-“

PHEW!

“Can I finish my sentence without dying, damn!”

PHEW!

She sighed loudly and paused the game to rub her temples.

Jungkook glanced at her and the screen as a moment of silence occurred.

“You okay?” he teased.

“Shut up. Leave me alone,”

“Let the professionals take over,” he unpaused the game and began to play while she rolled her eyes and watched him. “It’s okay to lose to me. It’s fine. It’s normal.”

“I’m seconds away from hitting you,”

He giggled as he progressed, jumping up the blocks. But then he suddenly died.

“No!” he shouted.

“Let the professionals take over,” she mocked. “It’s okay to lose to me.”

“The keyboard is just glitching,”

“Oh! Blame it on the keyboard. What’s next?”

“Me beating the game before you,” he replied as he got back to the section he stopped at but died again...and again...and again.

The intensity of the game increased as Jungkook began to look more serious while playing, determined to beat the game. Poking the inside of his cheek, his frustration was more visible since he wasn’t progressing further.

He threw his head back and let out a frustrated sigh. “This game is rigged!”

“Is it now?”

“Yeah! I barely touched the triangle and it made me die! It could have let me go by it,” he whined as she let out a giggle. “Is something funny?”

“Yeah, you. My turn,”

She went to play, making the orange cube hop over the dark boxes and triangles with ease. As the beat dropped, the cube continued to make it up to the top without any errors. Jungkook’s smile fell as she progressed past where he stopped and stared at the screen in disbelief. She kept going as he turned to her and then back at the screen.

He went to read the comments:

'Omg look at his face! He’s shooked’

'I love how cute she looks when she’s concentrating,’

The cube hit a triangle and it was back to the beginning as she tried again.

“How!?” Jungkook exclaimed.

“That was luck. I was trying not to freak out as I progressed.”

As she tried it again many more times, she and Jungkook started bouncing in sync to the beat. The block fell down for a moment but then she didn’t notice as it hit the spike and it was back to the beginning, making Jungkook cackle and clap his hands.

“NO~!” she screamed, “NO! ARE YOU-ARE YOU KIDDING ME!?”

“Welp,“

"I’m done. I don’t want to play this anymore. It took me forever to get back to where I was,”

“Yeah, I think we both had enough,” Jungkook chuckled. “Well, it looks like we can’t beat the impossible game today. But we’ll just have to replay it on another stream in the future for round 2,”

Jen went to the stream chat to read a comment, “What game are we playing next? The next game we’re going to check out is Overwatch!”

“We don’t have a date yet for our next stream but just know when we do, we’ll tweet the link,”

“Yeah, so keep a lookout. It can happen any day, any time. All right, that’s all the time we have!” she paused and glanced at Jungkook. “We need to think of an outro too, don’t we?”

“We should think of something cool. Something catchy.”

“Let’s think of ideas later. So for now, we’ll simply say goodbye.”

----

With Matt Rife who lounged backstage before the show of Wild N' Out, he scrolled through Instagram to see the latest post on Wild N' Out's page. There it had Jennie announcing that she was excited to be a guest on the show in August with Desiigner & Angelina and hoped to take Nick Cannon's belt. 

"Damn..." Matt said as he scrolled through her Instagram page. "This girl is going to be on the show?"

He continued to lurk through her page, liking tons of posts.

“Damn...she is cute,” he said and followed her. 

On Instagram’s following tab where you can see the activity of the people you follow, BTS fans who watch Wild ’n’ Out and check who Jennie is following and who is following her noticed that Matt had followed her.

Mattrife started following JJennie_JW

They even noticed his comment on her recent photo. A simple eye emoji with a smirking emoji.

Fans immediately jumped on the situation and began commenting and making Twitter threads to bring awareness to who he was and the whole Zendaya situation back in 2015.

‘GUYS! WE HAVE A SITUATION!’

‘Matt Rife followed Jennie!’

'They can never make me hate Matt. Shoot your shot!'

'White boys be loving some Jennie I swear lmfaoooo'

'Oh God...Jennie run. Run now run fast’

'Ew wtf he better unfollow her!’

'Stay away from her!’

'He bet not be trying to make a move because Jennie belongs to Bam Bam’

'He is not ruining my ship.’

'That is Shawn Mendes' future girlfriend! He better stop!'

‘Omgg lmaooo she’s going to turn you down’

'I don’t blame him for trying to shoot his shot’

‘Oh, he is handsome! Who is he!?’

'Get in line pal! A lot of people want her’

'He outta pocket for that comment ctfuu’

'Lol goofy’

'Jennie is single! So why not? He’s cute!’

'She single Matt! Make a move!’

‘Date!!’

'I honestly would not turn him down.’

“Whatever you thinking, don’t do it, man,” Nick Cannon warned with an amused voice.

“Do what? I’m not going to do anything,” Matt replied with a shrug.

“Nah dawg, you going to do some stupid shit on the day they come to the show,” Conceited joined in.

“What he tryna do?” Justina asked, interested in the conversation.

“He drooling over one of our upcoming guests’ IG page,” Nick informed her.

Justina rolled her eyes, “Here he goes,”

“What? I just wanna get her number. Come on! You guys can’t deny we’d make a great couple. She is fine as hell. Look at her. Look at them lips. It would fit perfectly on mine,” Matt rambled which made his cast members laugh at him. “You guys are some haters,”

“This is Zendaya all over again,” D.C Young Fly cackled.

“Matt, there is no way in hell Jennie is going to give you the time of day,” Nick guaranteed.

“You don’t know that,” Matt denied.

“Come on, Jen ain’t going to fall for just some white boy looks and so-called charm from yo ass,”

“Ain’t she in some Korean group?” Chicobean pointed out.

“Yeah, I heard that. What they called?” Justina asked.

“Bangtang or somethin’?” D.C called out.

“No, BTS,” Nick answered. “Seven guys and her in that group. Matt, do you really want to get yo’ ass beat by them boys if you try to make a move on her during the show?"

“They ain’t gonna touch me. I ain’t scared of them,” Matt said confidently, “Look I'ma make my move. I got this. You’ll see. I’ll definitely be getting her number. August can't get here fast enough,"

“He a lost cause. He gonna get embarrassed,” Chicobean laughed with D.C.

“Yeah, I know. And watch them Korean boys pop up on the show and say it’s on sight,“ Conceited predicted. "We ain’t helping you out. You on your own,”

Ignoring everyone, Matt went back on Instagram to look through her page and slid in her DMs.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 83- I Need You On This

Chapter Summary:  BTS rent out a movie theater to watch Captain America Civil War. Jennie's dream which she had been talking about for years finally comes true. Jen has the honor to film with Yoon Mirae for the first episode of Celebrity Womance. Jennie and Jungkook spend time with his family. Jennie supports AGUST D's mixtape

Words: 9,000+

Author's Note: Bon Voyage Season 1 is next after this chapter! Also, don't panic, things will be fine :)

-------

The following morning, Jen received a phone call from one of her sisters while she was gaming with Jungkook.

"Awesome! Thank you, we'll be there! I'll make sure of it! I have been waiting to see this movie!" Jennie happily got off the phone and turned to Jungkook excitedly as he chilled on the bed. "Oppa, let's watch Civil War, today! My sister's friend hooked us all up for a rented movie theater to watch the movie, today! We'll be alone with no one to bother us!"

Jungkook's ears perked up and he quickly turned to her, Jungshooked.

She finally said it...

Jennie realized what she had just said as her entire face flushed. It just slipped out, she meant to say his name but it just flowed naturally to call him that despite her not being a fan of saying the word often.

"Did you..." he trailed off as a huge smile came across his face. He stood up and walked over to her. "Did you say what I think you just said?"

Smiling softly, she nodded. "Yes, I did."

"Can you say it, again?"

"Oppa, let's watch civil war, today."

Jungkook immediately wrapped his arms around her and gently lifted her off her feet as she laughed. "Okay, Jagi. Let's watch Civil War, today!"

"I'll tell the others," she said after getting set down.

"Am I the first guy you said oppa to?"

She pondered for a moment. "As a matter of fact...yes, you are the first guy."

Jungkook smiled triumphantly, already planning to brag to his hyungs. "Good."

At the theatre, JenKook wore Marvel shirts for the special occasion and sat in the back while the rest of Bangtan sat further down, scattered around. Her sisters sat near the members.

"I hope y'all won't be doing anything dirty back there!" Vienna teased the couple.

"Hush and watch the movie!" Alani replied.

"Would y'all be quiet!?" Jen shouted as the previews finished.

As they watched Captain America Civil War, JenKook freaked out and spoke during the movie which amused the members.

"Look at this, look at this! Look at this perfection! Iron Man wishes he could do this!" Jen said as Captain America was shown fighting at the beginning of the movie.

During the scene where Tony gives the students a grant, Jungkook goes on to brag about Iron Man, "Captain America wishes he could give students a grant like Tony,"

"Oh shut up," she rolled her eyes.

"Be jealous~!" he teased.

The rest of the members laughed at the debate JenKook had rows behind them including her laughing at Tony getting beaten up and hit by cars.

"That wasn't funny!" Jungkook huffed.

"Yes, it was,"

The scene with Steve and Bucky talking about whether Bucky was worth it made Jennie tear up.

"You see the mess he made!? All of them are in cells! Captain America is better." Jen debated with him later on in the movie.

"They brought this on themselves,"

"How!?"

"Would you guys be quiet!?" Jin shouted.

"We knew this was going to happen," Namjoon laughed.

During the plot twist of Bucky being the one to kill Tony's parents, Jennie and Jungkook were shooked.

"No..." she covered her mouth.

"I hate him, I hope he dies," Jungkook furiously stared at the scene.

"No! I don't want Bucky to die-"

"He killed Iron Man's parents!"

"He was brainwashed! It wasn't him!"

"I don't care!"

"Well, I care!"

The final fight scene between Bucky and Captain America going after Tony got them hyped as they both cheered on their favorite superheroes.

A scream left Jen's lips when Bucky's arm was destroyed by Tony.

"NO! WHY!?" she yelled.

"NO!" Jungkook yelled in horror when Cap hit his shield in Tony's heart.

Jen covered her mouth again and started tearing up at the defeated Iron Man. He really got hit in the arc reactor.

"Jungkook..." she murmured, not knowing what to say.

"Do you see the destruction your Captain America has done!? He ruined everything!" he angrily said.

"Hey! Don't blame him! He was protecting his friend!" she snapped at him.

"People are hurt! He almost killed Tony! That's unforgivable!"

"Tony tried to kill Bucky! He blew out his arm!"

"He deserved it!"

"No, the hell he didn't! He's a changed man!"

"A-are they actually angry with each other? Are they really fighting?" Jin asked with concern.

"Nah, they do this all the time when they watch Marvel movies," Taehyung answered, calmly.

"Yeah, they're just bonding, no need to worry," Jimin reassured with a chuckle.

Near the end, Jennie laughed at Stan Lee's cameo, calling Tony, Tony Stank.

"Ha! I told you it was true! Tony Stank for the win!" she laughed.

"At least Tony is richer than everyone," Jungkook quipped.

"Oh ho ho...no the hell he ain't! Black Panther is richer! Um, hello he is a whole prince. He has almost 100 trillion! Don't get me started on my brothers,"

"Blah, blah, blah,"

After the movie finished, Jennie sighed in contentment. "Gosh, I hope they have a Black Panther movie soon! Like that'll be so lit. I can only imagine how awesome it'll be. What I wouldn't give to be a part of a Marvel movie. That would be a dream. Even if it's just a song or something or a small role, I don't even care,"

------

After the movie, Bangtan went shopping at the mall. When splitting up into groups at the mall, the members found their way back to each other after shopping at Forever 21. Everyone but Jennie had bought some things because all she was looking for was a certain brand of perfume that she could not find anywhere. That was until she finally spotted Victoria's Secret.

"Oh my gosh, finally! I gotta get something real quick!" she eagerly rushed in, surprising the guys with her enthusiasm. "Man, oh man, I hope they have it."

"Jennie...what are you planning on getting from here?" Jin's heart dropped as he walked into the store with fear, quickly following her.

"I think we all know exactly what she is going to buy from here." Hobi chuckled with Yoongi.

"Hey, hey, Jungkookie, do you think Jennie is going to buy something to wear for you?" Jimin teased, wrapping an arm around him as they walked deeper into the store.

'I-is she going to get some lingerie now? I-in front of the Hyungs? Is she ready for THAT??' Jungkook thought with wonder and astonishment as he began to blush.

Did she want to do THAT already?

His imagination was already beginning to wander...

Did she want him to go crazy?

Why couldn't she do this when they were alone? Not with the rest of the guys around them.

Jungkook's thoughts were interrupted by a large pat on the back by Namjoon. "I'm surprised she would be this bold. Don't you want to help her pick something out? We can wait out here."

Before Jungkook could answer, he peeped Jennie walking past all the underwear.

'Wait...why is she walking past the lingerie? Even the red underwear?? No...no, no, why?' Jungkook thought.

"Finally!" she happily announced and grabbed a few bottles of the perfume she wanted. "I have been trying to find these everywhere!"

Namjoon let out a laugh, looking stunned. "W-wow...perfume. Would you look at that? She came here for perfume."

Jin sighed out of relief. "I'm glad it was just that!"

"Yeah, of course. What did you think I was gonna get in here?" Jen stared at him like it was the most obvious thing she would get in the store.

Meanwhile, disappointment was clearly shown on Jungkook's face while the rest of the members felt salty that what she bought wasn't what they were expecting.

"Darn...I really thought she was going to get a set for Jungkook." Hobi whined.

"Bet the kid is upset, right about now," Yoongi added.

"Aw...tough luck, Jungkookie." Jimin giggled with Taehyung.

Back at the hotel, Jungkook decided to speak up about it and ask her about the stunt she pulled at Victoria's Secret.

"S-so you weren't planning on getting anything else?" he asked.

"Nope, just the perfume. Why?" she watched him as he averted his eyes.

She then realized what he had meant and felt her face heat up. "O-oh." she nervously laughed. "Well...the stuff in that store is not even what I would want to wear for you when I'm ready for that."

That sparked his interest as his ears perked up. "Well, what do you want to wear?"

"I guess you'll have to wait and find out one day." she teased, grabbing the controller to finish her game.

"When can I find out?" he eagerly asked.

"Shh."

"Can I at least know the color?"

"Shh."

"Can it be red?"

"Shh!"

-------

The next morning, all packed and ready to leave America, Jennie met with the rest of the members on the first floor.

"Jen," Diana, her manager called out.

"Yeah?" she turned to face her.

"You won't be going back to Korea just yet,"

That caused Jennie to furrow her brows. What did she mean? She was planning to go back with the members so what could possibly be left on her schedule? It made her nervous but decided to stay positive about it.

"Okaaaay. What else is on my schedule?"

"Last minute meeting Bang PD and I scheduled with some important people that want to meet you. Come on. They're waiting for us,"

Important people? Meeting? That she and Bang PD scheduled? What was going on?

After telling the members she'd be staying a while longer in America and saying her goodbyes, she went to follow Diana in a car that took them to the location of the meeting.

"You keep looking at me. What is going on?" Jen asked after she caught Diana staring at her longer than usual.

"It's nothing. Just relax. The meeting shouldn't take that long, anyway." she replied, trying to change the subject.

"Who am I meeting anyway?"

"You'll see when we get there,"

After arriving at the location, Diana escorted her to a meeting room to see two caucasian people. A man and woman in suits with welcoming smiles.

"Ah, Jennifer Walker. It's a pleasure to finally meet you in person," the man spoke first shaking her hand.

"Hi, nice to meet you as well," she politely replied.

The two introduced themselves and informed her that they were looking for potential musical artists to endorse Macy's. The idea did interest Jen as she thought it would be a good opportunity since she already endorsed Puma with BTS. 

"Any brands you enjoy wearing?" she was asked.

"Nike!" she beamed. "That's my all-time favorite brand,"

"Nike? Why that brand?"

"Oh, a lot of things. I have a whole collection of Nike sneakers. I just love everything about it. Their style, their clothes. It makes me feel empowered as weird as it sounds. Let me show you the collection of sneakers I have," she took out her phone, showing them the large collection of shoes.

Diana refrained from laughing while the two others looked impressed and pleased to see her so passionate about a brand like this. The exact passion they want to endorse a brand. 

Jennie rambled on and on about Nike as she showed tons of photos and stories about wearing the brand.

"...and these are the sneakers I wore on the night I debuted with BTS," she rambled on.

"If you wanted to create something, what would you want?" she was also asked.

"I'd love to create a whole line of Nike shoes for dance and Nike dance clothes. Sneakers, ballet shoes, everything Nike dance shoe related. Comfortable and cute clothes to dance in for Nike. I strongly believe dancing is a sport and I feel like dancing should have some representation. It would be a dream to create something like that for Nike one day."

"Hm...I see," the lady nodded and looked over at her partner.

The man took out a folder and placed it on the table with a smile, "Well, Nike would love to see this vision come true,"

It took a few seconds for his words to register in her brain as Jen stared at them in astonishment. Her heart dropped and her mouth went dry as words couldn't form in her head. 

Did he just say Nike wanted to see her vision come true?

Diana couldn't help but laugh and had to be the one to open the folder to reveal the Nike Endorsement contract waiting to be signed.

"We've had our eye on you for quite a while Miss Walker. Your passion for our brand is infectious. We would love to have you on board and put your vision into action."

"I had to talk to them to try to make something up. I didn't want them to go straight in and say they were from Nike," Diana giggled and turned to Jennie. "Wow, the look on your face. Are you going to say anything? I'm sorry, she's still trying to process all of this,"

"We understand. We've watched all those videos of her talking about Nike. We heard her passion loud and clear," the woman replied with a giggle.

Nothing came out of Jennie but tears as her chest felt heavy. Looking down at her lap, her sight was blurred with tears.

Was this another dream about Nike? It wasn't like the others.

"Y-you want me? To endorse Nike? You really want me?" she managed to speak, looking back up at them after wiping her tears with her sleeved arm.

"We've wanted you for quite a while now. We're pleased we were able to get to you due to your busy schedule. When we heard about Adidas wanting you, we were a bit worried that you would join them." they told her.

Feeling a hand on her shoulder, Jen turned to Diana.

"I already looked over the contract. Bang PD discussed it with me as well. This is what you always wanted, although Puma will have to go away,"

Jen understood about Puma and was prepared for it as she tried to process that a contract from Nike was waiting for her.

"Will you do it?" Jen was asked.

Looking up at the Nike representatives, she smiled happily with tearful eyes, opening up a pen.

"Yes! Heck yeah, I will!" she answered proudly, signing her signature.

Diana could feel herself getting emotional as she watched Jennie sign the contract. She was so proud of her having this moment.

"Great! We will keep in touch, Ms. Walker. We are looking forward to working on this vision of yours,"

"Thank you so much! Thank you! You have no idea how much this means to me! Thank you for giving me a chance! Thank you for noticing me! Thank you for everything!" Jennie rambled on about her gratitude for this blessing.

After they left, Jen hugged Diana as more tears escaped.

"Thank you so much!"

"I got you. Always remember that. You deserve it," Diana beamed.

Pulling away, she took out her phone, still shaking from what just happened, "I-I gotta call my parents," she said, calling her mom up.

"What's wrong? Why are you crying?" her mom asked on the line.

"Are you all right?" her dad asked.

"I'm crying because I'm happy," Jen sniffed.

"What happened?"

"I got it..."

"Got what?" her dad asked.

"An endorsement deal with Nike."

"Aw, baby I'm so proud of you! I told you, prayer is a powerful thing!"

--------

After returning to Seoul from her meeting with Nike, Jennie still felt her body shaking from the news that Nike wanted HER. She was about to endorse the company that she dreamed of endorsing for many years. She couldn't wait to tell the guys.

"I'm finally back!" she announced, shutting the front door.

When she turned around, the lights went on and she was welcomed with loud cheers. She looked around in wonder, genuinely surprised as she saw a large banner that said 'Congrats on the Nike Endorsement' with various balloons and confetti around the room.

There were the boys who were patiently waiting for her arrival as they had bright smiles on their faces.

"No, you didn't," she covered her mouth as a smile grew on her face.

"Congrats Ennie!" V ran up to her, scooping her up in a hug.

"She's finally endorsing Nike!" J-Hope yelled proudly, jumping up and down

"A dream come true~! Jennie and Nike 2K16!" Jungkook shouted happily.

"I knew you were going to get it one of these days! I'm glad you remained patient," Namjoon praised.

"Nike X Jennie! Finally~!" Jimin yelled

"Wow, I feel like a proud father," Jin rambled, "I can't wait to ask my friends, is your daughter cool enough to get an endorsement from Nike? No? Well, my precious Jennie scored one and is going to break barriers with it!"

"We're proud of you smartie," Yoongi praised. "You deserve this. We're glad you went with your heart,"

"I wish we could have seen the look on her face when she found out," Hobi laughed with Namjoon and Jimin at the thought.

After being set down, she walked further into the room to see pizza and plates waiting at the table, along with a large cake that said congrats on the Nike endorsement. 

It took her a moment to realize that they all knew that she was going to get it. 

"Wait...you guys knew?!" she asked, taken aback. "That I was going to get it!? And you didn't drop any hints!?"

"Of course not! That eliminates the element of surprise," Jungkook giggled.

"Guys..." she said as she looked at them with tears falling down her cheeks.

"Aw, she's crying! I told you she was going to cry!" J-Hope laughed and pulled her in for a hug. 

The rest of the guys joined in, saying that it was all right. After pulling herself together, she smiled and thanked them for supporting her.

"Wow, Nike really has you now. How did the meeting go?" Jimin asked.

"I was nervous, I didn't know what I was getting myself into," she said and explained to them what happened.

In response, they teased her for her reaction.

"Finally that company opened their eyes to see a gem they have for an endorsement. They're going to be happy they chose you," Yoongi said confidently.

"If you need us to model for your brand or anything, let us know," V added.

"Free promo," Namjoon grinned

"Thanks, guys. Really. This is just so surreal. I'm still trying to wrap my head around this. Frickin' Nike...and Jennie of BTS. Bangtan is moving forward. V and his drama, our comeback we're working on. K-Con headliners, Yoongi's mixtape. I feel like as we progress, we're only going to be chasing more bags and success. Let's keep working hard," she high fived all of them as they cheered.

"That's the energy to have! How soon can you start designing what you want to do?" Jin asked as they all sat at the table.

"For now, they'll be in touch with me," she answered.

"Wait until ARMY finds out. They'll be ecstatic," V said.

"Are you going to tell them soon or wait a bit?" Jungkook asked.

"I want to wait a bit. Let it be a huge surprise when I announce it," she replied.

"Cool. Now dig in!" Jimin laughed and pushed her face into the cake with Jin.

--------

As a few weeks went by, Bangtan was back in America for LA's K-Con. The group went through a series of interviews to promote it. News about Suga's mixtape that he was working on had got out and he expressed his enthusiasm that Armies were excited about it.

"Jennifer has been the biggest supporter out of my journey working on the mixtape," Suga announced proudly as she looked at him in shock. "I would find her trying to peek in my studio to see if I'm working on it. I am happy to have a strong support system for my music. ARMY, I hope you like the finished product,"

She didn't expect him to acknowledge that and it made her feel good. The huge smile on her face did not go unnoticed by viewers and the members as Suga glanced over at her to give her a soft smile.

Fans commented on the YoonJen moment and expressed their excitement for his mixtape:

'Awww YoonJen!'

'Keep in mind Yoongi said, Jennifer. Not smartie. You know he serious af about her being supportive of him! I'm soft!'

'My heart! I can't wait for him to release it!'

After the interview, Jennie went out to roam around K-Con with Sejin and a bodyguard with her. She came across fans performing dance covers of BTS songs. It appeared to be a local dance group and she watched as they performed fire. What took her by surprise was the black male dancer performing her part.

'Wow!' she thought, mesmerized as he nailed her mannerisms. It was like she was looking at herself perform.

"Yasssss!" she shouted, which caught the attention of fans who began to scream. "Y'all killing it!"

A large portion of fans tried to get her attention for photos and autographs but she kindly told them that she wanted to watch the rest of the performance before any interaction. They respected it and watched as she happily danced to the beat of fire, enjoying the performance.

After the group finished, Jennie approached them and clapped.

"That was amazing! You guys killed it!"

"Oh my gosh, thank you! We can't believe you came out here!" one of the dancers said.

"I'm still a K-Pop fan at heart. I just wanted to drop in and say hey. How long have you been in a group? The synchronization was extremely good,"

"That means the world to us coming from you. We wanted to do it justice. We've been performing since 2014!"

"Wow, keep dancing, please! Don't ever stop. All of you are gifted,"

As more fans gathered around, she tried to take as many selfies as she could.

"Jennie! What do you think of NCT?" a fan asked.

"I tweeted about them! They are lit! Sooo many members. Firetruck is a bop," she beamed.

"Do you have a bias?"

"Not yet! Hard to choose,"

"I love you and Alex Reid. Have you met Alex yet?"

This had been a common question. Unfortunately, she still hasn't met the girl but eagerly wants to. Someone to relate to in this industry.

"Sadly no. But I really want to! I hope we can meet up one of these days,"

After going backstage, Jen felt like she could breathe easier since Bangtan wasn't until the end of the show. She spent time with Ailee and watched backstage as she performed. She had some mic trouble but she nailed the performance without music as the queen that she was. Her A cappella was on point and it blew her away.

"Jen!"

Her name was called out and she turned around to see Zico waving and walking over to her with Dean.

"Zico! Long time no see! How are you?" she pulled him in for a hug.

"Doing good. How you been?"

"Everything has just been blessings upon blessings. I got my Nike endorsement!"

"No way, you finally got it?! About time! They have a gem on their hands! I can't wait to see what you create with them!"

"Aw thank you!" she turned to Dean. "Hi! I'm Jennie! It's so nice to finally meet you, Dean! Your music is so dope. I love your sound,"

Dean was pleased to hear how much she praised his music and thanked her.

"Your vocals are like so soothing and I admire your work. I hope you get a ton of awards for your EP," she added.

"Thank you, Jennie. How does it feel headlining K-Con with BTS?" Dean asked with a smile.

"Surreal. I am so grateful,"

After talking with them, she stayed in BTS' dressing room.

"Hello! Is Jennie Unnie here?" a female voice asked.

Jennie turned around, pausing her conversation with Jimin to see the IOI members walking in.

"Ah! There she is!" the voice belonged to Somi.

All the members of IOI had walked in with bright smiles, dressed in their outfits to perform.

"Oh my gosh, hi!" Jennie rushed up to them.

She hadn't seen them in a while but watched closely at the survival show's results and their journey as a group. 

Sohye with a cute smile presented the large basket to her. "This is on behalf of us,"

"F-for me? Oh my gosh, thank you," she graciously accepted it and placed it on the table.

"A thank you for supporting us," Pinky added.

When Jennie opened it, she squealed in glee when she saw it was filled with packs of smarties. Her happy sound effect made the girls giggle, proud that she liked the gift. Meanwhile, Bangtan watched with amusement.

'You're becoming a great role model, Jennie,' Namjoon thought as he watched IOI look up at her in admiration.

"My smarties! Thank you, thank you, thank you!" she went on to hug all of them. "How does it feel to be a group? Hard work paid off, huh? I see bright futures for all of you,"

"Yeah, we love it. It's so exciting to be here, too," Chungha answered.

"I'm glad. Make the most of everything. And if you need anything, I'm here for you,"

-------

Back in Korea, with the short amount of free time that they had, Jungkook wanted Jennie to join him to eat with his family. He thought it was the perfect time to tell them that they were dating, too. There was no doubt in his mind that they were going to be thrilled.

Once they made it to his parents' house, Jungkook turned to her with a smile.

"Are you ready?" he asked.

"Butterflies are increasing as we get closer to the door," she admitted and took a deep breath.

"You'll be fine. I have a strong feeling they're going to be pretty excited to hear the good news," he grinned at her, making her mellow out.

Suddenly the door opened to reveal his mom smiling brightly at them.

"Jungkook! You're here!" she pulled him in for a hug. "Look at you. Are you eating well?" she pulled away.

"Always, Mom,"

"Good," she turned to Jennie as her smile got wider. "Jennie! I'm so happy you can join us!"

"Hi, Mrs. Jeon. Thank you for having me. This is for you and your husband," she presented her with a gift basket she created for them.

"Oh, thank you very much. Come on. Both of you. Your father and brother are in the backyard, Jungkook,"

"Okay," he responded and let Jennie walk in first. He followed her inside and closed the door.

'You okay while I go to the backyard?' he gave her a look, initiating a brief nonverbal conversation.

'Yes, go on ahead.' she nodded and returned the smile that he gave her.

As she watched him leave, Jennie turned her attention to his mom placing the basket on a table.

"I've been so excited to see you again!" she heard his mom say.

She has?

"Really? That means a lot, thank you!"

"Jungkook can never stop talking about you. It made me miss you more than I already have,"

"He talks about me a lot to you?" she chuckled softly, feeling her heart soar as she heard about her missing her.

"Oh, all the time. It was the cutest thing. Since you came along, I have seen a positive difference in his character. I'm not sure what is going on but whatever it is, I hope it continues,"

'Wow, all from us dating?' Jen thought optimistically.

A lot of people have been saying this to her lately. That Jungkook had been more lively and open. Was it really because of her?

"I hope so too," she smiled. "May I assist you?"

His mother looked at her with appreciation as she was preparing to finish up dinner. "Yes, I would love that. Please set up the table,"

"You got it,"

After finishing it up, she helped his mom put the food on the table.

"Jennie is here," she heard Jungkook as he walked inside with his brother and father.

"I'm glad that I finally get to meet her. You talk about her so much, it made me anticipate her arrival even more," his brother, Jung-hyun said to him.

"Hi! It's nice to finally meet you, Jung-hyun," Jennie greeted kindly.

"Likewise. It's nice to meet the 'most precious person' to my brother,"

That made her face heat up while he giggled at her and his brother's flustered reaction. He could easily tell something was going on and was happy his little brother found a significant other. He approved of Jennie right away just from Jungkook chatting about her and showing their photos over their years in Bangtan.

"H-hey! Cut it out!" Jungkook smacked his brother's arm for putting him on blast like that. 

His face turned slightly pink as he planned his revenge.

"Jennie! It's good to see you again, how are you doing?" his father asked.

"Very well! I'm happy to be here, Mr. Jeon,"

As they sat down for dinner, Jen sat next to Jungkook while they were across from his parents and brother.

"Jung-hyun, Jungkook showed me some of your art. It's amazing. You know my sister Alani likes to create DIY items,"

"Oh really? Cool. Thank you. I'd like to see them sometime," he grinned.

"She has an Instagram about it. I'll show you later,"

"How many siblings do you have?"

"Just two! Both sisters. Alani and Vienna. Alani is into communications and Vienna is starting to lean more into acting. Lately, she's been wanting to get into Broadway and been auditioning quite a bit,"

After more small talk, Jennie felt comfortable and relaxed further. Jungkook noticed and was happy that his family warmed up to her so easily.

"Are your sisters gamers, too?" his brother asked.

"Not as much as me. I'm more of the gamer out of the three of us,"

"She sucks at Overwatch," Jungkook laughed. "She died as soon as the match began. I wish we recorded it for our channel. It was hilarious,"

'Wooooow. Roasting me in front of your family?' Jennie thought, amused as her nervousness melted away completely.

"Hey, I'm still learning. And you show no mercy in these games. Whenever we play against each other you don't give me a chance to try to hit you," she pointed out.

"Of course not, I want to win," he teased.

"I think you should at least go easy on me so I can learn and then go full out,"

His parents watched them cutely bicker about video games and gave each other knowing looks. She definitely fitted right in. Her genuine smile towards their son was another significant factor. And how she praised him throughout the entire dinner touched their hearts.

"You game as often as Jungkook?" his dad smiled.

"All the time. You should watch our channel sometime. It's really funny," she grinned.

"She gets competitive a lot, Dad," Jungkook laughed. "Just like me. There are games that she's better at and tries to teach me,"

"Well just know that I will be rooting for you, Jennie," his father promised her.

"Dad, you're not going to be cheering me on?" Jungkook looked offended, while his girlfriend and mother giggled.

"It's nice to see you get beat once in a while in games,"

"Jennie, how is your family doing?" his mom asked her.

"Really well. There hasn't been much going on at home. Just working and enjoying summer,"

"One day it would be nice to meet them and have dinner together," his dad suggested.

That made her get butterflies in her stomach as she appeared Jenshooked. Was it obvious that she and Jungkook were dating because throughout this entire meal, they'd been talking a lot about the future and how Jungkook had changed happily because of her.

"Dinner with you and her family?" Jungkook looked Jungshooked for a moment.

"Of course! We're eager to meet your girlfriend's family!" his dad blurted out with a large smile.

"Dad..." Jung-hyun groaned. "We were waiting for them to announce it themselves,"

"Surprise ruined," his mom sighed.

His dad laughed nervously. "Whoops. Sorry. I mean look at them. Adorable. They've been holding hands under the table the entire meal. I had to say something,"

Jungkook and Jennie looked at each other and couldn't help but laugh. Jennie had nothing to worry about. Things were just fine.

"Wow, was it that obvious?" Jungkook smiled bashfully.

"Your body language, little brother," Jung-hyun pointed out. "And your lingering gaze towards her. It's cute,"

"Ah..." Jungkook looked down, feeling his face heat up.

Meanwhile, Jennie felt happier than ever at how excited they were to see them dating.

"How long have you two been together?" his mom asked.

"Since January. He's so good to me," she answered sweetly.

"Ah, beautiful. I for one am very happy to see my son with someone that brings out the best in him. You are a wonderful, sweet girl. I fully support this,"

That made Jennie tear up and blink the happy tears away. Wow. They approved. All of them. 

After they finished eating, his mom came out with a small cake. It was mouthwatering as Jen devoured it. After eating a second slice, Jennie asked if she could learn how to make it. The surprised expression on Jungkook's mom's face made her smile as she agreed and asked if Jen could teach her the recipe for the baked goods she baked for them a while back.

"I just wanted to say thank you for welcoming me with open arms and for your hospitality," Jen smiled.

"Of course. I'm so happy it worked out between you two. We are looking forward to having you over again soon when your schedules allow it," his father grinned.

--------

As summer went on for BTS, Jennie, and Jungkook were invited to film a variety show. With Jungkook, he was on Celebrity Bromance and paired up with Shinhwa's Minwoo. They spent the entire day together and even rock climbed as Jungkook began to feel more comfortable and open around him as the day went on.

After the cameras were off them for a brief period, Minwoo asked if there was any special young lady that caught his eye. His question earned an immediate smile from the Golden Maknae as he thought about Jennie.

"That's the smile of a man in love," Minwoo said with a light chuckle while noticing how his eyes shined brightly. "She must be exceptional,"

"She is. I kind of think of us as soulmates," Jungkook smiled shyly as a blush grew on his cheeks. Taking out his phone, he showed him a photo of them together, "This is my girlfriend. Her name is Jennie,"

"Wow, she's beautiful. You two are in the same group, too. Bangtan is very protective of her, I'm sure?"

"Absolutely. She is very precious to us,"

"Good. I bet she has quite the admirers. How did you two start dating?"

"She does. I wanted her so I was persistent for her to be my girlfriend. I made the first move to express my feelings and kissed her before her flight back home to America. Ah...I felt like my mom because she made the first move and went after my dad," he laughed with him. "She's the best...I'm very happy with her,"

"Treasure every day of your beautiful relationship. And don't let anyone, not even the media ruin what you have,"

"I will treasure it. Every day,"

---------

Meanwhile, when it came to Jennie, she starred in a new show called Celebrity Womance. A spinoff of Celebrity Bromance. Jen was honored to be in the first episode of this new show. She decided to meet the woman she was paired up with at a bubble tea shop, ordering tea for both of them.

"I am excited that they asked me to be a part of the first episode of Celebrity Womance. There's already a bromance version of it so it'll be fun to see who I am going to be paired up with. I have no clue who it might be," Jennie said on camera for a brief interview with the staff of the show.

She then went to sit back at her seat in the café to wait for the woman.

"I'm a little nervous..." she murmured and contemplated chewing a piece of gum to relax. 

But then chose to sip on her milk bubble tea instead, chewing on the bubbles that came up through the straw.

'Someone Appeared!'

Jennie turned in the direction of the door opening to see Yoon Mirae walking in with a bright smile.

"Hello!" Yoon Mirae greeted with a wave.

"Holy crap," Jennie blurted out in English under her breath as she stared at her, bewildered. 

She covered her mouth and felt embarrassed at the sudden statement while Yoon Mirae giggled. 

She stood up and bowed at the highly respected artist, "H-hi! Oh my gosh, it's an honor to meet you! My name is Jennie!"

"Nice to meet you, I'm Yoon Mirae. You can call me Natasha Unnie,"

'Unnie already?! Whoa!' Jennie thought in amazement.

"Wow. I...wow. I was not expecting this. You worked with my leader and now I'm sitting with you today,"

The show showed a montage about Yoon Mirae and said that she is one of the most highly respected artists. To Jennie, it was a dream come true.

"I've been watching you," Yoon Mirae smiled.

"You have?"

"You've caused quite a stir when BTS was announced. A black girl in the group. I bet you had to deal with a lot of negativity,"

"Yes. I don't even know where to start. It was ridiculous,"

"What has it been like for you as a black woman here?"

"When I first started, they tried to make me look paler. The makeup they would use would be lighter. It was embarrassing and so disrespectful because I was like hey, this is not my shade. Why do you have to try to make me look lighter? There is nothing wrong with my skin. I had to start talking with the stylists and educate them. I remember some started reading articles and watching YouTube videos on how to style my hair,"

"Have they stopped making you look pale?"

"Yes, thankfully. It took a little while but now my makeup looks more like it should for my skin. And before that, I started bringing my makeup and gave it to them to use instead. When I first started in BTS they always seemed to prioritize the boys and their make up but when it came to me, not so much. I'm happy to see the growth in my hair and makeup being a priority in BTS. You've been bullied a lot too, haven't you?"

"Yes, I have. Growing up I experienced a lot of racism and bullying. When my dad was in the army, we moved a lot when I was young. People would tell my dad that he was a sell-out because he married a Korean woman, why marry a Korean,"

Jennie frowned at that and shook her head. "I get so frustrated with that. If you love someone, you love someone. Whatever race you are or what you're into. I don't like it when people judge who you're dating, especially if they're biased towards people dating within their race. There is nothing wrong with interracial dating and I'm a full supporter of that,"

The two shared a long conversation about their time living in America and then coming to Korea. Jennie was amazed by her story. The fact that she had to deal with so much as a mixed woman and how traumatizing it was for her devastated Jennie.

When asked about the pressure of being the black girl in BTS, Jen broke down.

"Sorry," she tried to laugh away her pain but the tears were too much to stop as they ran down her face. "I'll admit it's been extremely hard over the years. All those hate comments, it was so hurtful to see them coming from the fans that were supposed to be supporting the group. All members of the group. I thought I would be protected by them, y'know? From all the rest of those hating on me. They would defend the rest of the members from the hate but when it came to me, I was just an afterthought. I'm just as important as the rest of the guys. I work just as hard as them and I love our fans just as much as them,"

Yoon Mirae reached out to hold her hand, listening to her as she expressed herself.

"Sometimes it can be overwhelming. And I used to feel like a burden being the only girl in the group. So many high expectations, being an African American in this country, people wonder if you can keep up with the guys, making sure the company is impressed with your work and doesn't think you're slowing down. It's something that was always on my mind," she went on.

"And you're still here. Still strong and performing," Yoon Mirae smiled. "I was happy to see you in BTS. And I was worried about the negative feedback you would get. But you've overcome a lot and you are still standing. You should be proud of that. And what I've dealt with as a kid made me stronger too,"

"Thank you. It definitely has. Things have been much better now. A lot of positives outweighed the negatives. And your music helped me a lot. I love your song Black Happiness. You are such an inspiration and I do hope I can become a well respected and influential artist. To have people look up to me and be a positive role model as a member of BTS is a big dream of mine,"

"I would say that you already are. Keep doing what you are doing, Jennie. Keep singing and working hard. You're a bigger inspiration to others than you think,"

After drinking bubble tea, the two decided to spend the day roller skating. There were a lot of laughs between them as they got to know each other. Both fell quite a few times and helped each other up. After skating, they ate at a booth by the roller rink.

"Do you have a significant other?" Yoon Mirae asked after the crew took a break from filming.

A bright smile came across Jen's face as she thought about Jungkook. 

She nodded happily, "I do! I'm happily dating Jungkook. We've been dating since early January,"

"Ah, your group member? That's cute. Who liked who first?"

"Well, he," she chuckled, "He did. He liked me for a long time and we became best friends. One night he confessed and kissed me hours before my flight back to America,"

"Wow, how bold,"

"Very. But I'm glad he did because it made me realize how strong my feelings were for him. And even if we weren't dating, we would always be best friends. I'll always have love for him. I feel like we're soulmates because I feel such a strong and deep connection with him. He makes me so happy,"

The smile didn't leave Jennie's face as she went on, "I'm still learning about love. I'm still young and experiencing a lot of things. I'm happy it's with him and I wouldn't change anything about it,"

"There's nothing like being with the one you love. That's how I feel about my husband,"

"Right? And I recently met his parents and brother for dinner to announce that we were dating. They were so happy and welcoming. It made me cry that they accepted me so quickly,"

Yoon Mirae smiled at that. She was proud of Jennie. Things were looking up for her and she hoped it continued for this young artist.

"There are days when I watch you and your husband together, being a strong duo in music, it makes me think of Jungkook and I. I want that. To be able to perform with him on stage, and have songs together. I'm not sure when we'll tell our fanbase about our relationship but for now, we are just trying to keep things private and away from Dispatch as much as possible," Jen added.

As the evening progressed, the two sat at the park to enjoy the summer night while eating water ice together.

"Time flew so fast and now our time is about to end," Jen sighed.

She truly enjoyed her day with her. She learned so much and got a lot of advice on performing and life in the industry. The two planned to keep in touch and exchanged contact information.

---------

"Jennifer," a deep voice called out.

Looking up from her phone, she turned her head to see him leaning up against the door of her studio. He appeared nervous as he wondered how he was going to ask her what was on his mind.

"Hey, what's up?" she kindly greeted.

"I want to talk to you...privately. Meet me in my studio when you're ready. I'll be here all night. Take your time," he said and walked away.

His studio...?

"I wonder what he wants to discuss," she murmured as she finished her break.

After she finished her work, she made her way down to his studio and shut the door. She watched gleefully as she noticed that he was working on his mixtape.

"Ah, you're working on it! I'm so happy!" she beamed.

He acknowledged her words with a soft smile and gestured for her to sit next to him.

"Yeah, about time, right? It's almost ready," he said proudly.

He had worked so hard. It was going to be worth the wait.

"I'm glad. I can't wait to hear it. So, what did you need from me?"

"I want you to listen to these two songs," he said and pressed play.

She checked out his computer screen to see that the first track was called The Last. He had played the song near the end as his raw lyrics and intense instrumental had her nodding her head to the beat. He then played So Far Away for her.

"Wow, these are..." she couldn't think of the right words to how powerful his music was.

"It's missing something," he stated.

She turned to him, confused. "Missing something? How? It sounds perfect,"

"Not without you,"

Her heart skipped a beat at his words. "What are you saying?"

"These songs are missing something. And it's you. No matter what I do, I don't feel like they are complete. I want something more on these tracks. And that's why I asked you here today. I want you to play the guitar for these two songs on my mixtape,"

'You want me...? On these?' she thought in astonishment.

"I want..." Yoongi stopped and shook his head, "I need you on this. The way you express your emotions through that instrument, I need that in these two songs. No one else can play the guitar like you. Your sound is what I need for this. Please,"

He gazed at her and held her hand, nervously waiting for her answer. 

Many thoughts went through his head. Was he being too forward? She could always decline the offer. But was he prepared for that?

"When do you want to get started?" she spoke, interrupting his thoughts.

His eyes widened slightly at how quick she was to accept his request. "You'll do it?"

"No one has ever asked me to play the guitar like this for their music. It's usually just my voice and a little feature. So, doing something like this for you will mean the world to me. And the fact that I'm the one you thought of for such an important project, how could I say no to you? I'd be honored to play."

"Jennifer...thank you,"

"Always, Yoongi,"

When they got situated, they spent a couple of hours on the songs. Jen was amazed at his story. He is a reserved person and the fact that he was letting all of this out in his mixtape got her emotional.

"H-hey, Jennifer, are you okay?" Yoongi stared at her with worry as he noticed tears running down her face.

"Sorry. The Last is just getting me worked up. What you've gone through I...I'm feeling it. All of it is from your lyrics. I'll play the guitar right and do it justice. Let's record,"

"Are you sure? You want to wait until you pull yourself together first?"

"No. My sound on the guitar is enhanced when I'm feeling the emotion. If I cry, I cry. Replay it from the beginning. And when it's my cue, press record. I don't need to wait,"

Her demeanor turned into work mode as she remained focused and listened to The Last with her guitar in her hands. She listened to every lyric he rapped in song as her fingers twitched in anticipation against her guitar.

Yoongi couldn't help but feel slightly concerned as she waited for her cue.

"Hey, if this is too sad for you or-"

She raised her hand, signaling him to be quiet as she continued to listen.

Deciding to do as she said, he watched her in her work mode. Lately, Jennie had been mirroring the emotion of whatever she played on her guitar on her face. This was a vulnerable song. And she couldn't help but shed tears as she listened, preparing to play.

Once she heard the drums, she began to aggressively strum through the strings as his rap played against her ears. He watched her astounded as it was everything he wanted in this song and more. The way she played sounded perfect against his voice. The powerful chords she played against his voice were going to leave a huge impact on the mixtape for sure. After she was done, she exhaled sharply and set down her guitar.

"Now I need a moment," she said, wiping her tears. "I felt that. All of that,"

"What you just did was amazing. I don't know what happened but it sounded perfect. Thank you," he praised.

"I try," she smiled and he went to check it out on the computer to fit it in the song.

Once he had done some finishing touches to the song, he replayed it for them to listen. Yep, he was right, it did sound perfect. Fully complete.

"Hey, before we work on So Far Away, can you play AGUST D? I've been staring at it and I'm curious about how it sounds," she requested.

"Sure," he clicked on it twice.

"Oh!" she shouted out after the first few beats. "Oh! Oh okay!"

He laughed at her reaction as she danced in her seat while they listened to the song.

They call me new thang

Shinbyeong watda jimeul badeo

"Whew! Okay!" she cheered, nodding her head to the beat.

Oh, this was lit! This song was going harder than she anticipated.

A to the G to the U to the STD

I'm d boy because I'm from D

Nan michinnom biteu wiye runachik

Raebeuro hongkongeul bonaeneun

My tongue technology

Jennie almost fell out of her seat from that lyric. "OH! Tongue technology!?"

Nan bekkineun geol bekkineun nomeul jabadaga

Hubaedeun seonbaedeun jekkineun nom

"Oh shi-okay!" she jumped up and down in her seat during his second verse. He was rapping so damn fast as she stared at him in disbelief. "Yoongi~!"

Hyeongdeure shigi jiltu deoge saenggineun soeum

"OOOOOOOOOOO~!" she shouted, covering her mouth against the side of her fist. "Yo replay that back! You going crazy right now! The delivery! The delivery of that! Replay it back please!"

Yoongi's stomach began to hurt from the amount of laughter he was doing from her reaction. She was adorable. Accepting her request, he scrolled back to the second verse after the chorus.

"Yoongi! Bro! Why are you going off like this? Like damn!"

He grinned bashfully at her praise. "Ah..."

"No, that second verse! How fast you were rapping!? Come on! That's amazing!"

-------

Once his mixtape was finished, Yoongi prepared to film two music videos. Once Jennie found out about it, she made plans to visit him during his AGUST D music video shoot. As soon as he left the dorm, she went to work to bake Agust D themed cookies for him.

"Yo yo yo~!" Jennie walked on the set with a box of cookies in her hands.

'AGUST D gets a visitor!'

Yoongi turned around and saw her smiling at him. A wide grin appeared on his face as he couldn't resist expressing how extremely happy he was to see her. He wasn't expecting anyone to come by during his shoot but the fact that Jennie came made his heart jump for joy.

"Smartie! What are you doing here?"

She laughed, "You know your biggest fan had to be here! You support me, I support you! Here. Your batch of Agust D cookies. It took forever to try to get the boys to not eat them,"

"You made me cookies? Smartie..." his gummy smile appeared on his face as he accepted them. "She baked me cookies. Her cookies are the best. If you get a chance to eat them, you won't regret it,"

"Aw, you flatter me," she smiled bashfully. "How's filming?" she asked as he took a cookie out of the box and ate one.

He sighed in joy at the deliciousness before answering, "Exhausting. This is honestly more tiring than BTS' music videos. But it's going great. I'm almost done and then tomorrow I film the rest of my music video,"

After visiting Yoongi and staying to watch him record, Jen was called to Big Hit's building for an urgent meeting and came back to the dorms visibly upset. It was abrupt that this happened but she was told by the company that she had to go home due to some visa troubles. She honestly thought things were fine with her paperwork and she could continue to do what she does but now she needed to pack and go home until everything got situated.

When Sejin arrived at the dorm with Jennie, the boys sensed something was wrong and immediately asked questions. Once Sejin gave everyone the news, the mood in the room went down and everyone was stunned by the abruptness.

"What!?" Jungkook exclaimed in disbelief as he shook his head in denial.

"You can't go home!" Jimin exclaimed.

"I think they messed up on some documentation or whatever. I don't know but all I know is I need to go home for a little bit until they fix the issue. Maybe it won't be for that long," she tried to stay positive about it.

"No way," Jin shook his head in disbelief. "I can't believe this,"

"We need you. We need all 8 of us here. We're working on our comeback. Everything," Rapmon began to ramble.

She frowned. "I know...I'm annoyed. This is so poorly timed. I thought everything was straight with my stuff,"

"When are you leaving?" Yoongi frowned.

"Tonight," she sighed, which did not sit well with any of them as they tried to ask Sejin if there was anything to prevent it.

Meanwhile, Jen went to go pack as she was told while Jungkook accompanied her to her room. He sat on her bed as he watched her take out a suitcase and go through her clothes.

"Stupid visa..." she grumbled.

She tried to keep her emotions in check. She had plans to chill tonight and now had to spend it on a plane. With Jungkook, he was still trying to wrap his head around her leaving soon.

"Jagi, do you really have to leave...?"

Hopelessness and sadness were evident in the Golden Maknae's voice as he helplessly watched her pack.

He knew the inevitable.

She had to go home. And that meant they'd be apart for an unknown amount of time as Big Hit handled her visa situation. Sure there were times when she would go to America and then come back to Korea but from everything he was hearing, it seemed like this was going to take longer than usual.

On top of that, it was comeback season. That meant more stress as she wouldn't be there to be in his arms to cuddle when both of them felt overwhelmed from working on their comeback. She wouldn't be there to massage him whenever he stayed later from dance practice. Or nap with him after a long day. They wouldn't be showered with kisses, tickles, and derp faces from one another if they needed a good laugh to escape the stress. Finding out that she had to leave so abruptly made his heart shatter and frustrated him. Sure it was temporary but it bummed him out that it had to be this circumstance.

Their dog Tony, whimpered sadly, observing his parents. It was hard to watch Jennie pack up as he was lying in the middle of her bed with a sad expression. No special smartie belly rubs for quite some time. No JenKook bathing him like the family they were. This was going to be new to JenKook but perhaps this would make their relationship grow as they adjust to this brief long-distance relationship.

When Jennie turned to face Jungkook, she smiled sadly at his pouting expression. It was going to be difficult to leave him.

"You know I have to," she answered softly.

"I don't...want you to go," he murmured, looking down at his feet.

"I don't want to go either but it's just for a little while. I'll be back before you know it, Kookie,"

"Can I just come with you?" he looked up and asked as the idea popped into his head.

"As much as I would love that, you know you have to stay here,"

He frowned. It was worth a shot at least.

"It's just...I..." he hesitated.

He just wanted her to stay. She always knew how to make him feel at ease during the comeback season for Bangtan. Now that she was about to leave, it just wouldn't be the same. 

Sensing him overwhelming himself with negative thoughts, she strolled over to him. Standing in front of him as he continued to sit on the edge of the bed, she cupped his face.

"Hey," she softly called out, looking down at him. "No matter the distance, we'll make it work. We're the Golden Duo after all. This long-distance thing won't make us tap out. We can do it,"

He smiled at her words. "You're right. We will,"

He reached out for her as he pulled her into his lap. Smiling, she leaned down to kiss him slowly, trying to enjoy his lips as much as she could before she had to leave. She'll miss this.

"Don't do that..." he murmured against her lips and pulled back, panting softly.

"What?"

"Kiss me like that when you're about to leave. It'll drive me crazy," he admitted.

ARF! ARF!

Tony's barking caused them to turn in his direction. The dog happily jumped around after watching them. He jumped on them, causing JenKook to laugh at the sudden movement and break apart. She took a seat next to Jungkook instead. 

"I think our son is happy to see us trying to think positively about the situation," Jungkook giggled loudly as a bunny smile appeared on his face.

"Very happy. Hey, how about a belly rub before I leave? Would you like that, Tony?" she cooed.

She giggled softly as Tony eagerly barked and she moved to sit in the middle of the bed. The dog rolled around and exposed his tummy for her while she went to work on her affectionate belly rub. He soon began to relax and eventually dozed off. 

"It's going to suck when he wakes up and I'm gone," she frowned as she watched Tony sleep with Jungkook.

"We'll Facetime you," Jungkook promised.

"Please do. And make sure to send me memes and funny filter pictures of the guys,"

"I will. And I'll make sure to send you my progress on my song,"

"Good," she gave Tony one final look as she gently petted him and got off the bed to finish packing, "Make sure you don't feed him too many snacks while I'm gone. You know how you like to spoil him,"

"I won't. Our son is in good hands. I got it," he stood up and helped her.

Once she finished packing, she zipped up the suitcase. She was then gently grabbed by Jungkook and pulled in for a tight hug. Jennie sighed in contentment as she held onto him, enjoying his warmth. Their final hug for who knows how long.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 89- Blood, Sweat & Tears

Chapter Summary: Jennie and Jimin fight over his extreme diet. BTS film BST with Jennie and Taehyung filming a sexy scene together. Jennie spends time with GOT7.

Words: 7,000+

Author's Note: A reader had messaged me years ago and sent me fanart of Jennie for Blood, Sweat & Tears back in 2018! This is by mimikoe_ on Instagram! If you see this, thank you again for your art! I appreciate you! This was so sweet of you. I hope they keep drawing! They are so talented!

This chapter gave me a bit of anxiety. I'm so sorry for the angst. At the time of editing this, I felt like I should have just deleted this argument between Jimin and Jennie but I decided to keep it and have my character mess up. Show more character development of her learning from her mistakes. Angst for this but it will end fluffy. This topic is such a serious matter so I felt a bit wary now that I'm older and looking back at what I wrote years ago. Again, I'm sorry if I made anyone uncomfortable with this. :( This one for the angst is regarding Jimin's diet for the BST era. After that, I did not write any more about the diet. This will be it.

------

The following day, at Big Hit’s building, the members got ready for their dance practice in the studio. Jennie went to the bathroom and once she was done she found Jimin finishing up getting a drink from the water fountain. 

Once he turned around, he grinned. “Ready to go back?”

“Uh huh!” she smiled back.

She stared at his face longer than usual and couldn’t help but feel something off about him. His face looked even smaller which began to worry her.

“Yo, your face,” she placed a palm against his cheek to examine how small it had gotten.

His cheeks were gone and his jawline had gotten sharper. Something was not right.

“Did you eat at all today?” she exclaimed with concern. “Or even yesterday?”

Jimin’s stomach dropped at her questioning. He then pulled away from her and started to walk away. He could not face her. He could not bring himself to look at the hurt in her eyes. The concern in her eyes. He wished she would stop chasing after him like this to get a solid answer. All he wanted to do was be left alone to diet in peace. Jin already gave him an earful, asking him why is he going to this extent to lose weight but Jimin felt like this was the best thing to do. To look perfect for their next comeback.

“Jimin, you’re stressing me out!” her words took him away from his thoughts as she walked after him around Big Hit’s building. “What is the issue?”

“Can you please stop talking about this? I said I’m all right,” he snapped.

She chose to ignore the irritation in his voice and persisted in questioning him. Grabbing his hand to stop him, he turned around, displeased.

“Your face is so much smaller than usual! Are you not eating?!” she exclaimed.

Pulling her to him as she bumped into his chest, Jimin looked down at her. He was bothered by her interrogation.

“Can you stop being so loud?” he hissed in a hushed voice, glaring at her.

“Stop being so loud? This is the perfect volume to get what I’m saying through your head! Let’s be late to practice and go out to eat real quick. Okay? I’ll take the blame. I don’t mind being lectured for being late for both of us. It’s okay. Just come with me to eat, please! Noodles. Let’s get noodles! And pork, too! Lots of it! Or even chicken! My treat! I’ll pay!” she insisted, despairingly trying to get him to eat with her.

Jimin was conflicted. She was willing to get in trouble just so he could eat instead of dancing with an empty stomach. She did not mind going to practice late as long as he would get a meal in him. 

He wanted to. He wanted to say yes. But he couldn’t. He felt like he needed to diet.

“I’m not hungry,” he responded with a frown and released her.

“Yes, you are! I’ve seen the way you’d clutch your stomach and heard your stomach growl a lot this morning! What you’re doing is making yourself sick! You cannot do this to your body! Your body is going to break down! You gotta listen to it! You gotta feed it! Not let it go so long without food! We’re performers. We need all the energy we can get. And then our comeback is so soon, come on, Jimin!”

Running his hands through his silver hair, he shouted sternly with a growl, “Enough, Jennie! Enough! Just shut up already! Stop bothering me about it and leave me the hell alone!”

The harsh sound of his voice made her flinch as her stomach dropped from his anger. It began to scare her. He never yelled at her like this. He never actually yelled at her at all. And soon she felt tears of frustration and anger beginning to form in her eyes. The 95 Liner clenched his jaw as his anger amplified. He felt angrier at himself for shouting as it started to get the attention of staff members. And soon after Namjoon was walking over to them, worried after hearing them from the practice room.

‘Ennie...I’m so sorry...’ he thought sadly.

Jimin didn’t mean to shout. He didn’t mean to get this riled up, especially towards his precious Ennie of all people. But he wanted her to back off and let him be. Why couldn’t she just let him do this in peace?

As his words registered in her brain, she started to feel vexation overcome her, “Don’t you ever tell me to shut up! I’m trying to help you!”

“Hey!” Namjoon butted in, getting in between them.

“I didn’t ask for it! Learn to stay out of everyone’s business!” Jimin shouted.

“What you’re doing is not necessary and it’s absurd!” she shouted back.

“You wouldn’t understand-“

“Understand what!?” her voice went higher. “Why are you doing this? Huh!? Is it because of what others think?! You don’t need to lose any weight whatsoever, so end this crap, right now!”

Jimin felt his body shake as he listened to her voice her opinion on the matter. 

Grabbing him by his shoulders, she shouted as tears began to slowly go down her cheeks, “You are more than just abs! You are fine just the way you are, why can’t you see that!? People aren’t your real fans if they only see you for your body, Chim Chim! Please don’t do this to yourself, I don’t want to see you like this. It’s breaking my heart, Jimin, just stop it!”

Shrugging her off of him, Jimin found himself walking away before he ended up yelling more harshly. It was like talking to a wall. She just would not stop talking about it.

“Sometimes I wish you would just shut up and stop getting involved! Just let things happen, no one needs to hear your piece or what you think someone should do. If I want to do this, then let me do this. You are so annoying!” he angrily replied.

“Stop! We’re not doing this! Come on. Let’s get into the practice room. We do not need to be fighting, right now. This is not the time or place,” Namjoon warned them.

Jimin angrily stormed into the practice room and slammed the door shut. Jen let out a frustrated sigh. This was not supposed to be like this. Why did it have to be this way?

“Jennie...” Namjoon frowned and walked over to her to try to calm her down.

More tears flowed down her face as she paced around. Blowing air out of her mouth, she looked up, trying to calm herself down. She wiped her tears and took a moment to regroup before turning her attention to her leader.

“So, you’re just going to let him continue doing this? Let him go? Do you not see what’s going on? How serious this is!? How wrong this is!?”

“I do,” he responded calmly. “We tried to invite him to eat but he just wouldn’t eat with us and wanted to continue to diet...”

"I just want this to end," she shook her head and walked past him to go back to the dance studio.

As soon as Jimin stormed into the practice room, the rest of the members immediately wanted to know what happened. Everybody heard their shouting match and from the look of Jimin’s scowl, things were not getting resolved, anytime soon.

No matter how many times the boys asked him what was wrong and what happened between him and Jennie, Jimin remained silent and shook his head. After a while, Jennie strolled in with Namjoon. Her scowl matched Jimin’s and she too remained silent when she was asked about what happened.

“Is everything all right?” Mr. Son asked, noticing a dramatic shift in the atmosphere of the room.

Neither Jen nor Jimin answered, feeling quite defeated and bummed from their huge blowout. Namjoon had to answer for them by saying that things would be fine. Dance practice was awkward and it seemed like the group couldn’t get synchronized because Jimin and Jennie were thinking about their fight. Namjoon also couldn’t quite stay focused as he thought about their mentalities. And the curiosity of the rest of the group led to everything noticeably off about their movements.

Seeing problems in their dancing, Mr. Son told them to stop and questioned everybody. “What is going on? We film the music video in a week and the choreography is looking sloppy. Whatever happened between you two,” he glanced at Jimin and Jennie, “You must put that behind you and stay focused on this comeback,”

Easier said than done.

After practice, Jennie chose not to go straight back to the dorm and decided to drown herself in work. She began writing things she was feeling. Writing out her feelings made her feel somewhat better, but just being away from Jimin for as long as she could also helped. Everything about that argument bothered her. She wanted to stop thinking about it but it was nothing that she could do to get it out of her head.

Same with Jimin as he continued to tell the members to leave the situation alone and let him cope in peace at the dorm.

The following day, Jimin and Jennie completely ignored each other. No acknowledgment whatsoever. Not even a good morning. Jungkook and Taehyung noticed the tension and were saddened that half of the Maknae Line weren’t on good terms. The two tried to get them to at least speak to each other but to no avail. This lasted for a few days.

Having enough of the tension, Namjoon went to her studio to speak with Jen privately.

“I want to talk to you about what happened between you and Jimin,” he said, taking a seat on her couch.

Jennie rolled her eyes at his name. She didn’t want to think about him. The sight of him and the sound of his voice and name made her cringe as she thought back to their intense confrontation. She didn’t want to think about it and wished Namjoon would drop it. The situation made her uncomfortable and she wanted to avoid it.

Running a hand through his hair, Namjoon let out a sigh. “I get what you tried to do but I don’t think the way you went about it was the best action,” he softly criticized.

Before she could protest, he shook his head and she closed her mouth.

“Jennie, you were in the wrong this time. You can’t just blow up like that when someone is dealing with issues as serious as this. That wasn’t right and you should consider Jimin’s feelings and his mentality. I think it hurt him more the way you raised your voice at him. He’s struggling and we’re all trying to help but we cannot force him to eat. I think if you two spoke privately instead of where all the staff was, things would have gone better. It’s not that easy to try to get him to eat just because you want to see him eat. I understand your intentions but again, you can’t make him eat, Jennie. You can’t force him to do what you think he should do. He has to make that choice,”

Jennie looked down at her lap and frowned as she thought about his words. Her mind went back to her dispute with Jimin and she cringed at how she acted.

Wow...

She did not see that point of view and now she felt like shit. She felt like a shitty friend and she felt selfish.

Yes, he was right. She should have gone a different route instead of blowing up like that. How she acted was judgmental and she seemed to have been more critical of Jimin instead of showing compassion. It just hurt to see him like that and she wanted to try to do something. But it seemed like she most likely made the situation worse along with her poor choice of words.

Jimin was right. She should just stop butting into people’s business all the time. It seems like everything she does just gets worse. She wanted to help but what she had done was not the best route to go. She needed to apologize to him.

“You two need some space,” Namjoon advised. “But once you two cooled down a bit, it’s best you apologize. I don’t want to see you two fight,”

After a deep conversation with Namjoon, Jennie spent the rest of the day catching up with GOT7, who they were thrilled to see. Spending time with them, made her briefly forget about the struggles with Jimin and boosted her mood with their goofiness and positivity.

The group decided to go paintballing, which she thought was one of the best ways to let off some steam. They chose to split into teams of two.

“I choose Jennie!” Jackson announced.

“Too late, I called dibs already,” JB replied.

“Since when!?”

“Since this morning,”

“She likes me the best, so that makes me her partner,” Bam Bam announced.

Jen laughed at their banter as the group began bickering.

“Actually, she’s my partner. I asked her the day before,” Mark grinned victoriously.

“Yep. He did. Mark is my partner,” she admitted with a sheepish grin.

“What!? That is not fair!” Jackson complained.

“If I had known I would have asked her as soon as she yes to paintballing!” Jinyoung exclaimed.

The teams consisted of Youngjae & JB, Jackson & Jinyoung, and BamBam & Yugyeom.

As they prepared to get ready, Yugyeom and Jennie chatted.

“Ah, I wish Jungkook joined us. He would’ve loved this,” he said, thinking about his best friend.

“I know~. Today, he’s busy working on some choreography. I believe it’s for Begin. But don’t worry we’ll have plenty of more opportunities to hang out. Comeback season is always so busy. I’m happy I was able to get away from work for a little while to see you guys.”

“Yeah, me too. I can’t wait. I miss him. You two are doing well, right?”

“Yeah huh. Still going strong,”

“Good. He talks about you so much when he’s with me and the guys. Don’t tell him, I said that,” he teased, making her face heat up.

She giggled. “Even when he’s not here, he always makes me feel special,”

“He better be treating you, well. If not, I’ll fight him,” Bam Bam added in a teasing manner, making them laugh.

“Haha, thanks. Hey guys, how’s your upcoming comeback coming along?” she asked. “I’m anticipating Hard Carry,”

“Oh, you are going to love it! I hope we get some wins for it,” JB responded.

“Ooh, my excitement for it is building~,”

“How are the preparations for your comeback?” Youngjae asked her. “I still cannot believe you dyed your hair red. It’s a great color for you. You look beautiful,”

“Aw, you think so?” Jen beamed and touched her red hair. “Thank you. I was so nervous about getting it dyed. But I’m happy with the results,”

“Oh, heck yeah! I was like is that Jennie!? Wow~! So pretty!” Bam Bam added.

“Red suits you well, Jen,” Yugyeom stated.

“You guys are so sweet. As for our comeback, it’s going well. But uh, Jimin and I had a little falling out. So, I’m a little off my game and happy I’m here to get rid of some of that tension,”

“A falling out?” Jinyoung asked, surprised.

“What?! You and Jimin? I thought I would never see this. You two are always so close,” Jackson said in disbelief.

His words made Jen feel even shitter as she felt even more bad about what she had done.

“What happened?” Mark asked.

She then explained the whole situation to them. Every detail and how she had a talk with Namjoon and that she realized how wrong she was.

“Although it’s none of my business with what he does with his body, I couldn’t help but want to talk him out of whatever he’s doing because his face looked so skinny. Skinnier than usual. But all I did was make it worse. I’m hoping maybe after today I could get him alone and apologize,” she said with a sigh.

“Ah, I see. I still think you are a good person. We all make mistakes and sometimes go a little too far with our words and how we say them. Jimin cares a lot about you. I’m sure this falling out will not be the end of your friendship. It’ll take some time but you and Jimin will rekindle soon enough,” JB encouraged her.

The gang played five rounds of paintballing. The games were filled with chaos and laughter as Jennie and Mark kept getting hit since the other teams wanted them out quickly. Although Jen and Mark didn’t win, it was just nice to get away from the stress of comeback preparations and unwind with everyone.

After paintballing, Bam Bam insisted on taking photos as he stood close by Jennie and lifted his phone in the air for a group selfie with him, Mark, and YoungJae.

‘She’s here with us!! I’m happy to see you, Jennie! #GOT8 #JenBam’ he posted to a widely positive reception that she was still in touch with GOT7.

---------

Later in the evening, Jen checked her Instagram to see more new photos that GOT7 posted with her.

To the selfie of her and Bam Bam alone, Jackson commented, 'I see u forgot to include me!’

Laughing, she typed out, 'Bro, you knew we were taking photos lolll :P’

After some more commenting, she went to find Jimin in Big Hit’s building. Hearing music from the practice room, she made her way over to it and watched him dance to Lie. It appeared that he had to be practicing for hours. Exhaustion was clear on his face but he showed no sign of stopping.

When Jimin saw the door open, he did not look too pleased to see who had walked in.

“What do you want?” he asked in a flat tone.

“I’m probably the last person you want to see, right now. But I just wanted to apologize for yelling at you. I shouldn’t have done that. I shouldn’t have tried to pressure you to eat. That was wrong of me. I’m sorry,” she said with a frown.

Jimin looked down and remained silent, taking her words in.

“I hurt you a lot,” she went on softly, voice sounding brittle. “Perhaps it was the way I yelled at you. Or how I sounded judgmental instead of showing you compassion and support. I shouldn’t have yelled or tried to pressure you to do anything. And you probably don’t want to speak to me or whatever so okay. I’ll give you space and stay out of your way. I just wanted to apologize. And whenever you are ready to talk, I’ll be here,”

She took his silence as where he stood in the situation. As expected, she knew he wasn’t going to easily forgive her. He needed time and space.

“O-okay, I’ll be going, now. See you,” she made her way to the door.

Part of her hoped that he’d stop her and say that he forgave her but it didn’t work that way in this serious situation. He let her go. And it’ll take him some time to forgive her.

---------

As the week went by, it was finally the day BTS filmed Blood, Sweat & Tears. Each member of BTS was dressed and ready for filming as they were excited about the upcoming comeback.

“Eeeek! Today is the day~! I am so stoked! We are here for the first day of shooting Blood, Sweat & Tears! Look at me! I look so bomb!” she turned around, showing off her outfit.

“Ah, watch the shirt. It’s not buttoned all the way,” Jin popped in the shot and fixed her shirt for her. “There, much better. Jin to the rescue!”

She laughed. “Thank you,”

“Wings, the album for us,” Rapmon declared when the camera was filming him.

“It’s very elegant and luxurious,” J-Hope addressed as he showed off the background. “Look at the set,”

For the first day, the group did their first shots of dancing. Even just performing it once, made the members hot and out of breath. The staff provided fans and blowdryers blowing cool air to cool them down, which helped tremendously.

“This concept is more sexy than usual. So, I am going to try to be sexy for this music video. Keyword, try,” Jen added.

'That won’t be hard, Jennie!’

After the first takes of dancing, the camera showed shots of the members watching the film, to monitor anything they needed to work on.

Hobi and Jennie glanced at each other after they watched how she messed up.

"You saw too, right?" Hobi asked as she nodded.

“Yeah. I did that, too early,” she replied as she watched herself jump a few seconds before the rest of the group.

Once they filmed again, a sudden sound of shattered glass was heard and the director stopped the filming.

“The glass is broken!” was announced and it was none other than Rap Monster who was the reason behind it.

'God of destruction, Rap Monster’

“Jeez...” Jen exclaimed, looking at the broken glass.

“Rap Monster!” J-Hope told the camera.

When the camera was pointed at Rapmon who laughed about the ordeal, he exclaimed, “Bam!” as he thought about how he broke the glass. “I don’t know why always...I don’t know why I break things,”

'We want to know the reason, too’

After the shooting resumed, the next scene was set in a room where the members sat on the couch. For this scene, Jennie was not in the same room as them. Instead, for the beginning of the music video, she had an individual shot.

“Action!”

She ran lightly down the hallway until she found a door. On the other side of the door was another camera waiting. She pulled the doors open and looked surprised to see the seven boys sitting.

“Cut! Good job!”

“Ayeeee. First try!” she bounced around in excitement.

Although Jimin still wasn’t speaking to her, he couldn’t help but smile softly at her excitement. She was doing a good job of filming.

“Jennie makes the best facial expressions when she is filming. Good acting,” Jin grinned as he got his makeup retouched.

After her shot was done, she stood in the background as the boys sat on the couch and floor. Suga stood behind Jimin and covered his eyes.

“We are moving to the table. We have to change our hairstyle. Let’s go!” Jimin said.

The group changed into white clothes. Jennie wore white pants and a white blazer with her red hair styled in a high ponytail. The scene was set up like a dinner. Decorations of white, including the tablecloths and chairs.

“Are you ready to enjoy the dinner?” J-Hope asked Suga.

‘The eight noble members’

“Rap Monster, I can see your belly button. This concept matches you so well,” Suga said, making him chuckle.

Jennie sat across from Jin on the other side of the table. Jungkook, Rap Monster, and V sat on one side while J-Hope, Suga, and Jimin sat on the other side. J-Hope and Jungkook sat the closest to Jennie while V and Jimin sat the closest to Jin. Jin sat up from the table and lifted his cup in the air, while the rest of the boys followed his movements with blank stares. All they had to do was raise up their drinks but for the first shot, V couldn’t contain himself and laughed, which made the rest of the group laugh, too.

‘One more try due to V’s laughter’

On the second time, the members cheered successfully. With Jennie, instead of a blank expression, she looked hesitant as she raised her glass and then stared at it. Locking eyes with Jin, she shook her head and he began to stop himself from drinking the drink.

Little did they know V watched everything. He looked intrigued by her as he raised an eyebrow and smirked.

Suddenly, she slowly turned her glass to the side and watched it spill on the table, refusing to drink it. With the camera focusing on V, while the rest were occupied with their drinks, he watched Jennie with a sly smirk on his face. Sensing that something wasn’t right, she narrowed her eyes at him.

‘Finished the shooting without laughing this time’

With the rest leaving, only Jin, V, and Jennie were left. The director wanted Taennie to improvise the scene of having a staredown at the table. As the two were filmed with tension advancing between them, Jin was stuck in the middle, looking on while he was also back in his seat. 

Jennie loved filming with Taehyung. It was just something about how at ease she felt when she was with him. He always found ways to enhance their scenes and he pushed her to be a better actress for Bangtan’s music videos. 

As they stared at one another, she did not look too pleased to see how confident V looked regarding Jin. After they got their shots, V was good to leave while Jen and Jin were left.

"V and Jen have good chemistry. I felt like I was interrupting something when I was watching them. I wanted to say, should I leave?” Jin laughed.

When the song came on, Jennie lip-synced her verse as she sat in a chair, leaning back. She had her feet on the table and then did more shots looking sexy for the camera. 

Being very close to EXO's Sehun since meeting the group, the two recently chatted about their comebacks. Sehun informed her he filmed shots of his feet on the table for Monster, so she wanted to do some sort of cool parallel with him and reenact his movements, hoping it would make it in the music video.

Once they got what they needed, Jennie and Jin were the last to leave as they bowed and thanked the staff.

“Day one complete! Time to go to sleep~!” she beamed.

‘Day 2’

Day two consisted of more individual shots for the group. Jen looked amazed at the set as the first set consisted of Suga and Jimin in the top room while Jungkook and Rapmon were in the bottom room. V even had to jump off a balcony as each member had different concepts. Jimin and Suga were the first ones to leave early as she waited for when it was her time to shoot.

After getting her hair and makeup done, she went to watch Jungkook film his shots on a swing that was hanging from the ceiling.

“I wish I was on the swing. That looks so fun,” she commented.

Jungkook had to do a tough wire scene, getting lifted in the air. His hair was covered in feathers which made her giggle. Once he was safely set down, he sat up, scrunching his face because of the feathers covering his face.

“Have a nice time up there?” she teased and removed the feathers from his head.

“It was alright. My back hurts but the scene was alright. I hated the feathers, though. Jennie, can you give me a massage when you get home from filming?”

When she responded, “Yeah, absolutely,” his eyes lit up.

Jennie's scene consisted of her in a garden and wearing a flower crown and tiara for the occasion.

“I’m in a garden~! Look at all these flowers,” she spun around. “Simple take. Explore around the garden, and look like the baddest chick in the game. I can do that,”

The camera followed her exploring the garden and looking beautiful in the environment. Jin was called in to join her and she filmed a few takes of being a good influence on him by taking walks together. She also placed a hand on his cheek and looked at him in concern, making sure he was all right with V lurking around them. After the rest of the members went home, Jennie and V were left with their scene together.

“For this, I’m the good girl. Or so I think. Let’s say I’m more of an angel while V is more like the bad guy. A fallen angel or a devil. I’m trying to be like the good side of Jin while he’s the bad side of Jin. Soooo, this is not going to end well. But I will prevail! I will win this battle and get Jin to the good side. So, in your face V! You are not winning today!” she punched the camera lightly.

When the camera transitioned to V, he chuckled, getting into character. “Ennie, Ennie, Ennie...she’s going to lose this battle. I’ll give her an A for effort but the dark side will win,”

“Lies!” Jen’s voice was heard across the room, making him laugh along with her.

“Action!” the director announced.

Jennie proceeded to walk down the hallway with V lurking from a distance. Feeling someone following her, she turned around but didn’t see anyone. But once she turned back around, V was in front of her, catching her by surprise. After they filmed the scene a few times, the director wanted their next scene to be sexy. The whole comeback had sensual vibes to it, especially with the choreography.

Lately, as Big Hit had been planning the comeback, they predicted that fans were going to give Taennie a lot of attention due to the fact of their scenes together for the music video. So, the company was highly considering making the pair act on that for promotions. Taehyung and Jennie didn’t mind it. They thought it was funny to troll fans into thinking they were dating or something for the comeback. Although there was a slight fear in the back of her mind of a hate train for her, in the end, she went with it and felt comfortable with her best friend.

Taehyung had been nothing but sweet to her about the idea. He even asked her about boundaries and what she was comfortable with so they could make this as believable as possible without making each other feel awkward. They thought that subtly was the way to go, with lingering gazes during music shows, and so on. They make a bold statement for the music video but then keep fans speculating with subtle displays of affection when on camera. 

When they told Jungkook about it, he kept wishing it was him in the situation but for the music video and comeback in general, the director felt best for it to be Taehyung instead due to the role he was playing. He understood it and knew it was just acting between them.

Getting in position for their next scene, Jennie gave him a warning, “I ate smarties before this so my breath smells like smarties. I hope you like the smell of smarties when you lean in close,”

Taehyung giggled. “It’s okay!”

He began to get himself into character, looking at the ground while Jennie continued to look up at him, ready to begin acting.

“And...ACTION!” the director announced.

As soon as he heard the director say action, it was like a switch went off of V as he looked up and appeared lustful towards her and a little crazed.

With her back connecting to the wall with a harsh thud, Jen did not flinch when V lunged and slammed his hands on the wall, trapping her while staring sharply into her eyes. The sound of his hands slamming on the wall made a loud sound as they maintained eye contact. The song played in the background while they proceeded to act out their scene.

‘Taehyung and Jennie filming part of their sexy scene together. Strong eye contact!’

She stared at him, unamused, making sure not to give in to anything he was trying to offer. She then turned her head away, facing the camera when he inched closer with a wicked grin on his face. She felt his warm breath against her cheek before he began to move down to her neck as she appeared to have an ongoing battle with giving him her attention. Lust was clear in his eyes as he tried his best to tempt her.

While still staring at the camera with a sexy gaze, she began to lip sync.

How much longer before you consume me?

No matter how much I resist, I can’t fight what you’re doing

My mind is telling me to break free but my body screaming out

No, I can’t want you, get out of my head

As you kiss every inch of me you see that I want it too

Breath on my neck, I bit off more than I can chew

V placed his forearm over her head and she looked up at him. She shook her head and was about to look away again but this time he grabbed her chin with his other hand and made her look at him.

Their faces were extremely close as their lips were centimeters away from each other. As they both glanced at each other's lips, it was like he was luring her to kiss him, wondering when she’d crack as he slowly felt her losing resistance. 

Reflecting on my choices, I’m wonderin’ if there’s any way out of this.

I’m losing this battle, I just can’t resist this

Only a matter of time before you screw me up and I’ll be stuck reminiscing

With that sinister smile on his lips, he stuck his tongue out and bit his bottom lip lightly. Pulling herself together and realizing how close she was to giving in, she shoved him back. Quickly, she walked away while he watched her go, satisfied.

“Great!” the director announced. 

As soon as they heard him say that, Jennie and Taehyung burst out in laughter, unable to hold it in anymore. After she walked back to him, they bantered to each other at how funny this was for them to do this. This was War of Hormone but on a whole different level of mature sexiness.

Although they weren’t sure how much of this footage would be in the MV, the staff wanted them to improvise. For another take, Jennie stood on his shoes to make herself higher and placed a hand on the back of his shoulder while looking over his shoulder at the camera in front of her. With her free hand, she ran a hand through his blond hair. Then for another shot, she stood in front of him with him behind, holding her close while she lip synced. 

When they went to see the footage with the director, they analyzed their movements and made sure everything was top notch. Taehyung laughed nervously when watching himself be so forceful with her.

“Ennie, I am so sorry,” he grinned nervously. “Did I hurt you?”

“No, no, I’m fine.” she smiled in reassurance and turned back to the video. 

Her face felt flushed when watching herself act sensuous. It was still so weird to see herself like that. But she was proud of her efforts.

"This is...intense," she looked on. "Is this going to be appropriate for the music video rating? Oh gosh. And maybe it was a good idea to wait until the members left to film. Because oh my gosh, their reaction to this? We’re never going to hear the end of it. Maybe this can be a Bangtan Bomb if all of this doesn’t make it in the music video,”

“Ennie looks radiant in this. Wow, so beautiful,” Taehyung praised.

“Oh stop~. Look at you! ARMY is going to blush when they see you in this music video. A born visual he is,”

“Thanks, Ennie. We make a great team,” he pulled her in for a kiss on her temple.

“This was perfect!” the director praised after watching all of their footage. Their chemistry was impeccable, to say the least. “We don’t need to take another shot of this scene. We’re finished,”

“YAY~! We did it!” Taehyung cheered and joined Jennie in jumping around while holding hands in excitement.

‘Day 3’

The final day of filming started with Jin who was supposed to kiss the statue and Jen was in the background.

“Action!”

The camera followed Jennie quickly as she was dashing down the hallway. But she was suddenly grabbed from behind by V as she yelled, “Don’t! Snap out of it!“

That seemed to have made Jin pause as he looked back to see the two. But in the end, she helplessly watched Jin fall into temptation. 

After the scene, all the members are together, acting like good friends. The scene was supposed to show them being free and mischievous. Jen strolled a little behind the boys, smiling at them while looking around. Her attention caught Jin staring at the painting called The Fall Of The Rebel Angels. There were two entrances on each side of him as he stood in the middle. A black entrance and a white entrance. One good and one bad. To resist or sin.

Jennie went up to him, standing in front of the white entrance. Gently grabbing onto one of his hands, he turned and looked down at her while she smiled, gesturing for him to follow her to the white entrance. But then V came over and stood on Jin’s other side, in front of the black entrance, which made Jin turn his attention to him. V smirked at the both of them while Jennie slowly dropped her smile, fearing for the worst.

After the members ran through the door and Jin was left behind, Suga was supposed to cover Jin’s eyes and after a few takes it looked funny due to his height, so Jin suggested switching partners. V replaced him to cover Jin’s eyes instead and it worked perfectly. Then for their final filming session, they were filmed performing the choreography.

When the director said cut, Jen turned around to see Jimin looking exhausted as he leaned forward, putting his hands on his knees. Jin went over to him and placed a hand on his back, looking concerned.

'Gosh, I hope he’s all right,’ she thought as she chose to keep her word by leaving him alone.

After the group performed the dance one last time, the director announced they were done and BTS celebrated with cheers and ran around, proud of their hard work.

------------

A few days later, Bangtan was filmed doing a dance practice for BST so it could be posted as a Bangtan Bomb. Jen found herself getting more and more frustrated and concerned for Jimin’s well being but chose to stay out of it to avoid another argument. She wanted to respect his space and wishes but it was eating her inside to see him look light headed every time he moved.

She wasn’t sure if it was people on social media who made fun of his weight or something but whatever it was, it made her upset to see her friend like this. 

She was distracted. Her conversation with Namjoon went through her head and she found herself glancing over at Jimin from time to time. He wasn’t himself. She noticed how he would stumble sometimes and hold his head. She feared something bad was about to happen.

With Jimin, he was feeling dizzy due to the lack of energy and food. His lightheadedness was getting stronger as the song progressed. After jumping around during the dance, Jimin felt himself falling back, and losing consciousness.

By instinct, Jennie ran up behind him to catch him. She fell hard on her butt, wincing at the impact. But all that mattered was that Jimin was OK in her arms. She could deal with some pain.

“Jimin!” she shouted with fear in her voice as the members rushed to him.

"What happened!? Is he all right?! Jimin!” loud commotion surrounded them as they tried to help him.

Everyone freaked out when he passed out and staff tended to him until he regained consciousness. Jen stood out of the way after the staff took over. Jimin kept reassuring everyone that he was fine and could keep going but dance practice was canceled for the rest of the day and he was told to rest.

At the dorm, Jimin went to rest like he was told and ate a little. Jen was happy to see him trying to put something in his stomach after passing out as well as continuing to drink water.

“That was scary, Jimin. You sure you’re all right?” Taehyung asked with concern as he sat on his bed with Jungkook. “I’m glad Jennie caught you before you hit your head on the floor. That would have been even scarier,”

The new information he was told sparked Jimin’s interest as he looked astonished that it was her. He did feel something soft before he lost consciousness.

“She caught me?”

“Yeah, it was like she zoomed right behind you before you connected to the floor,” Jungkook added. “Like she knew something was wrong. I know you have your reasons for doing this but please be careful with the diet. We’re all here for you, you know that,”

Jimin nodded. He was grateful for Jennie catching him. He seriously could have given himself a concussion since he fell so abruptly. He found himself wanting to see her. But then he remembered that she wanted to give him space and was going to wait until he was ready to forgive her. To tell the truth, he had forgiven her as soon as she apologized. But he chose to let her go and see how long she was going to give him space. She did a great job letting him be, and respecting his wishes. He asked himself how long he was going to continue to ignore her.

But in the end, he missed his friend.

He missed his Ennie.

He knew she was trying her best to be a better friend and not lash out like she did. To show more compassion in his struggles instead.

Later that evening, Jen went to peep into Jimin’s room to find him sleeping while Taehyung and Jungkook were still with him. The way she stuck her head in the room hesitantly was noticed by the two boys as they waved and smiled.

She sighed, worrying about Jimin’s well being as she walked in the room. In a hushed voice, not wanting to wake him, she asked, “How is he?”

“Doing good,” Taehyung responded while Jimin listened in, with his eyes still closed.

The sound of her voice made it hard to resist smiling but Jimin kept a neutral face. It was good to hear her ask about him although she still wanted to give him space.

“He ate quite a bit too,” Jungkook added.

“Great. As long as he’s ok. He scared the shit out of me, man...” she said, thinking about how he passed out.

“He gave us all quite a scare. I’m glad you were there to catch him, Jagi,”

“Yeah, you were so fast,” Tae pointed out.

“I dunno what came over me but something told me to keep an eye on him during practice. Well, I just wanted to know how he was doing. I’ll see you guys in the morning. Good night,” she turned to leave.

“You’re leaving already?” she heard Jimin say as he opened his eyes.

Turning back around, she answered in surprise, “Oh, I thought you were asleep. I just wanted to check on you and give you your space,”

“Can I have a moment alone with her?” he requested as he sat up.

“Sure. We’ll be gaming,” Jungkook answered and left the room with Taehyung.

Once they were left alone, Jimin spoke softly. “Thank you,”

“For what?” she looked at him in confusion.

“For catching me when I passed out. Thank you,”

“Always,” she nodded a few times.

“You can come closer, Ennie. I don’t bite,” he chuckled softly and gestured for her to come over to the bed.

The sound of her nickname made her stomach flip as a small smile came across her face. She did what she was told and sat on his bed.

“...how are you feeling?” she asked softly.

“I’m feeling better,” he responded truthfully. “I felt good after eating something,”

“I'm glad to hear you say that,”

Jen was surprised when he reached out to hold one of her hands.

“I’ve been thinking about our friendship since you apologized,”

“Me too,”

“What you did that day really hurt me,”

She nodded. “I know...and I’m truly sorry,”

“I know you are. I see that you are. Over the days, I’ve been missing you and our friendship. Things aren’t how they are anymore and it makes me feel weird. I want things to go back to how they used to be with us,”

“Me too. You’re important to me,”

“You’re important to me,” he squeezed her hand lightly. “And I want us to treasure each other, move forward, and understand each other’s boundaries. I want us to be there for each other and support each other. When things get tough, I want us to talk it out privately without yelling or screaming. I know all friendships aren’t perfect and we’ll argue once in a while but let’s try to work on not yelling at one another like we did,”

“Yeah. I’ll do better and be a better friend to you. Again, I’m so sorry, Jimin,” she said as tears began to fall from her eyes.

"I'm sorry, too," 

He leaned in to kiss her on the forehead and then pressed his forehead against hers, closing his eyes. He felt a huge weight lifted off his shoulders. Less stressed about everything as he expressed himself to her. His eyes had gotten glossy as he pulled away to look at her.

With a smile, he reached out to wipe her tears with his thumb and then pulled her in for a close hug. A hug that was long overdue as they both felt relieved to hug each other again.

“It’s okay...” he murmured and placed a hand on the back of her head. “I’ll be okay...and we’ll be okay...”

They stayed like that for a while, enjoying each other’s company. It felt good to be forgiven and to move forward. Jimin was right, things were going to be okay.

After pulling away, he asked, “Can you stay?”

“Yeah, of course, I can,”

He let her in under the covers with him and they cuddled, before slowly drifting to sleep.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 92- Thank You

Chapter Summary: Jennie finally tells Jungkook that she is ready for the next step. Jennie MCs for the first time and Jungkook MCs with her. Jennie and Jungkook plan with Bangtan and Big Hit on how they want to reveal their relationship. Jungkook seeks revenge on Jennie during Halloween Dance Practice when she dresses up as Captain America instead of Iron Man.

Words: 7,000+

Genre: Big Jungkook fluff for this! The flirting on camera while MCing, they were lowkey pushing it lol.

Author's Note: Idk if the dancing I wrote for JenKook makes sense but here is the video inspiration. It was at 1:24 for the spinning dance move. It was so cool! I was like, yeah they gotta do something like this. And who knows maybe I'll even have JenKook do this entire dance cover when they're public and older.

Thanks for your patience on this new chapter! Taking a few days off from writing and then will start working on the next one!

-----

"Are they getting ready? They're usually up by now," Jin said as the rest of the members were eating breakfast.

It was now morning and it seemed like everyone else was awake except for the Golden Duo who were still in Jennie's room. Today was the big exam day and the members wanted to make sure to bring the two teenagers to school bright and early.

"I'll check on them," Hobi offered and went to Jennie's door. 

Gently knocking on the door, he received no answer. Opening the door, since Jen had unlocked it after her bath with Jungkook, Hobi strolled in.

"Jennie? Jungkook? Rise and shine~! Time for school~!" he happily said but then ended up chuckling when he saw them. "Would you look at that..."

The couple was still asleep and found themselves snuggled together.

"I guess you two stayed up to study...ah, I hate to wake them up but they need to get to school on time," Hobi said to himself and walked over to the couple. "Hey! Rise and shine~! Time for school!"

He began to shake them as they both started to stir in their sleep.

"Up! UP! AHHHHHH~!" he began making loud sound effects and hit them with pillows.

"No..." Jennie groaned and turned over, trying to ignore him.

"Yes~!"

"Come on...it can't be time yet," 

"It indeed it is. Get up before Jin comes in. His wake up call will be much worse. Try to be ready in less than 30 minutes," he said as Jungkook started to get up with her.

Once Hobi left, the young couple got out of bed.

"Nap as soon as we get home?" Jungkook asked and stretched.

"Yes, please," she answered.

Pulling her in for a lazy kiss, he smiled and said, "Good morning,"

"Good morning," she smiled tiredly.

Once Jungkook left to go get ready in his room, Jennie got ready promptly and put on her school uniform.

Once at school, JenKook had the mindset of 'just do what you can' for the exams. They tried to cram last night and it did seem like a lot of the material was still in their brains. The exams went smoothly although they were tired and occasionally yawned as they answered the questions. Their parenting teacher even gave them and the rest of the students a break with the robot babies for the rest of the day and told them they would resume the project later.

--------

As promised, Jennie and Jungkook immediately went back to sleep once they came home. They slept all day, bewildering the members as they wondered where they were until they found them still knocked out in Jennie's room. It wasn't until evening that JenKook woke up and decided to eat and have snacks in bed to relax and watch Marvel movies.

While watching Thor: The Dark World, Jennie began to think about how to bring up the subject of telling Jungkook she was ready. They were alone, none of the members were going to be barging into her room since they wanted to give them space to relax after exams and she couldn't think of a better opportunity than this. The only thing she had thought about was how she should say it to him.

"Jungkook?" she called out, getting out of her thoughts to stop overthinking.

"Yeah?" he smiled, turning his head to her as he held her.

"I'm ready," she said with no hesitation. 

It took him a moment to register what she had meant as he widened his eyes a little. "You're ready?"

"Yes,"

"Are you-are you sure? Absolutely sure?"

She smiled softly. "Yes. I'm sure. I'm ready to take that next step with you when we can be in a more...private setting than this,"

He smiled and leaned to kiss her. "Thank you,"

"For what?"

"For trusting me. For wanting me. I'll make sure it's special. I promise."

"Same to you. I'm looking forward to it," she grinned, feeling her cheeks warm up at the thought of them taking this big step in their relationship.

As they continued to watch the movie, Jungkook began to ponder about when he would be able to have his first time with her. He wanted to plan out everything and make sure they were alone with no one to bother them. For their schedule, they were going to continue to promote Blood, Sweat & Tears and then they were going to be in Japan for their 3rd Muster.

Japan...

That got him to think because they would be in Japan sometime before they would perform for the 3rd Muster. After making the realization, Jungkook smiled to himself.

Your birthday...

----------

Continuing promotions, Bangtan began to get wins for BST and expressed how thankful they were to ARMY for the love and support. Jennie was so proud to see I.O.I in action, reminiscing on her time on Produce 101 with the girls. She found herself doing the Very Very Very choreography backstage as she watched them perform and visited them often to catch up and say hello.

For an episode of Inkigayo, Jennie was finally chosen to MC at a music show. 

"Oh man, oh man...Miss Bangtan finally got chosen to MC at a music show. I was waiting for this day to come," Jennie grinned on the Bangtan Bomb camera as she read the script. "And guess who I am MCing with? My good friend IM from Monsta X, LABOUM's Solbin, and my Golden Best Friend~!"

On cue, Jungkook sat beside her happily with a script in his hands while she continued scanning over her script.

“Oh God no…” she groaned.

“What’s wrong?” Jungkook asked.

“I have to do aegyo? Why are y'all doing this to me? This is so cringe! What I look like doing this? Ugh, I'm already embarrassed,"

He laughed softly. "You'll be fine,"

"Oh, I sure hope so unless I die out of embarrassment on TV," 

She hated it so much. Why did the writers want her of all people to do this? She felt so out of place and weird about it.

"How comfortable do you feel about MCing today?" she was asked while getting filmed.

"I feel good. I've been practicing and getting advice from my sisters. Alani, who is good at interviewing, and Vienna who is good at script analysis. It'll be a fun experience,"

"And you'll be with me. You'll be just fine. I've MC'ed a few times now and although I haven't done it a lot, the script gets in my head more quickly. Let it come naturally," Jungkook reassured her.

She smiled softly. "Thanks, Kook."

Later on, Hobi read the script with Jennie and started doing aegyo in front of her.

"Oh my God...can I just...not do aegyo?" she complained while he giggled.

"You got to! You'll look adorable, Jennie. And make sure you make sounds, too. The sounds are a must-do!" he reminded her.

She sighed. This was going to be a long day...

As it was almost time for the show, Jennie received her microphone which had her nametag on it with the name, Jennie, cutely written in white and purple with sparkles. She even wore matching outfits with Jungkook for the occasion. They both wore red and black sweaters with Jungkook wearing black pants while Jennie wore a black skirt with accessories. Jimin and Taehyung occasionally snuck in cute videos and photos of the couple rehearsing lines together while talking about how cute they looked in their matching outfits. 

Wanting to get a quick bite to eat before the show, Jennie headed to the elevator so she could go to the food court and ran into SHINee who planned to go up there, too. She felt starstruck as she was in the presence of them. No matter how long she had been in the K-Pop industry, just running into legendary groups who had worked hard to make a name for themselves was always so amazing to her.

She bowed respectfully and grinned, "Oh my gosh, hi! My name is Jennie. It's an honor to meet you guys! Wow, y'all are so fine in person," she ended up blurting out the last part which caused her face to warm up.

Her sudden compliment caused them all to giggle and bow at her, thinking she was cute. They thanked her and made her feel comfortable as they asked how she was doing.

"You're MCing for the first time?" Minho asked her.

"I am! It's an honor to finally get chosen to MC! I've been waiting for this opportunity. After three years it's finally my turn!"

"Getting nervous about it?" Key asked.

"Honestly? Yes. As it gets closer to the show, I am getting more nervous. I hope to do well and make sure not to forget my lines,"

"You'll do just fine. You speak well in Korean," Jonghyun smiled kindly.

"Thank you, that means a lot. I'm excited to watch you guys perform today! I'll see you all in the green room for the show,"

Before Jennie knew it, it was finally time for Inkigayo to start. She waited for her cue while IM, Solbin, and Jungkook were shown on screen with the audience cheering loudly. She had read the text messages from her sisters one final time before putting her phone away.

Vienna: Improvising is your best friend. Don't even worry too much if you forget your lines. You got this Jen!

Alani: Make sure you show off that pretty smile on camera and be yourself. Act natural. You'll do well dear sister!

"Hello! We're MCs of SBS Inkigayo! I'm Monsta X's IM,"

"I'm LABOUM's Solbin,"

"I am BTS' Golden Maknae Jungkook,"

"We have a fourth MC, don't we? Where oh where could she be?" IM wondered.

"Wait! I know what will summon her," Jungkook took a roll of Smarties out of his pocket.

"Smarties!? Don't mind if I do!" Jennie jumped into the frame, gracefully landing right next to Jungkook with a grin, and waved at the camera as the audience cheered loudly.

"There's our fourth! Please! Introduce yourself!" Solbin grinned.

Jennie swallowed nervously as she mentally prepared to do aegyo. 

"Hello~! I am! BTS' Smartie loving Miss Bangtan! Jennie Walker!" she made a cute sound effect. She posed cutely with a peace sign and bowed with the rest of them.

'I am dying inside...' she thought as her face was on fire. She wanted to crawl into a hole and completely erase what she just did from everyone's minds.

Jungkook tried not to laugh as he watched her. 'Cute...' he thought.

With the members backstage, they started laughing when they saw her do aegyo.

"She is too adorable," Namjoon laughed.

"She did it! Yay, Munchkin!" Hobi squealed and clapped happily.

"She is dying inside," Taehyung laughed, watching her body language. 

"I hope she knows we'll be teasing her about this after the show," Jimin added.

"Welcome! It's so nice for you to join us, Jennie," IM greeted.

"Take out some Smarties and Jennie will come running," Jungkook met her eyes as they smiled at each other.

As Solbin and IM began talking about the show, Jungkook opened the small roll of Smarties and took a few pieces out to give to Jennie. This part was unscripted but he knew she wanted to eat some. Smiling gratefully, she took them and popped them in her mouth to eat while he ate some, too. Because of Jungkook, Jennie began to feel more relaxed and acted naturally. The members even noticed that as soon as Jungkook gave her Smarties, her body language became less tense.

"We have a lot prepared for everyone so please stay tuned until the end~!" Solbin grinned.

'Last one' Jungkook gestured to Jennie to show her there was only one Smartie left. They began to have a staring contest, completely forgetting they were on camera. Being the generous boyfriend he was, he prepared to toss the piece of candy as she prepared for it. When he did, she easily caught it with her mouth, eating it happily. 

"Isn't that right, Jennie?" Solbin asked with a smile after speaking.

"Yes! And can I just say I'm full of happiness because I had a very delicious pack of Smarties? Smarties are sweet and amazing just like APink as we look forward to them performing soon!" Jennie answered smoothly while looking at the camera.

Although she wasn't listening to what was said, she remembered she was going to be asked if BTS' Blood, Sweat & Tears performance would show a more sexier side today, raising the bar.

"Her sisters taught her well. She's going off script but it looks natural," Jin complimented as Bangtan watched.

"Yeah, she looks comfortable," Yoongi nodded.

"I bet having Jungkookie by her side is helping her," Jimin grinned.

As the show went on, the 4 MCs prepared to announce Monsta X who was about to perform soon as IM was in his white attire for the upcoming performance.

"Monsta X is waiting for us," Solbin brought up.

"Should we meet Monsta X, now?" Jungkook asked.

"Heck yeah!" Jennie happily said and began to rap Jooheon's part smoothly, "Junbidwaesseo jigeumbuteo fight for love. Jeomjeom daraoreun i yeolgineun tteugeowo," 

"Wow~!" Solbin, Jungkook, and IM looked impressed.

Yoongi grinned proudly as he watched her rap. "That's my smartie," 

"Everyone let's welcome the ultra spectacular Monsta X!" Jennie cheerfully announced as the group stood behind them with bright smiles. 

"2! 3! Monsta X! Hello, we're Monsta X!" the members did their greeting.

"That was some good rapping, Jennie. You sure you don't want to become the 8th member of Monsta X?" Jooheon asked with a grin and high fived her.

That part wasn't scripted at all as he suddenly asked her. The part about being live was that anything could happen and you have to think quickly on your feet. It flattered Jennie that some boy groups would love to collaborate with her or be the female member of their group because they enjoyed her performances.

"Ah..." Jennie let out a genuine giggle at the thought as Monsta X was smiling at her. "I'm flattered!"

"Jennie will remain with us!" Hobi whined as he watched the screen with the members agreeing.

Jungkook poked the inside of his cheek, frowning at the idea. "No~! Miss Bangtan will remain in BTS," he quickly said with a hint of jealousy.

"Wishful thinking. We're very happy for the success of Fighter thanks to Monbebe," Shownu spoke up, talking about how grateful the group was for their support.

As Jungkook and Solbin took over the rest of the interview, Jennie smiled at the camera, standing next to her bias, Wonho. When they locked eyes, he nodded at her in acknowledgment and gave her reassuring smiles that she was doing so well MCing thus far. Before the show she had met up with Monsta X to chat and take photos and she expressed her hope to do well MCing. She loved how sweet and uplifting they were. 

"Well, we certainly can't wait to watch Monsta X perform! It's coming up, soon!" Jennie signed off with everyone joining in to say 'Soon!'

With more time flying by, Jennie and Jungkook were now in their Blood, Sweat, and Tears outfits. 

"This is Jungkook and Jennie in the green room," Jungkook announced.

"And this is IM and Solbin," IM added. "It's time to meet today's nominees for first place today!"

"They need no introduction! It's SHINee and BTS!" Solbin announced.

The members of SHINee bowed and did their greeting and JenKook stood with their group to do theirs before standing as MCs again with Solbin and IM.

"You are 1 of 1, SHINee! You're back as a nominee for first place, how does it feel?" IM asked.

"First of all, we are really happy. We are very grateful to our fans and we are honored to have a challenge for 1st place with BTS," Onew answered.

"BTS, you're a nominee for first, Jin tell us how you feel?" Solbin asked him.

"We are very honored to be a challenger with SHINee sunbaenim. And we have the opportunity to be a challenger thanks to our fans, we love you," he blew a kiss at the camera.

"Both groups are excellent singers and dancers. There's nothing you can't do!" IM added. "I really want to know what each group has in store for their victory ceremonies,"

Taemin answered, "If we win 1st place, we will show sexy 1 of 1 like Blood, Sweat and Tears,"

"So, if we win 1st place we will show cute Blood, Sweat, and Tears," V added.

"I'm really curious about today's results! Stay tuned to find out which group will win!" Jungkook announced. "A versatile and flashy performance by SHINee is coming up soon!"

"As well as the mature performances by BTS. You will see Jungkook and I in action with Bangtan later on in the show, so don't miss any of them!" Jennie spoke up.

"Coming up...soon!" They all announced with big smiles.

-----------

Later, the four stood by each other once again as it was just about time for BTS to perform. Jungkook was asked by Solbin how he had planned to act sexy for Bangtan's performance and he immediately turned to Jennie which was definitely not a part of the script. He was supposed to sing this to the camera for the audience but he turned to her instead.

'Oh God...not on camera,' Jennie kept her composure, trying to not let her surprise be shown on camera as she watched him lean in closer singing, "Nae pi ttam nunmul,"

Now those were some bedroom eyes as she held his intense gaze and couldn't fight the smile appearing on her face. Unscripted, Jennie countered by singing a line from her verse to loud cheers, "How much longer before you consume me?"

'Not much longer...' he thought to himself.

Jungkook grinned and they reluctantly broke eye contact to continue with the show as they heard IM speak again about how BTS was going to put on a sexy performance.

Jimin and Taehyung giggled to themselves while watching them backstage. They were LOVING the moments between Jennie and Jungkook, eating up every look they'd give each other.

"He's giving her the look," Jimin wiggled his eyebrows. 

"They need to relax. Looking at each other like they want to kiss on camera," Yoongi chuckled.

"They can't help it," Taehyung giggled.

While Solbin was talking, Jennie glanced over at Jungkook to take another look at his handsome face. Feeling eyes on him, he looked over at her and smiled softly, making her smile back. At this point, these two were making JenKook shippers happy with their cute moments on camera. 

Jennie and Jungkook met up with Bangtan backstage as the stylists wiped off any sweat on their faces and retouched their makeup. For today's performance of Blood, Sweat, and Tears, it was finally Jungkook's turn to dance with Jennie. The Golden Maknae was excited that it was finally time for him to perform with her after waiting patiently. After the stylists were done with them, Jennie and Jungkook stood with each other and he couldn't help but reach out to hold her waist.

"Listen, you have got to make sure you control yourself when we dance," she playfully teased him and placed a hand on his chest.

"With you looking like that, I don't think that's going to happen," he admitted with a grin. 

"You two seem to be in a trance today," Jimin giggled as the couple turned to him.

"Whatever is going on, we're loving it," Taehyung added.

"I'm just very happy," The Golden Maknae answered.

"Yeah, today is just a really fun day with him by my side," Jennie added.

"I can't wait to see this performance," Jimin said with anticipation.

"Please just don't go overboard," Jin spoke up after getting his makeup retouched. "Have fun but try not to go too crazy on TV,"

"We'll try our best, hyung," Jungkook replied.

"They're about to push the limit," Namjoon laughed, anticipating the inevitable. 

"Watch the move get banned on TV," Hobi added with a laugh.

During the performance, Jennie thought about how this was War of Hormone 2.0 with Jungkook. They danced sensually before but they were older and now dating. The two had been working on a unique dance move for this and they had been practicing for over a week to make sure they got it right. Their duet was sexy and Jennie was pretty surprised the music show allowed this since they can be a bit strict on certain sexy dance moves. But for today, they got a pass. However, it would probably be the only time they'd be able to do this unless BTS did it on tour.

As the comeback promotions progressed, Jennie finally started to ignore any ignorant or rude comments of 'Forcing her Americaness' or acting too 'sexy' for the performances of BST. She chose to just focus on working, having fun, and the positivity instead of worrying about the negativity. That helped her focus and it showed onscreen when she danced as she got out of that mindset of worrying what people were going to think.

The members but Jungkook were on the floor while Jennie danced and began her verse for the song, turning in Jungkook's direction as he began to stare at her with desire. But this didn't even look like he was using his stage persona, it was like he was looking at her for real.

How much longer before you consume me?

No matter how much I resist, I can't fight what you're doing

For this, Jungkook was going to show off his strength. Not wasting any time, he instantly grabbed her by her hips and pulled her close to him. All of a sudden, he easily lifted her up and held her with his hands under her thighs while she placed her hands on his shoulders. Wrapping her legs around his waist, it started to give her flashbacks of when he had lifted her up and pinned her against the wall when he confessed his love for her in January. And she only wondered...

'Oh God...sing Jennie,' she thought, trying to focus on the performance, getting a bit flustered at the thought.

As they held each other's gaze with him beginning to smirk at her, she ran a hand over her hair to move some hair from her face. He inched closer to her with his lips almost touching hers as he slowly took steps forward while they both were ignoring the pandemonium from the audience. Jennie couldn't help but smile as she caressed his face and felt the subtle squeeze of her ass. They were really pushing it on stage.

My mind is telling me to break free but my body is freaking out

No, I can't want you, get out of my head

As you love every inch of me you see that I want it too

He set her down as they began to dance sensually, with her back against his chest. He mirrored her movements closely as they continued to get cheers from the crowd.

Breath on my neck, I bit off more than I can chew

Reflecting on my choices, I'm wonderin' if there's any way out of this

This was going to be so extra but she trusted Jungkook and knew he'd hold her and make sure she wouldn't fall for this move. With her hands on his shoulders, he placed his hands on her waist and used his strength to lift her high up in the air. Wrapping his arms around her thighs to hold her securely, she was now looking down at him. Then he dropped her down while leaning forward with her still in his arms. One hand was on her back while the other hand was under her thigh as she held onto him, getting dipped. Then he spun her body around his back as her torso was pressed against his back before she landed safely on her feet, surprising the audience with how quickly and smoothly they did the move. 

As she reluctantly pulled away from him, she shook her head, taking steps back while he took steps forward to follow her. He then grabbed her hand and pulled her back to him as she sang her last few lines, looking like he was about to kiss her.

I'm losing this battle, I just can't resist. 

Only a matter of time before you screw me up and I'll be stuck reminiscing. 

While JenKook was dancing, the members watched from the floor and were happy to see them together. Jin freaked out internally over their sexy dancing but he was happy to see them have their moment. 

'They are so extra...' Namjoon chuckled, taking a glance at them.

Jimin and Taehyung had watched proudly. Those two were becoming more open about not even hiding it anymore and they hoped they continued that. After their performance, it seemed like the cheers got even louder and ARMY had really enjoyed today's BST dance.

"You two did it! That spin was amazing!" Hobi cheered on JenKook who were getting their makeup retouched by stylists.

Jennie was proud that everything went successfully with Jungkook. Every time she danced with him, it felt right and she hoped they would be able to do the spin trick again. He really lifted her and spun her around like it was nothing and their hard work had paid off as it received extremely positive reactions. 

Social media went crazy over the performance and the highlight had to be the spin and when he effortlessly lifted her to hold her in his hands. Everyone loved their chemistry and how smooth they were with everything. 

JenKook shippers were having a field day on Twitter:

'WHY WASN'T THIS SPIN IN THE MUSIC VIDEO!? ONLY JENKOOK CAN DO SOMETHING LIKE THIS! THE SPIN WAS EVERYTHING!'

'I am just...loving the way he grabbed her. I felt like I was intruding while watching! Their acting for BST was on point!'

'The Golden Duo at it again to become the most extra duo ever. They ATE!'

'This is why Jungkook had been working out more! He used that strength! He lifted her like it was nothing!'

‘I am NOT delusional but throughout this whole show Jennie was staring at Jungkook like he made her the happiest girl in the world.’

'Well, he did give her Smarties on camera so of course she's happy!'

'I strongly feel like it may be more than the Smarties.'

'I’m sorry but the way Jungkook looks at her got me feeling some type of way,’

'JenKook giving us shippers what we want! Now KISS!'

'Step aside Taennie shippers! JenKook said HELLO!'

'Damn, I thought nothing was going to top V and Jen's performance. I think Jungkook's version is the best,'

'I don't even want to see the ones with the other members lmfao. Let the JenKook version be the permanent one!'

'Roomful of people but they made it feel like it was just him and her.'

'Best version of Jennie's verse to date! The chemistry!'

'LOL Big Hit should have chosen Jungkook for V's role now! This just looks RIGHT!'

'I could watch them forever. They need to start dance covers as the Golden Duo because the way they danced had me mesmerized'

'Jungkook is sprunggggggg! Do you hear me!? SPRUNG!!'

'Nah Jennie is SPRUNG! You see the way she was acting around him!?'

'PAY ATTENTION! HE SQUEEZED HER ASS A LITTLE! REPLAY IT!'

'I feel like she is so comfortable around him. Her body flowed so well with his! It just looked different in comparison to V's dance.'

'This era is stressing me tf out because idk if she’s dating Taehyung but then look at how Jungkook is looking at her and then the moment with Jin UGH WTF is going on!'

'Did you notice out of all the members, Jungkook just had THAT GRIP on her!? JenKook forever!'

'Plot twist she dating all members!'

'K-Pop predictions: BTS' Jennie will announce she is dating an idol before the year is over.'

'I agree with this prediction because you mean to tell me a beautiful black woman like Jennie is single? In this industry? After all this time? Nah, someone must have captured her heart. I have a feeling. Idk who because she has so many nice interactions with a bunch of male idols but she gotta be taken.'

'This era is stressing me out! Jennie's acting is incredible when it comes to this seductive persona for this era!'

'I know Jennie wanted to run away after doing aegyo lol'

'That is some intense staring between JenKook'

'The way they were eating Smarties together while MCing! The Best Golden Duo!'

'You see how Jennie caught the last smartie when Kookie threw it? Lmfao they're not called the Golden Duo for nothing!'

'I NEED to know what the hell is going on between Jennie and the members because they're selling the hell out of this era with the lingering gazes and sexy dancing!'

'JenKook looked like they wanted to risk it all on camera. I'm loving it,'

'JenKook shippers how we feeling!? We have been STARVING for some JenKook content and we were not disappointed!'

After the show, Jennie texted her sisters to ask for their thoughts.

Jen: Soooooo?? Did I do well MCing?

Alani: LOLLLLL yes!! You did good! You have a cute charm when you MC. Keep up the amazing work! But girl! You and Jungkook dancing tho? WHEW!

Vienna: So we just gonna ignore how Jungkook was giving her the bedroom eyes? And how he held you!? People are going to start noticing lollll. He really did not want to keep his eyes off you

Jen: LOL

-----------

Because of JenKook's duet, ARMY wanted to see it again but music shows wouldn't allow them to have him pick her up like that again so they had to tone it down a little. They could still do the flip but him picking her up was scrapped due to it being too hot for TV in the producers' eyes. Due to popular demand, it seemed like Jungkook would be the one to dance with her, completely changing all plans. It excited Jennie that fans wanted to see more of her and Jungkook. 

For THE SHOW, Jennie sat in between Suga and Jin while they sat with the rest of the members and Jungkook had a mic, MCing.

"I'm THE SHOW news special reporter, Jungkook. I'm here to meet famous people. They are...BTS!" he announced as the group did their greeting. "I heard BTS is in the limelight, right now. The new album that snatched global hearts! Introduce your title song,"

"We often talk about youth," Rapmon answered. "This song is about youth falling into temptation. Blood, sweat, and tears, it's a well known phrase, right? Blood, sweat, and tears are my everything - that's the message,"

"I listened to the song. It's a great song. Today's THE SHOW interview will be about blood, sweat, and tears. First, let's talk about blood. Whose blood is full of youth?" 

"You and Jennie are the youngest, it's you two," he answered.

"Yes, we are hot blooded," Jungkook nodded in agreement.

"I second that," Jennie spoke up with a smile.

"Those two made people's blood hot with their performance," Jimin added with a giggle.

Jennie laughed shyly, getting flashbacks as her face warmed up. When she locked eyes with Jungkook, he smirked softly, making her smile.

Focusing back on the interview, Jungkook asked, "Who is cold blooded in BTS?" 

"I say it's Suga. If it's a no, it's a no for him," Hobi answered.

"But I do have blood and tears. If I didn't have blood and tears, I wouldn't be here," Suga answered.

"Show us your cold looks," Jungkook requested as he did what he was told, giving the camera a cold stare. "That look sliced me into 15 pieces," 

'His sharp eyes are so sexy'

"I've been cut by him," Rapmon said.

"Let's talk about sweat," Jungkook said. "The second album WINGS was made with devotion and effort. Devotion and effort, should we stitch up a doll nose?"

"What?" Hobi asked.

"Stitching up a doll nose,"

"I thought you said pterosaur," Jin said as Rapmon pretended to be one and roared, flapping his arms.

"So this doll...uh...Suga who has no blood or tears, will stitch the doll," Jungkook gave him the doll.

"Will Suga do it nicely?" Hobi wondered.

"Stitch the nose?" Suga asked.

"We will continue the interview while Suga does his thing," Jungkook said.

'Fix it with effort, Suga!'

"Hmmm I doubt he will do well," Hobi added.

"Have some faith! I believe in you, Suga," Jennie encouraged him.

"Thank you, Smartie," Suga replied with a soft smile.

"There are words going around saying the blood sweat and tears song is very sexy. Then, who in BTS is so sexy that even their sweat is sexy?" Jungkook asked.

"Sexy sweat?" Hobi wondered.

"I say Jimin," Rapmon said. "Jimin's sweat is sexy,"

"I personally think Jin is sexy," V pointed to Jin. "He doesn't sweat at all. Wouldn't he be sexy if he did sweat?"

"What are you talking about?"

"Let's point at the person we think is the most sexy," Hobi suggested as the members all pointed and the majority voted for Jin.

"So, Jin it is!" V revealed.

"Look at the camera and do a sexy face," Jungkook requested. Once Jin had a sexy facial expression, Jungkook didn't look too impressed. "You look like an old man,"

Jennie ended up bursting out in laughter, getting playfully hit by Jin.

"How is the stitching going?" Jungkook asked the rapper.

"I'm still stitching," Suga answered.

"Keep on going. The interview will continue. Last subject is tears. We can't pass cry acting when talking about tears," Jungkook said as he thought about how he was able to cry on the spot.

The members went on to discuss who would be able to cry better and Jin, V, and Rapmon were chosen to go up against each other on who would cry first. Jungkook went through the rules as it was Tear Monster vs King of Acting Jin, vs the greatest rival V.

"Get into your acting mode. Ready, start!" Jungkook announced.

'Let's find the best cry-actor of BTS'

Jennie tried her best not to laugh as she watched the boys preparing to cry as she covered her mouth. 

"Do you want to sneeze?" Jungkook asked, making Jennie and Hobi laugh.

"Ah-choo?" Rapmon spoke up but Jin immediately started crying and Jennie applauded, praising his efforts.

"Our farewell is coming soon..." Jin started acting as a tear ran down his cheek. "You are asking me how I feel?"

"His tears fell," Rapmon pointed out.

"BTS Jin, you cried in 42 seconds. You are great," Jungkook praised.

'Congratulations! Jin is BTS cry king!'

"I'm done," Suga announced and showed the doll.

'Suga has finished stitching his doll?'

Jungkook laughed as the needle was still pinned to the nose. "Why is the needle still there?"

Jennie, Jin, Hobi, Jimin, and V began laughing, leaning over each other.

"That's a shame. How dare you?" Jennie playfully scolded him. "Doing that to the poor doll, get it out of its nose,"

"That's just cruel," Hobi added.

"Finish it off properly," Jungkook told Suga. "This doll is a gift for THE SHOW viewers. Finish it off completely. That's perfect,"

"You have to tie a knot," Jin reminded.

"I did tie a knot," Suga answered while Jungkook checked the doll thoroughly.

"It's perfectly stitched on. There are more questions. BTS is known as a group with great abilities. Dancing, singing, rap, lyrics, composing multi-talented people. In that sense, let's hear our rappers sing. What's a song when you think about tears? Let's go," Jungkook reported.

"Don't forget!" Suga sang in a high pitched voice, making Jennie cringe and cover her ears with Jin.

"My love. You are inside me!" Hobi joined Suga before they yelled in excitement with Rapmon.

Jennie sat there with Jin, V, and Jimin, glancing at one another, amused.

"Actually, BTS rappers were known for their singing. That was perfect. You are with reporter Kook. Now, the last question for blood, sweat, and tears talk. Who is the most grateful person for BTS?"

"Personally... It makes me teary just thinking about it," Suga spoke up and began to try to stop himself from crying. "Our fans, ARMY,"

"Someone get me tissues please," V said while the rest of the members and him were fake crying.

Jin and Jennie looked amused and sat there, watching their antics.

"Let's do a short video letter to our fans," Jungkook suggested. 

'To our grateful people...'

Jimin looked at the camera, staring at it intently.

"He's talking with his eyes," Jungkook looked on.

"Was that telepathy?" Suga asked.

"Thank you all for supporting us always," V spoke.

"Strong power, thank you!" Rapmon said in English, causing everyone to burst out in laughter. 

"RM has kindly translated for international ARMY fans," Hobi said. "International fans would be watching this,"

'How kind of RM to go out of his way to translate for international fans.'

"Now Jin," Jungkook pointed out.

"When I look at ARMY, I can feel my heartbeat. It's very heartwarming," he answered.

"Heartbreaker," Rapmon commented, making him laugh.

"Miss Bangtan?" Jungkook smiled, gesturing for her to speak.

"ARMY makes my heart soar. ARMY makes me happy. ARMY gives me strength. I love you," she blew a kiss and repeated her words in English for international fans.

"Can I say something? I'm not too sure if they understood me speaking with eyes," Jimin asked after she was done speaking.

"Yes, go for it," Jungkook replied.

"I was joking before. I thank you all. We will do our best to show great things. Watch out,"

"Thank you for your time. I'm special reporter, BTS Jungkook," he signed off as the members applauded.

--------

Jennie and Jungkook had a long discussion with Bang PD and the company about figuring out that Dispatch definitely knew about their relationship. There was no way after all this time of these two dating that Dispatch didn't know. And JenKook had been noticing it was like they had been getting watched occasionally and it was probably Dispatch reporters spying on them and taking photos, planning to reveal them as the next New Year's couple.

As a K-Pop fan, Jennie knew all about the craziness in the K-Pop community when it came to Dispatch and their New Year's Couple reveals. But she and Jungkook wanted to take matters into their own hands and beat them to it. So, the company agreed to let them do their thing as it got closer to the end of the year to make the announcement.

What made Jennie's heart soar was how serious Big Hit was about making sure to protect her from any malicious comments or threats since they knew she would be the one to be hit with the most hate out of this reveal. She was ready for it but the fact that the company was serious about protecting her & Jungkook and making sure to blacklist anyone who threatened or disturbed their peace made her feel at ease.

The plan was for Jungkook to make a GCF video of them together to post as well as photos of them while Jennie would also post photos and even a song. Bangtan wanted to write cute messages to tweet as well as post some photos and videos they had taken of the couple throughout their time of dating. Jennie valued how much support and love the boys, staff and all of Big Hit gave her and Jungkook. Things were going to be fine.

"I plan to take a social media break when we reveal our relationship," she told Bang PD. "I just...for my mental health I want to just focus on what is in front of me and take a break. Focus on the tour, our next comeback, and all. When I'm ready to go back to posting on Instagram and Twitter, I will. But consider Twitter and Instagram deleted once I post my piece,"

And he understood and supported her decision. In good spirits, Jennie and Jungkook felt more excited and at ease about planning their relationship reveal.

"Remember, no matter what I will be standing next to you through everything," Jungkook held her hand as he looked at her with a smile.

She nodded and smiled as he brought her hand to his lips to kiss softly. "Always,"

Before leaving the office, Jennie brought up another topic for Bang PD. "I know this is sudden but for our upcoming WINGS tour...um...can the company consider having a tour date in Philadelphia? My hometown? I'd love to perform at home and do something special for it,"

He told her no promises but he would work with the company to see if he could make it happen.

--------

It was like Jungkook was burning a hole in her back with that unamused stare while they were being filmed for their Halloween 21st Century Girl dance practice. Jen could not stop laughing as she periodically glanced at Jungkook’s excessive glaring. 

Reason? Her costume.

She decided to be Captain America after she told him a few days ago that she would be Iron Man. But since he ate the last of her smarties, that’s what he gets. Disappointment. She also wore it to see his priceless reaction. For today, each member wore a costume for the special occasion. Namjoon was Ryan from Kakao Friends, Jin was a cowboy wearing a horse, Suga wore a traditional Hanbok, J-Hope was a skeleton, Jimin was a cabbage, V was Syaoran Li from Cardcaptor Sakura which was the anime he was currently getting Jennie into, and the love of her life, Jungkook, was a bunny. 

She thought about Jungkook's reaction to her costume before they started filming.

"Jungkook is going to lose his mind," Taehyung giggled as he walked with Jennie to the practice room.

"Oh, I know. It's going to be hilarious. He gon' learn today not to mess with the last of my favorite candy," she replied as he opened up the door to let her go in first.

As soon as Jungkook turned around, it looked like he was about to go through the 5 stages of grief. 

"What the heck happened, Jennie!?" Jungkook exclaimed with a frown when she walked into the practice room with the costume on. He was already wearing his big bunny costume and she tried not to laugh at how cute he looked when angry in the suit. "That's not the costume you said you'd wear!"

"Listen...I know and I'm sorry! I know you wanted Iron Man but...this looked so cool!" she spun around in her costume which looked like the outfit from Winter Soldier. She even had the shield with it.

"I cannot believe you...I feel betrayed. Why would you lie to me? Your own boyfriend? You dare play with my emotions and tell me you're going to dress up as my favorite superhero and you choose the exact opposite? Have you no heart?"

"You are so dramatic," she giggled as the members watched them bicker in amusement.

"ME!? Dramatic?! Honey, you told me you would be Iron Man!"

"I was but you ate the last of my smarties! So I changed my mind."

"I said I was sorry!"

"Sorry doesn't cut it,"

"Oh, so it's like that?"

"Yeah, it's like that,"

"Why you little..." the Golden Maknae glared at her while she smiled innocently.

"Love you~!"

"I love you, too..." he grumbled.

While the rest of the members performed, they noticed his dirty looks while Jen smiled innocently and stuck her tongue out at him. They were just waiting for something to happen as they knew Jungkook’s love for Iron Man and prayed for Jen’s well being. With his big bunny suit, Jungkook deliberately bumped into her, causing her to trip to the floor during the chorus, dropping her shield in the process.

Did he really just make her fall to the floor?

She stared at him in disbelief as he gave her the same innocent smile she had before while the members giggled at what was going on.

"Seriously!? You play too damn much!" she exclaimed.

The staff filming already knew this was going to end up in disaster but kept filming anyway. Jennie got back to her original position to continue dancing, plotting her revenge. He was not going to get away with that. And it’s on camera, too? No way. If ARMY had to see her fall, then Jungkook had to fall, too. 

As the song went on, she found an opening and bumped her hip into him, making him stumble. Jungkook retaliated by playfully smacking her arm but then got hit back by her as he lost his footing, tumbling to the floor. 

Jimin laughed loudly watching the Golden Maknae roll on the floor, unable to get up while Jen dramatically stomped on him.

The staff members gave up and decided that this would be great blooper footage while the members forgot about the dance and turned their attention to JenKook play fighting.

“Yah! Yah! We’re supposed to be dancing! What is this!?” Hobi laughed and grabbed a hold of Jennie with Yoongi while Namjoon and Taehyung helped Jungkook stand up.

“He hit me first!” she pointed out. 

“I did no such thing!” Jungkook exclaimed.

“We’re going to need to film properly from the beginning! We can’t upload our dance practice like this.” the staff members laughed and stopped filming.

Once everyone pulled themselves together, they tried again. Still, in a playful mood, Jennie smacked Jungkook’s bunny head. Having enough, he made her fall to the floor and jumped right on top of her while the members started laughing and yelling, rushing over to break it up again.

Smol Brainstorm/drabble: I Hit That

Found another to hold ya! I want to keep this brainstorm and continue working on it when I decide to put it in the story. This would happen maybe around 2019 or later. JenKook flirting on Twitter.

---------

Scrolling through Twitter, Jen noticed a selfie that Jungkook had posted a few moments ago, looking fine as hell. After long consideration, she chose to be bold and tweet, ‘My man looking fine af today 😜😏 #IHitThat #Jen’

Her tweet caused quite the uproar as ‘I hit that’ trended with fans freaking out with her audacious statement:

‘SCREAMING!’

‘Jennie you’re drunk!’

‘JEN WTF’

‘She wildlin’

‘Chiiiiil!’

‘That how you coming!?’

‘Can we just say she got hacked LOL’

‘STOP OMG!’

‘I hope Jungkook responds!’

‘Can they start flirting on Twitter?’

'JENKOOK SHIPPERS HOW ARE WE!? AHHHHH~!'

‘I’m ready for the inspired smut one shots about this’

‘MOM!’

‘This is the energy I inspire to have.’

‘JUNGKOOK RESPOND!’

‘JENKOOK SNAPPED!’

‘The freak in Jen jumped out’

‘Get your man sis!’

‘Somebody get her please CTFU!’

‘LMAOOOO out of pocket!’

‘MOOD’

‘We’ve been waiting for this day to come!’

‘Get it boo!’

‘Let them know sis!’ 

A few hours later, she went back on Twitter to see that Jungkook had replied, ‘Can’t get enough of me, huh? I can tell. The day before you left spoke volumes baby girl. 😏 #JK’

She chuckled as she reread his tweet. He wasn't wrong but did he really just tweet that? Two can play that game.

‘EXCUSE ME!?’

‘WHAT!?’

‘How can I be Jennie?’

‘AHHHH HE REPLIED!'

‘What happened before she left!?’

‘Jungkook PLEASE!’

‘DEAD!’

‘OMG!’

‘THE REPLY!’

‘UM!’

‘WAYMENT!’

‘Hide these tweets from Jin!’

‘I refuse to accept this!’

‘Jungkook is just a baby boy!’

After thinking about what to say, she tweeted, ‘I don’t recall. 🤔 You’re going to have to refresh my memory. #Jen’

‘OHMAHGAWDD KSSKSKSH’

‘Oh so she wants him wants him!’

‘Jen I hope you know what you’re getting yourself into lol!’

‘We would like to see it!’

‘WHAT IS HAPPENING!?’

‘She knows exactly what she’s doing.’

‘Ooh reverse psychology 101. This is smart.’

‘Sis ready!’

‘I can’t even be mad at this.’

‘Now you know the Golden Maknae doesn’t back down from a challenge!’

‘Accept the challenge and refresh her memory Jungkook!’

Later that day while out with Angelina, she and Jen took photos of each other going out for the evening and Jen so happened to wear a short dress to show off her legs. After posting a photo of herself with the dress, Jungkook was quick to reply as her heart flipped with anticipation.

‘Wow~ so beautiful. And those legs. 😏 Just wait until you get back to Seoul #Mine #JK’

‘OH?!’

‘What’s going to happen in Seoul!?’

‘AHHHHHH’

‘Calm tf down Jungkook!’

‘*grabs popcorn*’

‘JenKook shippers we have been blessed!'

‘Jin is about to kill them when he sees this ctfu’